[edk2-devel] [Patch 6/7] Revert "BaseTools/FCE: Add a tool FCE"
Liming Gao
liming.gao at intel.com
Thu Jul 11 01:44:39 UTC 2019
This reverts commit 3c59d94637adbfdd497b5a2c16073c7dc62b669c.
There are the concerns on code design and code quality, and
request to rewrite FCE, BfmLib and FMMT for the review.
Cc: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm at linaro.org>
Cc: Feng Bob C <bob.c.feng at intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao at intel.com>
---
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c | 216 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c | 1326 -----
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c | 2183 --------
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c | 2367 ---------
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c | 6449 -----------------------
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c | 4836 -----------------
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c | 874 ---
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c | 878 ---
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c | 1091 ----
BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE | 29 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h | 157 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h | 187 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h | 999 ----
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h | 447 --
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile | 55 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h | 789 ---
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile | 19 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h | 162 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h | 166 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h | 154 -
BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h | 55 -
BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile | 3 +-
BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile | 3 +-
23 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 23443 deletions(-)
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c
delete mode 100755 BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h
delete mode 100644 BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f36bc2ef3..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The API to create the binary.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "BinaryCreate.h"
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#define GENSEC_RAW "GenSec -s %s \"%s\" -o \"%s\" > NUL"
-#else
-#define GENSEC_RAW "GenSec -s %s \"%s\" -o \"%s\" > /dev/null"
-#endif
-
-//
-// The guid is to for FFS of BFV.
-//
-EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid = EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID;
-EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2 = EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID2;
-
-/**
- Convert a GUID to a string.
-
- @param[in] Guid Pointer to GUID to print.
-
- @return The string after convert.
-**/
-static
-CHAR8 *
-LibBfmGuidToStr (
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid
-)
-{
- CHAR8 * Buffer;
-
- Buffer = NULL;
-
- if (Guid == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Buffer = (CHAR8 *) malloc (36 + 1);
-
- if (Buffer == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- memset (Buffer, '\0', 36 + 1);
-
- sprintf (
- Buffer,
- "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
- Guid->Data1,
- Guid->Data2,
- Guid->Data3,
- Guid->Data4[0],
- Guid->Data4[1],
- Guid->Data4[2],
- Guid->Data4[3],
- Guid->Data4[4],
- Guid->Data4[5],
- Guid->Data4[6],
- Guid->Data4[7]
- );
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Create the Ras section in FFS
-
- @param[in] InputFilePath .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.
- @param[in] OutputFilePath .te or .pe file
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateRawSection (
- IN CHAR8* InputFilePath,
- IN CHAR8* OutputFilePath
- )
-{
- INT32 ReturnValue;
- CHAR8* SystemCommand;
-
- SystemCommand = NULL;
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (GENSEC_RAW) +
- strlen ("EFI_SECTION_RAW") +
- strlen (InputFilePath) +
- strlen (OutputFilePath) +
- 1
- );
- if (NULL == SystemCommand) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- GENSEC_RAW,
- "EFI_SECTION_RAW",
- InputFilePath,
- OutputFilePath
- );
- ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);
- free(SystemCommand);
-
- if (ReturnValue != 0) {
- printf ("Error. Call GenSec failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Create the Ras type of FFS
-
- @param[in] InputFilePath .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.
- @param[in] OutputFilePath .te or .pe file
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateRawFfs (
- IN CHAR8** InputFilePaths,
- IN CHAR8* OutputFilePath,
- IN BOOLEAN SizeOptimized
- )
-{
- INT32 ReturnValue;
- CHAR8* SystemCommandFormatString;
- CHAR8* SystemCommand;
- CHAR8* GuidStr;
- CHAR8* FilePathFormatStr;
- CHAR8* FilePathStr;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 StrLen;
- UINT32 Size;
-
- SystemCommand = NULL;
- GuidStr = NULL;
- FilePathStr = NULL;
- StrLen = 0;
-
- FilePathFormatStr = " -i \"";
-
- for (Index = 0; InputFilePaths[Index] != NULL; Index++) {
- Size = strlen (FilePathFormatStr) + strlen (InputFilePaths[Index]) + 2; // 2 menas "" "
- if (FilePathStr == NULL) {
- FilePathStr = malloc (Size);
- if (NULL == FilePathStr) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- } else {
- FilePathStr = realloc (FilePathStr, StrLen + Size);
- if (NULL == FilePathStr) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- memset (FilePathStr + StrLen, ' ', Size);
- memcpy (FilePathStr + StrLen, FilePathFormatStr, strlen(FilePathFormatStr));
- memcpy(FilePathStr + StrLen + strlen(FilePathFormatStr), InputFilePaths[Index], strlen(InputFilePaths[Index]));
- StrLen += Size;
- *(FilePathStr + StrLen - 2) = '\"';
- }
- if (FilePathStr == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- *(FilePathStr + StrLen - 1)= '\0';
-
-
- if (SizeOptimized) {
- GuidStr = LibBfmGuidToStr(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2);
- } else {
- GuidStr = LibBfmGuidToStr(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid);
- }
- if (NULL == GuidStr) {
- free (FilePathStr);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- SystemCommandFormatString = "GenFfs -t %s %s -g %s -o \"%s\"";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) +
- strlen ("EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM") +
- strlen (FilePathStr) +
- strlen (GuidStr) +
- strlen (OutputFilePath) +
- 1
- );
- if (NULL == SystemCommand) {
- free (GuidStr);
- free (FilePathStr);
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "GenFfs -t %s %s -g %s -o \"%s\"",
- "EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM",// -t
- FilePathStr, // -i
- GuidStr, // -g
- OutputFilePath // -o
- );
- ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);
- free(SystemCommand);
- free (FilePathStr);
- free (GuidStr);
-
- if (ReturnValue != 0) {
- printf ("Error. Call GenFfs failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e9f8ee6826..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1326 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The API to parse the binary.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#include "windows.h"
-#else
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <dirent.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-#include "BinaryParse.h"
-#include "BinaryCreate.h"
-#include "VariableCommon.h"
-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"
-
-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO gEfiFdInfo;
-extern EFI_HANDLE mParsedGuidedSectionTools;
-extern CHAR8 mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
-
-//
-// The Guid to sign the position of Vfr and Uni array in FV
-//
-EFI_GUID gVfrArrayAttractGuid = EFI_VFR_ATTRACT_GUID;
-EFI_GUID gUniStrArrayAttractGuid = EFI_UNI_STR_ATTRACT_GUID;
-EFI_GUID gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid = EFI_SYSTEM_NVDATA_FV_GUID;
-EFI_GUID gEfiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractionProtocolGuid = EFI_CRC32_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL_GUID;
-
-/**
- Converts a three byte length value into a UINT32.
-
- @param ThreeByteLength Pointer to the first of the 3 byte length.
-
- @retval Length Size of the section
-
-**/
-static
-UINT32
-Get3ByteLength (
- IN UINT8 *ThreeByteLength
- )
-{
- UINT32 Length;
-
- Length = 0;
-
- if (ThreeByteLength == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- Length = *((UINT32 *) ThreeByteLength);
- Length = Length & 0x00FFFFFF;
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Generate the unique template filename.
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-GenTempFile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *TemString;
- TemString = NULL;
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- TemString = CloneString (tmpnam (NULL));
-#else
- CHAR8 tmp[] = "/tmp/fileXXXXXX";
- UINTN Fdtmp;
- Fdtmp = mkstemp(tmp);
- TemString = CloneString(tmp);
- close(Fdtmp);
-#endif
- return TemString;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether exist the same Ifr FFS. If not existed, return TRUE.
-
- @param[in] FfsImage The pointer to the binary.
- @param[in] FileSize The size of binary.
-
- @return The string after convert.
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-NotExistSameFfsIfr (
- IN VOID *FfsImage
-)
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- Index = 0;
-
- while (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) {
- if (memcmp (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index], FfsImage, sizeof (EFI_GUID)) == 0) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- Index++;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- This function returns the next larger size that meets the alignment
- requirement specified.
-
- @param ActualSize The size.
- @param Alignment The desired alignment.
-
- @retval The Occupied length
-
-**/
-static
-UINT32
-GetOccupiedSize (
- IN UINT32 ActualSize,
- IN UINT32 Alignment
- )
-{
- UINT32 OccupiedSize;
-
- OccupiedSize = ActualSize;
- while ((OccupiedSize & (Alignment - 1)) != 0) {
- OccupiedSize++;
- }
-
- return OccupiedSize;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Parses FFS Sections, and remove the FFS headers. Tis function olny handle one efi in this FFS.
-
- @param SectionBuffer The section base address
- @param BufferLength The length of FFS.
- @param EfiBufferHeader The structure dual pointer to the efi informations
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The application exited normally.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseSection (
- IN BOOLEAN IsFfsOrEfi,
- IN OUT UINT8 *SectionBuffer,
- IN UINT32 BufferLength,
- IN OUT EFI_SECTION_STRUCT **EfiBufferHeader
- )
-{
- UINT32 ParsedLength;
- EFI_SECTION_TYPE Type;
- UINT8 *Ptr;
- UINT32 SectionLength;
- UINT8 *CompressedBuffer;
- UINT32 CompressedLength;
- UINT8 *UncompressedBuffer;
- UINT32 UncompressedLength;
- UINT8 CompressionType;
- DECOMPRESS_FUNCTION DecompressFunction;
- GETINFO_FUNCTION GetInfoFunction;
- UINT32 ScratchSize;
- UINT8 *ScratchBuffer;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 DstSize;
- CHAR8 *ExtractionTool;
- CHAR8 *ToolInputFile;
- CHAR8 *ToolOutputFile;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommandFormatString;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommand;
- UINT8 *ToolOutputBuffer;
- UINT32 ToolOutputLength;
- BOOLEAN HasDepexSection;
-
- Ptr = NULL;
- SectionLength = 0;
- CompressedBuffer = NULL;
- CompressedLength = 0;
- UncompressedBuffer = NULL;
- UncompressedLength = 0;
- CompressionType = 0;
- ScratchSize = 0;
- ScratchBuffer = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- DstSize = 0;
- ExtractionTool = NULL;
- ToolInputFile = NULL;
- ToolOutputFile = NULL;
- SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;
- SystemCommand = NULL;
-
- //
- // Jump the FFS header
- //
- if (IsFfsOrEfi) {
- SectionBuffer = SectionBuffer + sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- BufferLength = BufferLength - sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- }
- ParsedLength = 0;
- HasDepexSection = FALSE;
- ExtractionTool = NULL;
- ToolOutputLength = 0;
- ToolOutputBuffer = NULL;
-
- (*EfiBufferHeader)->Length = BufferLength;
-
- while (ParsedLength < BufferLength) {
- Ptr = SectionBuffer + ParsedLength;
-
- SectionLength = Get3ByteLength (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) Ptr)->Size);
- Type = ((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *) Ptr)->Type;
-
- //
- // This is sort of an odd check, but is necessary because FFS files are
- // padded to a QWORD boundary, meaning there is potentially a whole section
- // header worth of 0xFF bytes.
- //
- if ((SectionLength == 0xffffff) && (Type == 0xff)) {
- ParsedLength += 4;
- continue;
- }
-
- switch (Type) {
-
- case EFI_SECTION_PE32:
- case EFI_SECTION_TE:
- //
- //Got the correct address
- //
- (*EfiBufferHeader)->BufferBase = (UINTN)(Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_RAW:
- case EFI_SECTION_PIC:
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_USER_INTERFACE:
- HasDepexSection = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_IMAGE:
- case EFI_SECTION_COMPATIBILITY16:
- case EFI_SECTION_FREEFORM_SUBTYPE_GUID:
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_PEI_DEPEX:
- case EFI_SECTION_DXE_DEPEX:
- case EFI_SECTION_SMM_DEPEX:
- HasDepexSection = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_VERSION:
- break;
- case EFI_SECTION_COMPRESSION:
- UncompressedBuffer = NULL;
- CompressedLength = SectionLength - sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);
- UncompressedLength = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Ptr)->UncompressedLength;
- CompressionType = ((EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION *) Ptr)->CompressionType;
-
- if (CompressionType == EFI_NOT_COMPRESSED) {
- if (CompressedLength != UncompressedLength) {
- Error (
- NULL,
- 0,
- 0,
- "file is not compressed, but the compressed length does not match the uncompressed length",
- NULL
- );
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- UncompressedBuffer = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);
- } else if (CompressionType == EFI_STANDARD_COMPRESSION) {
- GetInfoFunction = EfiGetInfo;
- DecompressFunction = EfiDecompress;
- CompressedBuffer = Ptr + sizeof (EFI_COMPRESSION_SECTION);
-
- Status = GetInfoFunction (
- CompressedBuffer,
- CompressedLength,
- &DstSize,
- &ScratchSize
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "error getting compression info from compression section", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- if (DstSize != UncompressedLength) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "compression error in the compression section", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- ScratchBuffer = malloc (ScratchSize);
- if (ScratchBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UncompressedBuffer = malloc (UncompressedLength);
- if (UncompressedBuffer == NULL) {
- free (ScratchBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (UncompressedBuffer, 0, UncompressedLength);
-
- Status = DecompressFunction (
- CompressedBuffer,
- CompressedLength,
- UncompressedBuffer,
- UncompressedLength,
- ScratchBuffer,
- ScratchSize
- );
- free (ScratchBuffer);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "decompress failed", NULL);
- free (UncompressedBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- } else {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "unrecognized compression type", "type 0x%X", CompressionType);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- Status = ParseSection (FALSE, UncompressedBuffer, UncompressedLength, EfiBufferHeader);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "failed to parse section", NULL);
- free (UncompressedBuffer);
- UncompressedBuffer = NULL;
- } else {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- //
- // Store the allocate memory address for UncompressedBuffer
- //
- if (UncompressedBuffer != NULL) {
- (*EfiBufferHeader)->UncompressedBuffer[(*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex] = (UINTN) UncompressedBuffer;
- (*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex = (*EfiBufferHeader)->UnCompressIndex + 1;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_SECTION_GUID_DEFINED:
- //
- // Decompress failed, and then check for CRC32 sections which we can handle internally if needed.
- // Maybe this section is no-compressed.
- //
- if (!CompareGuid (
- &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->SectionDefinitionGuid,
- &gEfiCrc32GuidedSectionExtractionProtocolGuid
- )) {
- //
- // CRC32 guided section
- //
- Status = ParseSection (
- FALSE,
- SectionBuffer + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,
- BufferLength - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,
- EfiBufferHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "parse of CRC32 GUIDED section failed", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- } else {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- } else {
- ExtractionTool = LookupGuidedSectionToolPath (
- mParsedGuidedSectionTools,
- &((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->SectionDefinitionGuid
- );
-
- if (ExtractionTool != NULL) {
- ToolInputFile = GenTempFile ();
- ToolOutputFile = GenTempFile ();
- //
- // Construction 'system' command string
- //
- SystemCommandFormatString = "%s -d -o \"%s\" \"%s\"";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) \
- + strlen (ExtractionTool) \
- + strlen (ToolInputFile) \
- + strlen (ToolOutputFile) \
- + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- free (ExtractionTool);
- free (ToolInputFile);
- free (ToolOutputFile);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "%s -d -o \"%s\" \"%s\"",
- ExtractionTool,
- ToolOutputFile,
- ToolInputFile
- );
- free (ExtractionTool);
-
- Status = PutFileImage (
- ToolInputFile,
- (CHAR8*) Ptr + ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset,
- SectionLength - ((EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION *) Ptr)->DataOffset
- );
-
- if (HasDepexSection) {
- HasDepexSection = FALSE;
- }
-
- system (SystemCommand);
- remove (ToolInputFile);
- free (ToolInputFile);
- ToolInputFile = NULL;
- free (SystemCommand);
- SystemCommand = NULL;
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error ("FCE", 0, 0004, "unable to decoded GUIDED section", NULL);
- free (ToolOutputFile);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- Status = GetFileImage (
- ToolOutputFile,
- (CHAR8 **)&ToolOutputBuffer,
- &ToolOutputLength
- );
- remove (ToolOutputFile);
- free (ToolOutputFile);
- ToolOutputFile = NULL;
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- Status = ParseSection (
- FALSE,
- ToolOutputBuffer,
- ToolOutputLength,
- EfiBufferHeader
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 0003, "parse of decoded GUIDED section failed", NULL);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- ;
- }
- ParsedLength += SectionLength;
- //
- // We make then next section begin on a 4-byte boundary
- //
- ParsedLength = GetOccupiedSize (ParsedLength, 4);
- }
-
- return EFI_ABORTED;
-}
-
-static
-BOOLEAN
-GetNextOffset (
- IN UINT8 *Data,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN Len,
- IN OUT UINTN *Offset
- )
-{
- UINTN NextOffset;
- if (*Offset >= Len || Len - *Offset <= sizeof (EFI_GUID)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- for (NextOffset = *Offset; NextOffset < Len - sizeof (EFI_GUID); NextOffset++) {
- if (CompareGuid(Guid, (EFI_GUID*)(Data + NextOffset)) == 0) {
- *Offset = NextOffset + sizeof(EFI_GUID);
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the address by Guid.
-
- Parse the FFS image, and find the GUID address.There may be some Guids matching the
- searched Guid.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the image.
- @param Guid The Guid need to find.
- @param Offset The dual Pointer to the offset.
- @param NumOfMatchGuid The number of matching Guid offset.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Search was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetAddressByGuid (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN Len,
- OUT UINTN **Offset,
- OUT UINT8 *NumOfMatchGuid
- )
-{
- VOID *LocalFv;
- UINT8 Flag;
-
- EFI_RAW_SECTION* Section;
- UINT8 *RawData;
- VOID* SectionStart;
- UINTN NextOffset;
- UINTN Key;
- UINTN TotalSectionsSize;
- UINTN SecLen;
- UINTN SecHdr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- if( (Fv == NULL) || (Fv == NULL) || (Guid == NULL) || Len == 0 ){
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- LocalFv = Fv;
- Flag = 0;
- Section = NULL;
- Key = 0;
-
- if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) {
- *NumOfMatchGuid = 0;
- }
-
- SectionStart = (VOID*)((UINTN)LocalFv + FvBufGetFfsHeaderSize(LocalFv));
- TotalSectionsSize = Len - FvBufGetFfsHeaderSize(LocalFv);
- while (TRUE) {
- Status = FvBufFindNextSection (
- SectionStart,
- TotalSectionsSize,
- &Key,
- (VOID **)&Section
- );
- if (Section == NULL || EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- break;
- }
-
- if (EFI_SECTION_RAW == Section->Type) {
- if ((*(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0xffffff) == 0xffffff) {
- SecLen = ((EFI_RAW_SECTION2 *)Section)->ExtendedSize;
- SecHdr = sizeof(EFI_RAW_SECTION2);
- } else {
- SecLen = *(UINT32 *)Section->Size & 0xffffff;
- SecHdr = sizeof(EFI_RAW_SECTION);
- }
- if (SecLen <= SecHdr || SecLen - SecHdr < sizeof(EFI_GUID)) {
- continue;
- }
- RawData = (UINT8 *)Section + SecHdr;
- NextOffset = 0;
- while (GetNextOffset(RawData, Guid, SecLen - SecHdr, &NextOffset)) {
- Flag = 1;
- if ((NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) && (Offset != NULL)) {
- if (*NumOfMatchGuid == 0) {
- *Offset = malloc (sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);
- if (*Offset == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (*Offset, 0, sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);
- }
- *(*Offset + *NumOfMatchGuid) = NextOffset + (RawData - (UINT8 *)Fv);
- (*NumOfMatchGuid)++;
- } else {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if( Flag == 0 ) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the VfrBin Base address.
-
- According the known GUID gVfrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param EfiAddr the Pointer to the EFI in FFS
- @param Length the length of Fv
- @param Offset the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)
- @param NumOfMachingOffset the number of Addr (Offset)
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchVfrBinInFFS (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *EfiAddr,
- IN UINTN Length,
- OUT UINTN **Offset,
- OUT UINT8 *NumOfMachingOffset
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN VirOffValue;
-
- Index = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VirOffValue = 0;
-
- if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- Status = GetAddressByGuid (
- Fv,
- &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,
- Length,
- Offset,
- NumOfMachingOffset
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- while (Index < *NumOfMachingOffset) {
- //
- // Got the virOffset after the GUID
- //
- VirOffValue = *(UINTN *)((UINTN)Fv + *(*Offset + Index));
- //
- //Transfer the offset to the VA address. One modules may own more VfrBin address.
- //
- *(*Offset + Index) = (UINTN) EfiAddr + VirOffValue;
- Index++;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the UniBin Base address.
-
- According the known GUID gUniStrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param EfiAddr the Pointer to the EFI in FFS
- @param Length the length of Fv
- @param Offset the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)
-
- @retval Base address Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchUniBinInFFS (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *EfiAddr,
- IN UINTN Length,
- OUT UINTN **Offset
- )
-{
- UINT8 NumOfMachingOffset;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN VirOffValue;
-
- NumOfMachingOffset = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VirOffValue = 0;
-
- if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- Status = GetAddressByGuid (
- Fv,
- &gUniStrArrayAttractGuid,
- Length,
- Offset,
- &NumOfMachingOffset
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- //Transfer the offset to the VA address. There is only one UniArray in one modules.
- //
- if (NumOfMachingOffset == 1) {
- VirOffValue = *(UINTN *)((UINTN)Fv + **Offset);
- **Offset = (UINTN) EfiAddr + VirOffValue;
- } else {
- printf ("Error. Find more than 1 UniBin in FFS.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchNvStoreDatabaseInFd(
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN UINTN length
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN Offset;
- PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *NvStoreHeader;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Offset = 0;
- if (Fv == NULL) {
- printf ("The FV is NULL.");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- while (Offset < (length - sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER))){
- NvStoreHeader = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)((UINT8*)Fv + Offset);
- if (NvStoreHeader->Signature == PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE) {
- gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase = TRUE;
- gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase = (UINT8 *) NvStoreHeader;
- break;
- }
- Offset++;
- }
- if (Offset == (length - sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) || gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase != TRUE) {
- //printf ("Not found the PcdNvStoreDefaultValueBuffer\n");
- return Status;
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the address by Guid.
-
- Parse the FD image, and find the GUID address.There may be some Guids matching the
- searched Guid.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the image.
- @param Guid The Guid need to find.
- @param Offset The dual Pointer to the offset.
- @param NumOfMatchGuid The number of matching Guid offset.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Search was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetVariableAddressByGuid (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN EFI_GUID *Guid,
- IN UINTN Len,
- OUT UINTN **Offset,
- OUT UINT8 *NumOfMatchGuid
- )
-{
- UINTN NextOffset;
- UINT8 Flag;
-
- if( (Fv == NULL) || (Fv == NULL) || (Guid == NULL) ){
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- Flag = 0;
- NextOffset = 0;
-
- if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL) {
- *NumOfMatchGuid = 0;
- }
- while (GetNextOffset(Fv, Guid, Len, &NextOffset)) {
- Flag = 1;
- if (NumOfMatchGuid != NULL && Offset != NULL) {
- if (*NumOfMatchGuid == 0) {
- *Offset = malloc (sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);
- if (*Offset == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (*Offset, 0, sizeof (UINTN) * MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM);
- }
- *(*Offset + *NumOfMatchGuid) = NextOffset;
- (*NumOfMatchGuid)++;
- } else {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- if( Flag == 0 ) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the EFI Variable Base address.
-
- According the known GUID gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid to get the base address from FFS.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param Length the length of Fv
- @param Offset the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)
- @param NumOfMachingOffset the number of IFR array in one FFS
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED An error occured.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchEfiVarInFFS (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN UINTN Length,
- OUT UINTN **Offset,
- OUT UINT8 *NumOfMachingOffset
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 Index;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index = 0;
-
- if ((Fv == NULL) || (Offset == NULL)) {
- printf ("The FV or offset is NULL.");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- Status = GetVariableAddressByGuid (
- Fv,
- &gEfiSystemNvDataFvGuid,
- Length,
- Offset,
- NumOfMachingOffset
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- //Transfer the offset to the VA address.
- //
- while (Index < *NumOfMachingOffset) {
- *(*Offset + Index) = (UINTN) Fv + *(*Offset + Index);
- Index++;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the Ffs header to get the size.
-
- @param InputFile The pointer to the input file
- @param FvSize The pointer to the file size
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the file size successfully
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadFfsHeader (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- OUT UINT32 *FvSize
- )
-{
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER FfsHeader;
- EFI_FV_FILETYPE Type;
-
- //
- // Check input parameters
- //
- if ((InputFile == NULL) || (FvSize == NULL)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Read the header
- //
- fread (
- &FfsHeader,
- sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER),
- 1,
- InputFile
- );
- Type = FfsHeader.Type;
-
- if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_DRIVER) {
- *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;
- } else if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_APPLICATION) {
- *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;
- } else if (Type == EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM) {
- *FvSize = *(UINT32 *)FfsHeader.Size & 0xffffff;
- } else {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/*
- Read the length of the whole FD
-
- This function determines the size of the FV.
-
- @param InputFile The file that contains the FV image.
- @param FvSize The size of the FV.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The application exited normally.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadFdHeader (
- IN FILE *InputFile,
- OUT UINT32 *FvSize
- )
-{
- //
- // Check input parameters
- //
- if ((InputFile == NULL) || (FvSize == NULL)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- *FvSize = 0;
- //
- // Get the total size of FD file (Fixed the length)
- //
- fseek(InputFile,0,SEEK_END);
- *FvSize = ftell(InputFile);
- fseek(InputFile,0,SEEK_SET);
-
- if (*FvSize == 0) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Read the file to memory.
-
- @param InputFile The file that contains the FV image.
- @param Size The size of the file.
-
- @retval The pointer to the begining position of memory.
-**/
-VOID *
-ReadFileToMemory (
- IN CHAR8 *FileName,
- OUT UINT32 *Size
- )
-{
- FILE *InFile;
- VOID *Address;
- UINT32 BytesRead;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- InFile = NULL;
- Address = NULL;
- BytesRead = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- InFile = fopen (FileName,"rb");
- if (InFile == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Determine the size of FV
- //
- Status = ReadFdHeader (InFile, Size);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- fclose (InFile);
- return NULL;
- }
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the FV image
- //
- Address = malloc (*Size);
- if (Address == NULL) {
- fclose (InFile);
- return NULL;
- }
- memset (Address, 0, *Size);
- //
- // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer
- //
- fseek (InFile, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesRead = fread (Address, 1, *Size, InFile);
- fclose (InFile);
- if ((UINTN) BytesRead != *Size) {
- free (Address);
- return NULL;
- }
- return Address;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the EFI variables address in Fd.
-
- Open and read the *.fd to the memory, initialize the global structure.
- Update the EFI variables addr and the begining position of memory.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetEfiVariablesAddr (
- BOOLEAN UqiIsSet
- )
-{
- VOID *FdImage;
- UINT32 FdSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN *EfiVarAddr;
- UINT8 NumOfMachingVar;
- UINT32 Index;
- BOOLEAN GotFlag;
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *Variable;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
- BOOLEAN NormalOrNot;
-
- FdImage = NULL;
- FdSize = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- EfiVarAddr = NULL;
- NumOfMachingVar = 0;
- Index = 0;
- GotFlag = TRUE;
- Variable = NULL;
-
- FdImage = ReadFileToMemory (mInputFdName, &FdSize);
- if (FdImage == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (!UqiIsSet) {
- Status = SearchNvStoreDatabaseInFd(FdImage, FdSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- Status = SearchEfiVarInFFS (
- FdImage,
- FdSize,
- &EfiVarAddr,
- &NumOfMachingVar
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Check the signature "_FVH"
- //
- Index = 0;
- GotFlag = FALSE;
-
- while (Index < NumOfMachingVar) {
- Variable = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *)(*(EfiVarAddr + Index) - 0x20);
- if (Variable->Signature == 0x4856465F) {
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);
- NormalOrNot = CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot ((UINT8 *)Variable + Variable->HeaderLength);
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot || AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot || NormalOrNot) {
- GotFlag = TRUE;
- gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr = (UINTN)Variable;
- break;
- }
- }
- Index++;
- }
- free (EfiVarAddr);
- if (!GotFlag) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- gEfiFdInfo.Fd = FdImage;
- gEfiFdInfo.FdSize = FdSize;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Pick up the FFS which includes IFR section.
-
- Parse all FFS extracted by BfmLib, and save all which includes IFR
- Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Memory can't be allocated.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Read FFS Failed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindFileInFolder (
- IN CHAR8 *FolderName,
- OUT BOOLEAN *ExistStorageInBfv,
- OUT BOOLEAN *SizeOptimized
-)
-{
- CHAR8 *FileName;
- CHAR8 *CurFolderName;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINTN MaxFileNameLen;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 FileNameArry[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
- FILE *FfsFile;
- UINTN FileSize;
- VOID *FfsImage;
- UINTN BytesRead;
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- HANDLE FindHandle;
- WIN32_FIND_DATA FindFileData;
-#else
- struct dirent *pDirent;
- DIR *pDir;
-#endif
-
- FileName = NULL;
- CurFolderName = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- MaxFileNameLen = 0;
- Index = 0;
- FileSize = 0;
- BytesRead = 0;
- FfsImage = NULL;
- FfsFile = NULL;
-
- MaxFileNameLen = strlen (FolderName) + MAX_FILENAME_LEN;
- CurFolderName = (CHAR8 *)calloc(
- strlen (FolderName) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen ("*.*")+ 1,
- sizeof(CHAR8)
- );
- if (CurFolderName == NULL) {
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- strcpy (CurFolderName, FolderName);
- strcat (CurFolderName, OS_SEP_STR);
- strcat (CurFolderName, "*.*");
- FileName = (CHAR8 *)calloc(
- MaxFileNameLen,
- sizeof(CHAR8)
- );
- if (FileName == NULL) {
- free (CurFolderName);
- return EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- if((FindHandle = FindFirstFile(CurFolderName, &FindFileData)) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
- do {
- memset (FileName, 0, MaxFileNameLen);
- if ((strcmp (FindFileData.cFileName, ".") == 0)
- || (strcmp (FindFileData.cFileName, "..") == 0)
- ) {
- continue;
- }
- if (strlen(FolderName) + strlen ("\\") + strlen (FindFileData.cFileName) > MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- snprintf (FileNameArry, MAX_FILENAME_LEN, "%s%c%s", FolderName, OS_SEP, FindFileData.cFileName);
- FfsFile = fopen (FileNameArry, "rb");
- if (FfsFile == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- Status = ReadFfsHeader (FfsFile, (UINT32 *)&FileSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- fclose (FfsFile);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the FFS file
- //
- FfsImage = malloc (FileSize);
- if (FfsImage == NULL) {
- fclose (FfsFile);
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer
- //
- fseek (FfsFile, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesRead = fread (FfsImage, 1, FileSize, FfsFile);
- fclose (FfsFile);
-
- if ((UINTN) BytesRead != FileSize) {
- free (FfsImage);
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Check whether exists the storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode
- //
- if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {
- *ExistStorageInBfv = TRUE;
- *SizeOptimized = FALSE;
- gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv = FfsImage;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Check whether exists the optimized storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode
- //
- if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {
- *ExistStorageInBfv = TRUE;
- *SizeOptimized = TRUE;
- gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv = FfsImage;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Check whether current FFS includes IFR
- //
- Status = GetAddressByGuid (
- FfsImage,
- &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,
- FileSize,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- free (FfsImage);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // Check whether existed same IFR binary. If existed, not insert the new one.
- //
- if (NotExistSameFfsIfr (FfsImage)) {
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] = FfsImage;
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index++] = FileSize;
- }
- }
-
- } while (FindNextFile (FindHandle, &FindFileData));
- FindClose(FindHandle);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
-Done:
- free (CurFolderName);
- free (FileName);
-
-#else
- if((pDir = opendir(FolderName)) != NULL){
- while ((pDirent = readdir(pDir)) != NULL){
- memset (FileName, 0, MaxFileNameLen);
- if ((strcmp (pDirent->d_name, ".") == 0)
- || (strcmp (pDirent->d_name, "..") == 0)
- ) {
- continue;
- }
- sprintf (FileNameArry, "%s%c%s", FolderName, OS_SEP, pDirent->d_name);
- FfsFile = fopen (FileNameArry, "rb");
- Status = ReadFfsHeader (FfsFile, (UINT32 *)&FileSize);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- fclose (FfsFile);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Allocate a buffer for the FFS file
- //
- FfsImage = malloc (FileSize);
- if (FfsImage == NULL) {
- fclose (FfsFile);
- Status = EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Seek to the start of the image, then read the entire FV to the buffer
- //
- fseek (FfsFile, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesRead = fread (FfsImage, 1, FileSize, FfsFile);
- fclose (FfsFile);
-
- if ((UINTN) BytesRead != FileSize) {
- free (FfsImage);
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Check whether exists the storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode
- //
- if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {
- *ExistStorageInBfv = TRUE;
- *SizeOptimized = FALSE;
- gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv = FfsImage;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Check whether exists the optimized storage ffs in BFV for multi-platform mode
- //
- if (CompareGuid(&gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2,(EFI_GUID *) FfsImage) == 0) {
- *ExistStorageInBfv = TRUE;
- *SizeOptimized = TRUE;
- gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv = FfsImage;
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Check whether current FFS includes IFR
- //
- Status = GetAddressByGuid (
- FfsImage,
- &gVfrArrayAttractGuid,
- FileSize,
- NULL,
- NULL
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- free (FfsImage);
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- } else {
- //
- // Check whether existed same IFR binary. If existed, not insert the new one.
- //
- if (NotExistSameFfsIfr (FfsImage)) {
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] = FfsImage;
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index++] = FileSize;
- }
- }
-
- }
- closedir(pDir);
- } else {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
-Done:
- free (CurFolderName);
- free (FileName);
-#endif
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b14a24a9b..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2183 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Common library.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-#include "Common.h"
-
-#define WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER 4
-#define ERROR_STATUS_NUMBER 24
-
-CONST CHAR8 mHexStr[] = {'0','1','2','3','4','5','6','7','8','9','A','B','C','D','E','F'};
-
-CONST CHAR8 *mStatusString[] = {
- "Success", // RETURN_SUCCESS = 0
- "Warning Unknown Glyph", // RETURN_WARN_UNKNOWN_GLYPH = 1
- "Warning Delete Failure", // RETURN_WARN_DELETE_FAILURE = 2
- "Warning Write Failure", // RETURN_WARN_WRITE_FAILURE = 3
- "Warning Buffer Too Small", // RETURN_WARN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL = 4
- "Load Error", // RETURN_LOAD_ERROR = 1 | MAX_BIT
- "Invalid Parameter", // RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER = 2 | MAX_BIT
- "Unsupported", // RETURN_UNSUPPORTED = 3 | MAX_BIT
- "Bad Buffer Size", // RETURN_BAD_BUFFER_SIZE = 4 | MAX_BIT
- "Buffer Too Small", // RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, = 5 | MAX_BIT
- "Not Ready", // RETURN_NOT_READY = 6 | MAX_BIT
- "Device Error", // RETURN_DEVICE_ERROR = 7 | MAX_BIT
- "Write Protected", // RETURN_WRITE_PROTECTED = 8 | MAX_BIT
- "Out of Resources", // RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES = 9 | MAX_BIT
- "Volume Corrupt", // RETURN_VOLUME_CORRUPTED = 10 | MAX_BIT
- "Volume Full", // RETURN_VOLUME_FULL = 11 | MAX_BIT
- "No Media", // RETURN_NO_MEDIA = 12 | MAX_BIT
- "Media changed", // RETURN_MEDIA_CHANGED = 13 | MAX_BIT
- "Not Found", // RETURN_NOT_FOUND = 14 | MAX_BIT
- "Access Denied", // RETURN_ACCESS_DENIED = 15 | MAX_BIT
- "No Response", // RETURN_NO_RESPONSE = 16 | MAX_BIT
- "No mapping", // RETURN_NO_MAPPING = 17 | MAX_BIT
- "Time out", // RETURN_TIMEOUT = 18 | MAX_BIT
- "Not started", // RETURN_NOT_STARTED = 19 | MAX_BIT
- "Already started", // RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED = 20 | MAX_BIT
- "Aborted", // RETURN_ABORTED = 21 | MAX_BIT
- "ICMP Error", // RETURN_ICMP_ERROR = 22 | MAX_BIT
- "TFTP Error", // RETURN_TFTP_ERROR = 23 | MAX_BIT
- "Protocol Error" // RETURN_PROTOCOL_ERROR = 24 | MAX_BIT
-};
-
-/**
- Copies one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated Unicode
- string and returns the new Unicode string.
-
- This function copies the contents of the Unicode string Source to the Unicode
- string Destination, and returns Destination. If Source and Destination
- overlap, then the results are undefined.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then return NULL.
- If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then return NULL.
-
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrCpy (
- OUT CHAR16 *Destination,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *ReturnValue;
-
- ReturnValue = NULL;
-
- if ((Destination == NULL) || ((UINTN) Destination % 2 != 0)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- ReturnValue = Destination;
- while (*Source != 0) {
- *(Destination++) = *(Source++);
- }
- *Destination = 0;
- return ReturnValue;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- This function returns the number of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated
- Unicode string specified by String.
-
- If String is NULL, then return 0.
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return The length of String.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-FceStrLen (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- UINTN Length;
-
- if (String == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- for (Length = 0; *String != L'\0'; String++, Length++) {
- ;
- }
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the size of a Null-terminated Unicode string in bytes, including the
- Null terminator.
-
- This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string
- specified by String.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return The size of String.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-FceStrSize (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- return (FceStrLen (String) + 1) * sizeof (*String);
-}
-
-/**
- Compares two Null-terminated Unicode strings, and returns the difference
- between the first mismatched Unicode characters.
-
- This function compares the Null-terminated Unicode string FirstString to the
- Null-terminated Unicode string SecondString. If FirstString is identical to
- SecondString, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the value returned is the first
- mismatched Unicode character in SecondString subtracted from the first
- mismatched Unicode character in FirstString.
-
- @param FirstString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param SecondString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval 0 FirstString is identical to SecondString.
- @return others FirstString is not identical to SecondString.
-
-**/
-INTN
-FceStrCmp (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *FirstString,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *SecondString
- )
-{
- while ((*FirstString != L'\0') && (*FirstString == *SecondString)) {
- FirstString++;
- SecondString++;
- }
- return *FirstString - *SecondString;
-}
-
-/**
- Concatenates one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated
- Unicode string, and returns the concatenated Unicode string.
-
- This function concatenates two Null-terminated Unicode strings. The contents
- of Null-terminated Unicode string Source are concatenated to the end of
- Null-terminated Unicode string Destination. The Null-terminated concatenated
- Unicode String is returned. If Source and Destination overlap, then the
- results are undefined.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Destination contains more
- than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and concatenating Destination
- and Source results in a Unicode string with more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrCat (
- IN OUT CHAR16 *Destination,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source
- )
-{
- StrCpy (Destination + FceStrLen (Destination), Source);
-
- //
- // Size of the resulting string should never be zero.
- // PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is tested inside FceStrLen().
- //
- ASSERT (FceStrSize (Destination) != 0);
- return Destination;
-}
-
-/**
- Returns the first occurrence of a Null-terminated Unicode sub-string
- in a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- This function scans the contents of the Null-terminated Unicode string
- specified by String and returns the first occurrence of SearchString.
- If SearchString is not found in String, then NULL is returned. If
- the length of SearchString is zero, then String is
- returned.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If SearchString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If SearchString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and SearchString
- or String contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode
- characters, not including the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param SearchString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.
-
- @retval NULL If the SearchString does not appear in String.
- @return others If there is a match.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrStr (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *SearchString
- )
-{
- CONST CHAR16 *FirstMatch;
- CONST CHAR16 *SearchStringTmp;
-
- //
- // ASSERT both strings are less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
- // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().
- //
- ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);
- ASSERT (FceStrSize (SearchString) != 0);
-
- if (*SearchString == L'\0') {
- return (CHAR16 *) String;
- }
-
- while (*String != L'\0') {
- SearchStringTmp = SearchString;
- FirstMatch = String;
-
- while ((*String == *SearchStringTmp)
- && (*String != L'\0')) {
- String++;
- SearchStringTmp++;
- }
-
- if (*SearchStringTmp == L'\0') {
- return (CHAR16 *) FirstMatch;
- }
-
- if (*String == L'\0') {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- String = FirstMatch + 1;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert one Null-terminated ASCII string to a Null-terminated
- Unicode string and returns the Unicode string.
-
- This function converts the contents of the ASCII string Source to the Unicode
- string Destination, and returns Destination. The function terminates the
- Unicode string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character at the end.
- The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points to a buffer with size
- equal or greater than ((AsciiStrLen (Source) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)) in bytes.
-
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
- @return NULL If Destination or Source is NULL, return NULL.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (
- IN CONST CHAR8 *Source,
- OUT CHAR16 *Destination
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *ReturnValue;
-
- ReturnValue = NULL;
-
- if ((Destination == NULL) || (Source == NULL) || (strlen (Source) == 0)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- ReturnValue = Destination;
- while (*Source != '\0') {
- *(Destination++) = (CHAR16) *(Source++);
- }
- //
- // End the Destination with a NULL.
- //
- *Destination = '\0';
-
- return ReturnValue;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function that convert a number to a string in Buffer.
-
- Print worker function that converts a decimal or hexadecimal number to an ASCII string in Buffer.
-
- @param Buffer Location to place the ASCII string of Value.
- @param Value The value to convert to a Decimal or Hexadecimal string in Buffer.
- @param Radix Radix of the value
-
- @return A pointer to the end of buffer filled with ASCII string.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-BasePrintLibValueToString (
- IN OUT CHAR8 *Buffer,
- IN INT64 Value,
- IN UINTN Radix
- )
-{
- UINT32 Remainder;
-
- //
- // Loop to convert one digit at a time in reverse order
- //
- *Buffer = 0;
- do {
- Value = (INT64)DivU64x32Remainder ((UINT64)Value, (UINT32)Radix, &Remainder);
- *(++Buffer) = mHexStr[Remainder];
- } while (Value != 0);
-
- //
- // Return pointer of the end of filled buffer.
- //
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads a 16-bit value from memory that may be unaligned.
-
- This function returns the 16-bit value pointed to by Buffer. The function
- guarantees that the read operation does not produce an alignment fault.
-
- If the Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Buffer A pointer to a 16-bit value that may be unaligned.
-
- @return The 16-bit value read from Buffer.
-
-**/
-UINT16
-FceReadUnaligned16 (
- IN CONST UINT16 *Buffer
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
-
- return *Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Reads a 32-bit value from memory that may be unaligned.
-
- This function returns the 32-bit value pointed to by Buffer. The function
- guarantees that the read operation does not produce an alignment fault.
-
- If the Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Buffer A pointer to a 32-bit value that may be unaligned.
-
- @return The 32-bit value read from Buffer.
-
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadUnaligned32 (
- IN CONST UINT32 *Buffer
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
-
- return *Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Internal function that places the character into the Buffer.
-
- Internal function that places ASCII or Unicode character into the Buffer.
-
- @param Buffer The buffer to place the Unicode or ASCII string.
- @param EndBuffer The end of the input Buffer. No characters will be
- placed after that.
- @param Length The count of character to be placed into Buffer.
- (Negative value indicates no buffer fill.)
- @param Character The character to be placed into Buffer.
- @param Increment The character increment in Buffer.
-
- @return Buffer.
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-BasePrintLibFillBuffer (
- OUT CHAR8 *Buffer,
- IN CHAR8 *EndBuffer,
- IN INTN Length,
- IN UINTN Character,
- IN INTN Increment
- )
-{
- INTN Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < Length && Buffer < EndBuffer; Index++) {
- *Buffer = (CHAR8) Character;
- if (Increment != 1) {
- *(Buffer + 1) = (CHAR8)(Character >> 8);
- }
- Buffer += Increment;
- }
-
- return Buffer;
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
- based on a Null-terminated format string and a VA_LIST argument list.
-
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
- this is the main print working routine.
-
- If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT is set in Flags, Buffer will not be modified at all.
-
- @param[out] Buffer The character buffer to print the results of the
- parsing of Format into.
- @param[in] BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into
- buffer.
- @param[in] Flags Initial flags value.
- Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE, OUTPUT_UNICODE,
- and COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT set.
- @param[in] Format A Null-terminated format string.
- @param[in] VaListMarker VA_LIST style variable argument list consumed by
- processing Format.
- @param[in] BaseListMarker BASE_LIST style variable argument list consumed
- by processing Format.
-
- @return The number of characters printed not including the Null-terminator.
- If COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT was set returns the same, but without any
- modification to Buffer.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-BasePrintLibSPrintMarker (
- OUT CHAR8 *Buffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN Flags,
- IN CONST CHAR8 *Format,
- IN VA_LIST VaListMarker, OPTIONAL
- IN BASE_LIST BaseListMarker OPTIONAL
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *OriginalBuffer;
- CHAR8 *EndBuffer;
- CHAR8 ValueBuffer[MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS];
- UINT32 BytesPerOutputCharacter;
- UINTN BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- UINTN FormatMask;
- UINTN FormatCharacter;
- UINTN Width;
- UINTN Precision;
- INT64 Value;
- CONST CHAR8 *ArgumentString;
- UINTN Character;
- EFI_GUID *TmpGuid;
- TIME *TmpTime;
- UINTN Count;
- UINTN ArgumentMask;
- INTN BytesPerArgumentCharacter;
- UINTN ArgumentCharacter;
- BOOLEAN Done;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 Prefix;
- BOOLEAN ZeroPad;
- BOOLEAN Comma;
- UINTN Digits;
- UINTN Radix;
- RETURN_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 GuidData1;
- UINT16 GuidData2;
- UINT16 GuidData3;
- UINTN LengthToReturn;
-
- //
- // If you change this code be sure to match the 2 versions of this function.
- // Nearly identical logic is found in the BasePrintLib and
- // DxePrintLibPrint2Protocol (both PrintLib instances).
- //
-
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) != 0) {
- if (BufferSize == 0) {
- Buffer = NULL;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // We can run without a Buffer for counting only.
- //
- if (BufferSize == 0) {
- return 0;
- }
- ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
- }
-
- if ((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) != 0) {
- BytesPerOutputCharacter = 2;
- } else {
- BytesPerOutputCharacter = 1;
- }
-
- LengthToReturn = 0;
-
- //
- // Reserve space for the Null terminator.
- //
- BufferSize--;
- OriginalBuffer = Buffer;
-
- //
- // Set the tag for the end of the input Buffer.
- //
- EndBuffer = Buffer + BufferSize * BytesPerOutputCharacter;
-
- if ((Flags & FORMAT_UNICODE) != 0) {
- //
- // Make sure format string cannot contain more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength
- // Unicode characters if PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero.
- //
- ASSERT (FceStrSize ((CHAR16 *) Format) != 0);
- BytesPerFormatCharacter = 2;
- FormatMask = 0xffff;
- } else {
- //
- // Make sure format string cannot contain more than PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength
- // Ascii characters if PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero.
- //
- ASSERT (strlen (Format) + 1 != 0);
- BytesPerFormatCharacter = 1;
- FormatMask = 0xff;
- }
-
- //
- // Get the first character from the format string
- //
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
-
- //
- // Loop until the end of the format string is reached or the output buffer is full
- //
- while (FormatCharacter != 0 && Buffer < EndBuffer) {
- //
- // Clear all the flag bits except those that may have been passed in
- //
- Flags &= (OUTPUT_UNICODE | FORMAT_UNICODE | COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT);
-
- //
- // Set the default width to zero, and the default precision to 1
- //
- Width = 0;
- Precision = 1;
- Prefix = 0;
- Comma = FALSE;
- ZeroPad = FALSE;
- Count = 0;
- Digits = 0;
-
- switch (FormatCharacter) {
- case '%':
- //
- // Parse Flags and Width
- //
- for (Done = FALSE; !Done; ) {
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- switch (FormatCharacter) {
- case '.':
- Flags |= PRECISION;
- break;
- case '-':
- Flags |= LEFT_JUSTIFY;
- break;
- case '+':
- Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;
- break;
- case ' ':
- Flags |= PREFIX_BLANK;
- break;
- case ',':
- Flags |= COMMA_TYPE;
- break;
- case 'L':
- case 'l':
- Flags |= LONG_TYPE;
- break;
- case '*':
- if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
- Flags |= PAD_TO_WIDTH;
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Width = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);
- } else {
- Width = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN);
- }
- } else {
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Precision = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN);
- } else {
- Precision = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN);
- }
- }
- break;
- case '0':
- if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
- Flags |= PREFIX_ZERO;
- }
- case '1':
- case '2':
- case '3':
- case '4':
- case '5':
- case '6':
- case '7':
- case '8':
- case '9':
- for (Count = 0; ((FormatCharacter >= '0') && (FormatCharacter <= '9')); ){
- Count = (Count * 10) + FormatCharacter - '0';
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- }
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
- Flags |= PAD_TO_WIDTH;
- Width = Count;
- } else {
- Precision = Count;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\0':
- //
- // Make no output if Format string terminates unexpectedly when
- // looking up for flag, width, precision and type.
- //
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- Precision = 0;
- //
- // break skipped on purpose.
- //
- default:
- Done = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Handle each argument type
- //
- switch (FormatCharacter) {
- case 'p':
- //
- // Flag space, +, 0, L & l are invalid for type p.
- //
- Flags &= ~(PREFIX_BLANK | PREFIX_SIGN | PREFIX_ZERO | LONG_TYPE);
- if (sizeof (VOID *) > 4) {
- Flags |= LONG_TYPE;
- }
- case 'X':
- Flags |= PREFIX_ZERO;
- //
- // break skipped on purpose
- //
- case 'x':
- Flags |= RADIX_HEX;
- //
- // break skipped on purpose
- //
- case 'd':
- if ((Flags & LONG_TYPE) == 0) {
- //
- // 'd','x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".
- // This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C
- // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
- // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
- // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
- // architectures. This is why the type "int" is used in this one case.
- //
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Value = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, int);
- } else {
- Value = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, int);
- }
- } else {
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Value = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, INT64);
- } else {
- Value = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, INT64);
- }
- }
- if ((Flags & PREFIX_BLANK) != 0) {
- Prefix = ' ';
- }
- if ((Flags & PREFIX_SIGN) != 0) {
- Prefix = '+';
- }
- if ((Flags & COMMA_TYPE) != 0) {
- Comma = TRUE;
- }
- if ((Flags & RADIX_HEX) == 0) {
- Radix = 10;
- if (Comma) {
- Flags &= (~PREFIX_ZERO);
- Precision = 1;
- }
- if (Value < 0) {
- Flags |= PREFIX_SIGN;
- Prefix = '-';
- Value = -Value;
- }
- } else {
- Radix = 16;
- Comma = FALSE;
- if ((Flags & LONG_TYPE) == 0 && Value < 0) {
- //
- // 'd','x', and 'X' that are not preceded by 'l' or 'L' are assumed to be type "int".
- // This assumption is made so the format string definition is compatible with the ANSI C
- // Specification for formatted strings. It is recommended that the Base Types be used
- // everywhere, but in this one case, compliance with ANSI C is more important, and
- // provides an implementation that is compatible with that largest possible set of CPU
- // architectures. This is why the type "unsigned int" is used in this one case.
- //
- Value = (unsigned int)Value;
- }
- }
- //
- // Convert Value to a reversed string
- //
- Count = BasePrintLibValueToString (ValueBuffer, Value, Radix) - ValueBuffer;
- if (Value == 0 && Precision == 0) {
- Count = 0;
- }
- ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)ValueBuffer + Count;
-
- Digits = Count % 3;
- if (Digits != 0) {
- Digits = 3 - Digits;
- }
- if (Comma && Count != 0) {
- Count += ((Count - 1) / 3);
- }
- if (Prefix != 0) {
- Count++;
- Precision++;
- }
- Flags |= ARGUMENT_REVERSED;
- ZeroPad = TRUE;
- if ((Flags & PREFIX_ZERO) != 0) {
- if ((Flags & LEFT_JUSTIFY) == 0) {
- if ((Flags & PAD_TO_WIDTH) != 0) {
- if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
- Precision = Width;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case 's':
- case 'S':
- Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;
- //
- // break skipped on purpose
- //
- case 'a':
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- ArgumentString = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, CHAR8 *);
- } else {
- ArgumentString = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, CHAR8 *);
- }
- if (ArgumentString == NULL) {
- Flags &= (~ARGUMENT_UNICODE);
- ArgumentString = "<null string>";
- }
- //
- // Set the default precision for string to be zero if not specified.
- //
- if ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0) {
- Precision = 0;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'c':
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Character = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, UINTN) & 0xffff;
- } else {
- Character = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, UINTN) & 0xffff;
- }
- ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&Character;
- Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;
- break;
-
- case 'g':
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- TmpGuid = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, EFI_GUID *);
- } else {
- TmpGuid = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, EFI_GUID *);
- }
- if (TmpGuid == NULL) {
- ArgumentString = "<null guid>";
- } else {
- GuidData1 = ReadUnaligned32 (&(TmpGuid->Data1));
- GuidData2 = FceReadUnaligned16 (&(TmpGuid->Data2));
- GuidData3 = FceReadUnaligned16 (&(TmpGuid->Data3));
- BasePrintLibSPrint (
- ValueBuffer,
- MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,
- 0,
- "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x",
- GuidData1,
- GuidData2,
- GuidData3,
- TmpGuid->Data4[0],
- TmpGuid->Data4[1],
- TmpGuid->Data4[2],
- TmpGuid->Data4[3],
- TmpGuid->Data4[4],
- TmpGuid->Data4[5],
- TmpGuid->Data4[6],
- TmpGuid->Data4[7]
- );
- ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;
- }
- break;
-
- case 't':
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- TmpTime = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, TIME *);
- } else {
- TmpTime = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, TIME *);
- }
- if (TmpTime == NULL) {
- ArgumentString = "<null time>";
- } else {
- BasePrintLibSPrint (
- ValueBuffer,
- MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS,
- 0,
- "%02d/%02d/%04d %02d:%02d",
- TmpTime->Month,
- TmpTime->Day,
- TmpTime->Year,
- TmpTime->Hour,
- TmpTime->Minute
- );
- ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;
- }
- break;
-
- case 'r':
- if (BaseListMarker == NULL) {
- Status = VA_ARG (VaListMarker, RETURN_STATUS);
- } else {
- Status = BASE_ARG (BaseListMarker, RETURN_STATUS);
- }
- ArgumentString = ValueBuffer;
- if (RETURN_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Clear error bit
- //
- Index = Status & ~MAX_BIT;
- if (Index > 0 && Index <= ERROR_STATUS_NUMBER) {
- ArgumentString = mStatusString [Index + WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER];
- }
- } else {
- Index = Status;
- if (Index <= WARNING_STATUS_NUMBER) {
- ArgumentString = mStatusString [Index];
- }
- }
- if (ArgumentString == ValueBuffer) {
- BasePrintLibSPrint ((CHAR8 *) ValueBuffer, MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS, 0, "%08X", Status);
- }
- break;
-
- case '\r':
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- if (FormatCharacter == '\n') {
- //
- // Translate '\r\n' to '\r\n'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r\n";
- } else {
- //
- // Translate '\r' to '\r'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r";
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\n':
- //
- // Translate '\n' to '\r\n' and '\n\r' to '\r\n'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r\n";
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- if (FormatCharacter != '\r') {
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- }
- break;
-
- case '%':
- default:
- //
- // if the type is '%' or unknown, then print it to the screen
- //
- ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&FormatCharacter;
- Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\r':
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- if (FormatCharacter == '\n') {
- //
- // Translate '\r\n' to '\r\n'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r\n";
- } else {
- //
- // Translate '\r' to '\r'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r";
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\n':
- //
- // Translate '\n' to '\r\n' and '\n\r' to '\r\n'
- //
- ArgumentString = "\r\n";
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- if (FormatCharacter != '\r') {
- Format -= BytesPerFormatCharacter;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- ArgumentString = (CHAR8 *)&FormatCharacter;
- Flags |= ARGUMENT_UNICODE;
- break;
- }
-
- //
- // Retrieve the ArgumentString attriubutes
- //
- if ((Flags & ARGUMENT_UNICODE) != 0) {
- ArgumentMask = 0xffff;
- BytesPerArgumentCharacter = 2;
- } else {
- ArgumentMask = 0xff;
- BytesPerArgumentCharacter = 1;
- }
- if ((Flags & ARGUMENT_REVERSED) != 0) {
- BytesPerArgumentCharacter = -BytesPerArgumentCharacter;
- } else {
- //
- // Compute the number of characters in ArgumentString and store it in Count
- // ArgumentString is either null-terminated, or it contains Precision characters
- //
- for (Count = 0; Count < Precision || ((Flags & PRECISION) == 0); Count++) {
- ArgumentCharacter = ((ArgumentString[Count * BytesPerArgumentCharacter] & 0xff) | ((ArgumentString[Count * BytesPerArgumentCharacter + 1]) << 8)) & ArgumentMask;
- if (ArgumentCharacter == 0) {
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (Precision < Count) {
- Precision = Count;
- }
-
- //
- // Pad before the string
- //
- if ((Flags & (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) == (PAD_TO_WIDTH)) {
- LengthToReturn += ((Width - Precision) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Width - Precision, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- }
-
- if (ZeroPad) {
- if (Prefix != 0) {
- LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, Prefix, BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- }
- LengthToReturn += ((Precision - Count) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Precision - Count, '0', BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- } else {
- LengthToReturn += ((Precision - Count) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Precision - Count, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- if (Prefix != 0) {
- LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, Prefix, BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Output the Prefix character if it is present
- //
- Index = 0;
- if (Prefix != 0) {
- Index++;
- }
-
- //
- // Copy the string into the output buffer performing the required type conversions
- //
- while (Index < Count) {
- ArgumentCharacter = ((*ArgumentString & 0xff) | (*(ArgumentString + 1) << 8)) & ArgumentMask;
-
- LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, ArgumentCharacter, BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- ArgumentString += BytesPerArgumentCharacter;
- Index++;
- if (Comma) {
- Digits++;
- if (Digits == 3) {
- Digits = 0;
- Index++;
- if (Index < Count) {
- LengthToReturn += (1 * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, 1, ',', BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Pad after the string
- //
- if ((Flags & (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) == (PAD_TO_WIDTH | LEFT_JUSTIFY)) {
- LengthToReturn += ((Width - Precision) * BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) == 0 && Buffer != NULL) {
- Buffer = BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer, Width - Precision, ' ', BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Get the next character from the format string
- //
- Format += BytesPerFormatCharacter;
-
- //
- // Get the next character from the format string
- //
- FormatCharacter = ((*Format & 0xff) | (*(Format + 1) << 8)) & FormatMask;
- }
-
- if ((Flags & COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT) != 0) {
- return (LengthToReturn / BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- }
-
- ASSERT (Buffer != NULL);
- //
- // Null terminate the Unicode or ASCII string
- //
- BasePrintLibFillBuffer (Buffer, EndBuffer + BytesPerOutputCharacter, 1, 0, BytesPerOutputCharacter);
- //
- // Make sure output buffer cannot contain more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength
- // Unicode characters if PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero.
- //
- ASSERT ((((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) == 0)) || (FceStrSize ((CHAR16 *) OriginalBuffer) != 0));
- //
- // Make sure output buffer cannot contain more than PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength
- // ASCII characters if PcdMaximumAsciiStringLength is not zero.
- //
- ASSERT ((((Flags & OUTPUT_UNICODE) != 0)) || ((strlen (OriginalBuffer) + 1) != 0));
-
- return ((Buffer - OriginalBuffer) / BytesPerOutputCharacter);
-}
-
-/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
- based on a Null-terminated format string and variable argument list.
-
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
- this is the main print working routine
-
- @param StartOfBuffer The character buffer to print the results of the parsing
- of Format into.
- @param BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into buffer.
- Zero means no limit.
- @param Flags Initial flags value.
- Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE and OUTPUT_UNICODE set
- @param FormatString A Null-terminated format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list.
-
- @return The number of characters printed.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-BasePrintLibSPrint (
- OUT CHAR8 *StartOfBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN Flags,
- IN CONST CHAR8 *FormatString,
- ...
- )
-{
- VA_LIST Marker;
-
- VA_START (Marker, FormatString);
- return BasePrintLibSPrintMarker (StartOfBuffer, BufferSize, Flags, FormatString, Marker, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on
- a Null-terminated Unicode format string and a VA_LIST argument list
-
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer
- and BufferSize.
- The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.
- Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list specified by Marker based on the
- contents of the format string.
- The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including
- the Null-terminator.
- If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.
-
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then
- ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string
- contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param StartOfBuffer A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated
- Unicode string.
- @param BufferSize The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.
- @param FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param Marker VA_LIST marker for the variable argument list.
-
- @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the
- Null-terminator.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-UnicodeVSPrint (
- OUT CHAR16 *StartOfBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *FormatString,
- IN VA_LIST Marker
- )
-{
- ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER (StartOfBuffer);
- ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER (FormatString);
- return BasePrintLibSPrintMarker ((CHAR8 *)StartOfBuffer, BufferSize >> 1, FORMAT_UNICODE | OUTPUT_UNICODE, (CHAR8 *)FormatString, Marker, NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on a Null-terminated
- Unicode format string and variable argument list.
-
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer
- and BufferSize.
- The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.
- Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list based on the contents of the format string.
- The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including
- the Null-terminator.
- If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.
-
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then
- ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string
- contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param StartOfBuffer A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated
- Unicode string.
- @param BufferSize The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.
- @param FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the
- format string specified by FormatString.
-
- @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the
- Null-terminator.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-UnicodeSPrint (
- OUT CHAR16 *StartOfBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *FormatString,
- ...
- )
-{
- VA_LIST Marker;
-
- VA_START (Marker, FormatString);
- return UnicodeVSPrint (StartOfBuffer, BufferSize, FormatString, Marker);
-}
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode string to a Null-terminated
- ASCII string and returns the ASCII string.
-
- This function converts the content of the Unicode string Source
- to the ASCII string Destination by copying the lower 8 bits of
- each Unicode character. It returns Destination. The function terminates
- the ASCII string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character
- at the end. The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points
- to a buffer with size equal or greater than (FceStrLen (Source) + 1) in bytes.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
-
- If any Unicode characters in Source contain non-zero value in
- the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Source Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Destination Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
-
- @reture Destination
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-UnicodeStrToAsciiStr (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source,
- OUT CHAR8 *Destination
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *ReturnValue;
-
- ReturnValue = Destination;
- assert (Destination != NULL);
- assert (Source != NULL);
- assert (((UINTN) Source & 0x01) == 0);
-
- while (*Source != L'\0') {
- //
- // If any Unicode characters in Source contain
- // non-zero value in the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().
- //
- assert (*Source < 0x100);
- *(ReturnValue++) = (CHAR8) *(Source++);
- }
-
- *ReturnValue = '\0';
-
- return Destination;
-}
-
-/**
- Allocate new memory and then copy the Unicode string Source to Destination.
-
- @param Dest Location to copy string
- @param Src String to copy
-
-**/
-VOID
-NewStringCpy (
- IN OUT CHAR16 **Dest,
- IN CHAR16 *Src
- )
-{
- if (*Dest != NULL) {
- FreePool (*Dest);
- }
- *Dest = FceAllocateCopyPool (FceStrSize (Src), Src);
- ASSERT (*Dest != NULL);
-}
-
-/**
- Check if a Unicode character is a decimal character.
-
- This internal function checks if a Unicode character is a
- decimal character. The valid decimal character is from
- L'0' to L'9'.
-
- @param Char The character to check against.
-
- @retval TRUE If the Char is a decmial character.
- @retval FALSE If the Char is not a decmial character.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
- return (BOOLEAN) ((Char >= L'0') && (Char <= L'9'));
-}
-
-/**
- Convert a Unicode character to upper case only if
- it maps to a valid small-case ASCII character.
-
- This internal function only deal with Unicode character
- which maps to a valid small-case ASCII character, i.e.
- L'a' to L'z'. For other Unicode character, the input character
- is returned directly.
-
- @param Char The character to convert.
-
- @retval LowerCharacter If the Char is with range L'a' to L'z'.
- @retval Unchanged Otherwise.
-
-**/
-CHAR16
-FceInternalCharToUpper (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
- if ((Char >= L'a') && (Char <= L'z')) {
- return (CHAR16) (Char - (L'a' - L'A'));
- }
-
- return Char;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert a Unicode character to numerical value.
-
- This internal function only deal with Unicode character
- which maps to a valid hexadecimal ASII character, i.e.
- L'0' to L'9', L'a' to L'f' or L'A' to L'F'. For other
- Unicode character, the value returned does not make sense.
-
- @param Char The character to convert.
-
- @return The numerical value converted.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-FceInternalHexCharToUintn (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
- if (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (Char)) {
- return Char - L'0';
- }
-
- return (UINTN) (10 + FceInternalCharToUpper (Char) - L'A');
-}
-
-/**
- Check if a Unicode character is a hexadecimal character.
-
- This internal function checks if a Unicode character is a
- decimal character. The valid hexadecimal character is
- L'0' to L'9', L'a' to L'f', or L'A' to L'F'.
-
-
- @param Char The character to check against.
-
- @retval TRUE If the Char is a hexadecmial character.
- @retval FALSE If the Char is not a hexadecmial character.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-FceInternalIsHexaDecimalDigitCharacter (
- IN CHAR16 Char
- )
-{
-
- return (BOOLEAN) (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (Char) ||
- ((Char >= L'A') && (Char <= L'F')) ||
- ((Char >= L'a') && (Char <= L'f')));
-}
-
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode decimal string to a value of
- type UINT64.
-
- This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents
- of the Unicode string specified by String as a decimal number. The format
- of the input Unicode string String is:
-
- [spaces] [decimal digits].
-
- The valid decimal digit character is in the range [0-9]. The
- function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or
- tab characters, before [decimal digits]. The running zero in the
- beginning of [decimal digits] will be ignored. Then, the function
- stops at the first character that is a not a valid decimal character
- or a Null-terminator, whichever one comes first.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If String has only pad spaces, then 0 is returned.
- If String has no pad spaces or valid decimal digits,
- then 0 is returned.
- If the number represented by String overflows according
- to the range defined by UINT64, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains
- more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including
- the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval Value translated from String.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-FceStrDecimalToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- UINT64 Result;
-
- //
- // ASSERT String is less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
- // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().
- //
- ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);
-
- //
- // Ignore the pad spaces (space or tab)
- //
- while ((*String == L' ') || (*String == L'\t')) {
- String++;
- }
-
- //
- // Ignore leading Zeros after the spaces
- //
- while (*String == L'0') {
- String++;
- }
-
- Result = 0;
-
- while (FceInternalIsDecimalDigitCharacter (*String)) {
- //
- // If the number represented by String overflows according
- // to the range defined by UINTN, then ASSERT().
- //
- ASSERT (Result <= DivU64x32 (((UINT64) ~0) - (*String - L'0') , 10));
-
- Result = MultU64x32 (Result, 10) + (*String - L'0');
- String++;
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode hexadecimal string to a value of type UINT64.
-
- This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents
- of the Unicode string specified by String as a hexadecimal number.
- The format of the input Unicode string String is
-
- [spaces][zeros][x][hexadecimal digits].
-
- The valid hexadecimal digit character is in the range [0-9], [a-f] and [A-F].
- The prefix "0x" is optional. Both "x" and "X" is allowed in "0x" prefix.
- If "x" appears in the input string, it must be prefixed with at least one 0.
- The function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or tab characters,
- before [zeros], [x] or [hexadecimal digit]. The running zero before [x] or
- [hexadecimal digit] will be ignored. Then, the decoding starts after [x] or the
- first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character that is
- a not a valid hexadecimal character or NULL, whichever one comes first.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If String has only pad spaces, then zero is returned.
- If String has no leading pad spaces, leading zeros or valid hexadecimal digits,
- then zero is returned.
- If the number represented by String overflows according to the range defined by
- UINT64, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the Null-terminator,
- then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval Value translated from String.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-FceStrHexToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- UINT64 Result;
-
- //
- // ASSERT String is less long than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength.
- // Length tests are performed inside FceStrLen().
- //
- ASSERT (FceStrSize (String) != 0);
-
- //
- // Ignore the pad spaces (space or tab)
- //
- while ((*String == L' ') || (*String == L'\t')) {
- String++;
- }
-
- //
- // Ignore leading Zeros after the spaces
- //
- while (*String == L'0') {
- String++;
- }
-
- if (FceInternalCharToUpper (*String) == L'X') {
- ASSERT (*(String - 1) == L'0');
- if (*(String - 1) != L'0') {
- return 0;
- }
- //
- // Skip the 'X'
- //
- String++;
- }
-
- Result = 0;
-
- while (FceInternalIsHexaDecimalDigitCharacter (*String)) {
- //
- // If the Hex Number represented by String overflows according
- // to the range defined by UINTN, then ASSERT().
- //
- ASSERT (Result <= RShiftU64 (((UINT64) ~0) - FceInternalHexCharToUintn (*String) , 4));
-
- Result = LShiftU64 (Result, 4);
- Result = Result + FceInternalHexCharToUintn (*String);
- String++;
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-
-CHAR16
-ToUpper (
- CHAR16 a
- )
-{
- if (('a' <= a) && (a <= 'z')) {
- return (CHAR16) (a - 0x20);
- } else {
- return a;
- }
-}
-
-CHAR16
-ToLower (
- CHAR16 a
- )
-{
- if (('A' <= a) && (a <= 'Z')) {
- return (CHAR16) (a + 0x20);
- } else {
- return a;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Performs a case-insensitive comparison between a Null-terminated
- Unicode pattern string and a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @param String - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Pattern - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode pattern string.
-
-
- @retval TRUE - Pattern was found in String.
- @retval FALSE - Pattern was not found in String.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-MetaiMatch (
- IN CHAR16 *String,
- IN CHAR16 *Pattern
- )
-{
- CHAR16 c;
- CHAR16 p;
-
- assert (String != NULL);
- assert (Pattern != NULL);
-
- for (;;) {
- p = *Pattern;
- Pattern += 1;
-
- if (p == 0) {
- //
- // End of pattern. If end of string, TRUE match
- //
- if (*String) {
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- } else {
-
- c = *String;
- if (ToUpper (c) != ToUpper (p)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- String += 1;
-
- }
-
- }
-
-}
-/**
- Multiplies a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and
- generates a 64-bit unsigned result.
-
- This function multiplies the 64-bit unsigned value Multiplicand by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Multiplier and generates a 64-bit unsigned result. This 64-
- bit unsigned result is returned.
-
- @param Multiplicand A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Multiplier A 32-bit unsigned value.
-
- @return Multiplicand * Multiplier.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-MultU64x32 (
- IN UINT64 Multiplicand,
- IN UINT32 Multiplier
- )
-{
- return Multiplicand * Multiplier;
-}
-
-/**
- Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates
- a 64-bit unsigned result.
-
- This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. This
- function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.
-
- If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Dividend A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Divisor A 32-bit unsigned value.
-
- @return Dividend / Divisor
-
-**/
-UINT64
-DivU64x32 (
- IN UINT64 Dividend,
- IN UINT32 Divisor
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Divisor != 0);
- return Dividend / Divisor;
-}
-
-/**
- Shifts a 64-bit integer left between 0 and 63 bits. The low bits are filled
- with zeros. The shifted value is returned.
-
- This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the left by Count bits. The
- low Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.
-
- If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Operand The 64-bit operand to shift left.
- @param Count The number of bits to shift left.
-
- @return Operand << Count.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-LShiftU64 (
- IN UINT64 Operand,
- IN UINTN Count
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Count < 64);
- return Operand << Count;
-}
-
-/**
- Shifts a 64-bit integer right between 0 and 63 bits. This high bits are
- filled with zeros. The shifted value is returned.
-
- This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the right by Count bits. The
- high Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.
-
- If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Operand The 64-bit operand to shift right.
- @param Count The number of bits to shift right.
-
- @return Operand >> Count.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-RShiftU64 (
- IN UINT64 Operand,
- IN UINTN Count
- )
-
-{
- ASSERT (Count < 64);
- return Operand >> Count;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates
- a 64-bit unsigned result and an optional 32-bit unsigned remainder.
-
- This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. If Remainder
- is not NULL, then the 32-bit unsigned remainder is returned in Remainder.
- This function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.
-
- If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Dividend A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Divisor A 32-bit unsigned value.
- @param Remainder A pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value. This parameter is
- optional and may be NULL.
-
- @return Dividend / Divisor
-
-**/
-UINT64
-DivU64x32Remainder (
- IN UINT64 Dividend,
- IN UINT32 Divisor,
- OUT UINT32 *Remainder
- )
-{
- ASSERT (Divisor != 0);
-
- if (Remainder != NULL) {
- *Remainder = (UINT32)(Dividend % Divisor);
- }
- return Dividend / Divisor;
-}
-
-/**
- Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer.
-
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize, copies allocationSize bytes
- from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the allocated
- buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
- is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
- @param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
-
- @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-FceAllocateCopyPool (
- IN UINTN AllocationSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- )
-{
- VOID *Memory;
-
- Memory = NULL;
-
- if ((Buffer == NULL) || (AllocationSize == 0)) {
- return Memory;
- }
-
- Memory = calloc (AllocationSize, sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (Memory != NULL) {
- Memory = memcpy (Memory, Buffer, AllocationSize);
- }
- return Memory;
-}
-
-/**
- Initializes the head node of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to
- the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Initializes the forward and backward links of a new linked list. After
- initializing a linked list with this function, the other linked list
- functions may be used to add and remove nodes from the linked list. It is up
- to the caller of this function to allocate the memory for ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a new doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InitializeListHead (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead
- )
-
-{
- assert (ListHead != NULL);
-
- ListHead->ForwardLink = ListHead;
- ListHead->BackLink = ListHead;
- return ListHead;
-}
-
-/**
- Adds a node to the beginning of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer
- to the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Adds the node Entry at the beginning of the doubly-linked list denoted by
- ListHead, and returns ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number
- of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or
- equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Entry A pointer to a node that is to be inserted at the beginning
- of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InsertHeadList (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead,
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- assert ((ListHead != NULL) && (Entry != NULL));
-
- Entry->ForwardLink = ListHead->ForwardLink;
- Entry->BackLink = ListHead;
- Entry->ForwardLink->BackLink = Entry;
- ListHead->ForwardLink = Entry;
- return ListHead;
-}
-
-/**
- Adds a node to the end of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to
- the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Adds the node Entry to the end of the doubly-linked list denoted by ListHead,
- and returns ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number
- of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or
- equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Entry A pointer to a node that is to be added at the end of the
- doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InsertTailList (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead,
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- assert ((ListHead != NULL) && (Entry != NULL));
-
- Entry->ForwardLink = ListHead;
- Entry->BackLink = ListHead->BackLink;
- Entry->BackLink->ForwardLink = Entry;
- ListHead->BackLink = Entry;
- return ListHead;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the first node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the first node of a doubly-linked list. List must have been
- initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
- If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @return The first node of a doubly-linked list.
- @retval NULL The list is empty.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetFirstNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List
- )
-{
- assert (List != NULL);
-
- return List->ForwardLink;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the next node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that follows Node.
- List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
- or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @return A pointer to the next node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetNextNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- )
-{
- assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));
-
- return Node->ForwardLink;
-}
-
-/**
- Retrieves the previous node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that precedes Node.
- List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
- or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @return A pointer to the previous node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetPreviousNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- )
-{
- assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));
-
- return Node->BackLink;
-}
-
-/**
- Checks to see if a doubly-linked list is empty or not.
-
- Checks to see if the doubly-linked list is empty. If the linked list contains
- zero nodes, this function returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE The linked list is empty.
- @retval FALSE The linked list is not empty.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsListEmpty (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *ListHead
- )
-{
- assert (ListHead != NULL);
-
- return (BOOLEAN)(ListHead->ForwardLink == ListHead);
-}
-
-/**
- Determines if a node in a doubly-linked list is the head node of a the same
- doubly-linked list. This function is typically used to terminate a loop that
- traverses all the nodes in a doubly-linked list starting with the head node.
-
- Returns TRUE if Node is equal to List. Returns FALSE if Node is one of the
- nodes in the doubly-linked list specified by List. List must have been
- initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),
- then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List and Node is not
- equal to List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE Node is the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.
- @retval FALSE Node is not the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsNull (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- )
-{
- assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));
-
- return (BOOLEAN)(Node == List);
-}
-
-/**
- Determines if a node the last node in a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns TRUE if Node is the last node in the doubly-linked list specified by
- List. Otherwise, FALSE is returned. List must have been initialized with
- INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE Node is the last node in the linked list.
- @retval FALSE Node is not the last node in the linked list.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsNodeAtEnd (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- )
-{
- assert ((List != NULL) && (Node != NULL));
-
- return (BOOLEAN)(!IsNull (List, Node) && (List->BackLink == Node));
-}
-
-/**
- Removes a node from a doubly-linked list, and returns the node that follows
- the removed node.
-
- Removes the node Entry from a doubly-linked list. It is up to the caller of
- this function to release the memory used by this node if that is required. On
- exit, the node following Entry in the doubly-linked list is returned. If
- Entry is the only node in the linked list, then the head node of the linked
- list is returned.
-
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is the head node of an empty list, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes in the
- linked list containing Entry, including the Entry node, is greater than
- or equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Entry A pointer to a node in a linked list.
-
- @return Entry.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-RemoveEntryList (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- )
-{
- assert (!IsListEmpty (Entry));
-
- Entry->ForwardLink->BackLink = Entry->BackLink;
- Entry->BackLink->ForwardLink = Entry->ForwardLink;
- return Entry->ForwardLink;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 34b310d97f..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Expression.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2367 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Utility functions for expression evaluation.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "IfrParse.h"
-
-#define gEmptyString L""
-//
-// Global stack used to evaluate boolean expresions
-//
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStack = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStackEnd = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mOpCodeScopeStackPointer = NULL;
-
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStack = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStackEnd = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer = NULL;
-UINTN mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = 0;
-
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionStack = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionEnd = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mCurrentExpressionPointer = NULL;
-
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListStack = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListEnd = NULL;
-EFI_HII_VALUE *mMapExpressionListPointer = NULL;
-
-/**
- Get Value for given Name from a NameValue Storage.
-
- @param Storage The NameValue Storage.
- @param Name The Name.
- @param Value The retured Value.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Value found for given Name.
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND No such Name found in NameValue storage.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetValueByName (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN CHAR16 *Name,
- IN OUT CHAR16 **Value
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- NAME_VALUE_NODE *Node;
-
- *Value = NULL;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Storage->NameValueListHead, Link)) {
- Node = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (FceStrCmp (Name, Node->Name) == 0) {
- NewStringCpy (Value, Node->EditValue);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Grow size of the stack.
-
- This is an internal function.
-
- @param Stack On input: old stack; On output: new stack
- @param StackPtr On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack
- pointer
- @param StackEnd On input: old stack end; On output: new stack end
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Grow stack success.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No enough memory for stack space.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GrowStack (
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **Stack,
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **StackPtr,
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **StackEnd
- )
-{
- UINTN Size;
- EFI_HII_VALUE *NewStack;
-
- Size = EXPRESSION_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT;
- if (*StackPtr != NULL) {
- Size = Size + (*StackEnd - *Stack);
- }
-
- NewStack = AllocatePool (Size * sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- if (NewStack == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- if (*StackPtr != NULL) {
- //
- // Copy from Old Stack to the New Stack
- //
- CopyMem (
- NewStack,
- *Stack,
- (*StackEnd - *Stack) * sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE)
- );
-
- //
- // Free The Old Stack
- //
- FreePool (*Stack);
- }
-
- //
- // Make the Stack pointer point to the old data in the new stack
- //
- *StackPtr = NewStack + (*StackPtr - *Stack);
- *Stack = NewStack;
- *StackEnd = NewStack + Size;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Push an element onto the Boolean Stack.
-
- @param Stack On input: old stack; On output: new stack
- @param StackPtr On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack
- pointer
- @param StackEnd On input: old stack end; On output: new stack end
- @param Data Data to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Push stack success.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushStack (
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **Stack,
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **StackPtr,
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **StackEnd,
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Data
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- //
- // Check for a stack overflow condition
- //
- if (*StackPtr >= *StackEnd) {
- //
- // Grow the stack
- //
- Status = GrowStack (Stack, StackPtr, StackEnd);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Push the item onto the stack
- //
- CopyMem (*StackPtr, Data, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- *StackPtr = *StackPtr + 1;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Pop an element from the stack.
-
- @param Stack On input: old stack
- @param StackPtr On input: old stack pointer; On output: new stack pointer
- @param Data Data to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was popped onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopStack (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Stack,
- IN OUT EFI_HII_VALUE **StackPtr,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Data
- )
-{
- //
- // Check for a stack underflow condition
- //
- if (*StackPtr == Stack) {
- return EFI_ACCESS_DENIED;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop the item off the stack
- //
- *StackPtr = *StackPtr - 1;
- CopyMem (Data, *StackPtr, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetCurrentExpressionStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mCurrentExpressionPointer = mCurrentExpressionStack;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Push current expression onto the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to current expression.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushCurrentExpression (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- )
-{
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Data.Value.u64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) Pointer;
-
- return PushStack (
- &mCurrentExpressionStack,
- &mCurrentExpressionPointer,
- &mCurrentExpressionEnd,
- &Data
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Pop current expression from the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to current expression to be pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopCurrentExpression (
- OUT VOID **Pointer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Status = PopStack (
- mCurrentExpressionStack,
- &mCurrentExpressionPointer,
- &Data
- );
-
- *Pointer = (VOID *) (UINTN) Data.Value.u64;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetMapExpressionListStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mMapExpressionListPointer = mMapExpressionListStack;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Push the list of map expression onto the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to the list of map expression to be pushed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushMapExpressionList (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- )
-{
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Data.Value.u64 = (UINT64) (UINTN) Pointer;
-
- return PushStack (
- &mMapExpressionListStack,
- &mMapExpressionListPointer,
- &mMapExpressionListEnd,
- &Data
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Pop the list of map expression from the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to the list of map expression to be pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopMapExpressionList (
- OUT VOID **Pointer
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Status = PopStack (
- mMapExpressionListStack,
- &mMapExpressionListPointer,
- &Data
- );
-
- *Pointer = (VOID *) (UINTN) Data.Value.u64;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetScopeStack (
- VOID
- )
-{
- mOpCodeScopeStackPointer = mOpCodeScopeStack;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Push an Operand onto the Stack
-
- @param Operand Operand to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushScope (
- IN UINT8 Operand
- )
-{
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Data.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- Data.Value.u8 = Operand;
-
- return PushStack (
- &mOpCodeScopeStack,
- &mOpCodeScopeStackPointer,
- &mOpCodeScopeStackEnd,
- &Data
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Pop an Operand from the Stack
-
- @param Operand Operand to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopScope (
- OUT UINT8 *Operand
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data;
-
- Status = PopStack (
- mOpCodeScopeStack,
- &mOpCodeScopeStackPointer,
- &Data
- );
-
- *Operand = Data.Value.u8;
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Push an Expression value onto the Stack
-
- @param Value Expression value to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushExpression (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value
- )
-{
- return PushStack (
- &mExpressionEvaluationStack,
- &mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer,
- &mExpressionEvaluationStackEnd,
- Value
- );
-}
-
-
-/**
- Pop an Expression value from the stack.
-
- @param Value Expression value to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was popped onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopExpression (
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Value
- )
-{
- return PopStack (
- mExpressionEvaluationStack + mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset,
- &mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer,
- Value
- );
-}
-
-/**
- Get current stack offset from stack start.
-
- @return Stack offset to stack start.
-**/
-UINTN
-SaveExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (
- )
-{
- UINTN TempStackOffset;
- TempStackOffset = mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset;
- mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = mExpressionEvaluationStackPointer - mExpressionEvaluationStack;
- return TempStackOffset;
-}
-
-/**
- Restore stack offset based on input stack offset
-
- @param StackOffset Offset to stack start.
-
-**/
-VOID
-RestoreExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (
- UINTN StackOffset
- )
-{
- mExpressionEvaluationStackOffset = StackOffset;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Search a Question in Form scope using its QuestionId.
-
- @param Form The form which contains this Question.
- @param QuestionId Id of this Question.
-
- @retval Pointer The Question.
- @retval NULL Specified Question not found in the form.
-
-**/
-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *
-IdToQuestion2 (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN UINT16 QuestionId
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
-
- if (QuestionId == 0) {
- //
- // The value of zero is reserved
- //
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, Link)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (Question->QuestionId == QuestionId) {
- return Question;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Search a Question in Formset scope using its QuestionId.
-
- @param FormSet The formset which contains this form.
- @param Form The form which contains this Question.
- @param QuestionId Id of this Question.
-
- @retval Pointer The Question.
- @retval NULL Specified Question not found in the form.
-
-**/
-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *
-IdToQuestion (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN UINT16 QuestionId
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
-
- //
- // Search in the form scope first
- //
- Question = IdToQuestion2 (Form, QuestionId);
- if (Question != NULL) {
- return Question;
- }
-
- //
- // Search in the formset scope
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, Link)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- Question = IdToQuestion2 (Form, QuestionId);
- if (Question != NULL) {
- return Question;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Get Expression given its RuleId.
-
- @param Form The form which contains this Expression.
- @param RuleId Id of this Expression.
-
- @retval Pointer The Expression.
- @retval NULL Specified Expression not found in the form.
-
-**/
-FORM_EXPRESSION *
-RuleIdToExpression (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN UINT8 RuleId
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Form->ExpressionListHead, Link)) {
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if ((Expression->Type == EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE) && (Expression->RuleId == RuleId)) {
- return Expression;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Convert the input Unicode character to upper.
-
- @param String Th Unicode character to be converted.
-
-**/
-VOID
-IfrStrToUpper (
- IN CHAR16 *String
- )
-{
- while (*String != 0) {
- if ((*String >= 'a') && (*String <= 'z')) {
- *String = (UINT16) ((*String) & ((UINT16) ~0x20));
- }
- String++;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TO_STRING.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Format String format in EFI_IFR_TO_STRING.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrToString (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN UINT8 Format,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *PrintFormat;
- CHAR16 Buffer[MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS];
- UINTN BufferSize;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- switch (Value.Type) {
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:
- BufferSize = MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS * sizeof (CHAR16);
- switch (Format) {
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_UNSIGNED_DEC:
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_SIGNED_DEC:
- PrintFormat = L"%ld";
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_LOWERCASE_HEX:
- PrintFormat = L"%lx";
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_UPPERCASE_HEX:
- PrintFormat = L"%lX";
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- UnicodeSPrint (Buffer, BufferSize, PrintFormat, Value.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:
- CopyMem (Result, &Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- break;
-
- default:
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- //Result->Value.string = NewString (String, FormSet->HiiHandle);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TO_UINT.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrToUint (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- if (Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- String = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- IfrStrToUpper (String);
- StringPtr = StrStr (String, L"0X");
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- //
- // Hex string
- //
- Result->Value.u64 = FceStrHexToUint64 (String);
- } else {
- //
- // decimal string
- //
- Result->Value.u64 = FceStrDecimalToUint64 (String);
- }
- FreePool (String);
- } else {
- CopyMem (Result, &Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_CATENATE.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrCatenate (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String[2];
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- UINTN Size;
-
- //
- // String[0] - The second string
- // String[1] - The first string
- //
- String[0] = NULL;
- String[1] = NULL;
- StringPtr = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String[Index] == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- Size = FceStrSize (String[0]);
- StringPtr= AllocatePool (FceStrSize (String[1]) + Size);
- ASSERT (StringPtr != NULL);
- StrCpy (StringPtr, String[1]);
- StrCat (StringPtr, String[0]);
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- //Result->Value.string = NewString (StringPtr, FormSet->HiiHandle);
-
-Done:
- if (String[0] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[0]);
- }
- if (String[1] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[1]);
- }
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- FreePool (StringPtr);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_MATCH.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrMatch (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String[2];
- UINTN Index;
-
- //
- // String[0] - The string to search
- // String[1] - pattern
- //
- String[0] = NULL;
- String[1] = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String [Index] == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- Result->Value.b = MetaiMatch (String[0], String[1]);
-
-Done:
- if (String[0] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[0]);
- }
- if (String[1] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[1]);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_FIND.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Format Case sensitive or insensitive.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrFind (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN UINT8 Format,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String[2];
- UINTN Base;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (Format > EFI_IFR_FF_CASE_INSENSITIVE) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;
-
- //
- // String[0] - sub-string
- // String[1] - The string to search
- //
- String[0] = NULL;
- String[1] = NULL;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String[Index] == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Format == EFI_IFR_FF_CASE_INSENSITIVE) {
- //
- // Case insensitive, convert both string to upper case
- //
- IfrStrToUpper (String[Index]);
- }
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- if (Base >= FceStrLen (String[1])) {
- Result->Value.u64 = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL;
- } else {
- StringPtr = StrStr (String[1] + Base, String[0]);
- Result->Value.u64 = (StringPtr == NULL) ? 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL : (StringPtr - String[1]);
- }
-
-Done:
- if (String[0] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[0]);
- }
- if (String[1] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[1]);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_MID.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrMid (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String;
- UINTN Base;
- UINTN Length;
- CHAR16 *SubString;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- Length = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- String = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if ((Length == 0) || (Base >= FceStrLen (String))) {
- SubString = gEmptyString;
- } else {
- SubString = String + Base;
- if ((Base + Length) < FceStrLen (String)) {
- SubString[Length] = L'\0';
- }
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- //Result->Value.string = NewString (SubString, FormSet->HiiHandle);
-
- FreePool (String);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_TOKEN.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrToken (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String[2];
- UINTN Count;
- CHAR16 *Delimiter;
- CHAR16 *SubString;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- UINTN Index;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- Count = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;
-
- //
- // String[0] - Delimiter
- // String[1] - The string to search
- //
- String[0] = NULL;
- String[1] = NULL;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String[Index] == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- Delimiter = String[0];
- SubString = String[1];
- while (Count > 0) {
- SubString = StrStr (SubString, Delimiter);
- if (SubString != NULL) {
- //
- // Skip over the delimiter
- //
- SubString = SubString + FceStrLen (Delimiter);
- } else {
- break;
- }
- Count--;
- }
-
- if (SubString == NULL) {
- //
- // nth delimited sub-string not found, push an empty string
- //
- SubString = gEmptyString;
- } else {
- //
- // Put a NULL terminator for nth delimited sub-string
- //
- StringPtr = StrStr (SubString, Delimiter);
- if (StringPtr != NULL) {
- *StringPtr = L'\0';
- }
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- //Result->Value.string = NewString (SubString, FormSet->HiiHandle);
-
-Done:
- if (String[0] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[0]);
- }
- if (String[1] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[1]);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Evaluate opcode EFI_IFR_SPAN.
-
- @param FormSet Formset which contains this opcode.
- @param Flags FIRST_MATCHING or FIRST_NON_MATCHING.
- @param Result Evaluation result for this opcode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode evaluation success.
- @retval Other Opcode evaluation failed.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-IfrSpan (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN UINT8 Flags,
- OUT EFI_HII_VALUE *Result
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
- CHAR16 *String[2];
- CHAR16 *Charset;
- UINTN Base;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR16 *StringPtr;
- BOOLEAN Found;
-
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Value.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- Base = (UINTN) Value.Value.u64;
-
- //
- // String[0] - Charset
- // String[1] - The string to search
- //
- String[0] = NULL;
- String[1] = NULL;
- for (Index = 0; Index < 2; Index++) {
- Status = PopExpression (&Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- String[Index] = GetToken (Value.Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (String [Index] == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- if (Base >= FceStrLen (String[1])) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Found = FALSE;
- StringPtr = String[1] + Base;
- Charset = String[0];
- while (*StringPtr != 0 && !Found) {
- Index = 0;
- while (Charset[Index] != 0) {
- if ((*StringPtr >= Charset[Index]) && (*StringPtr <= Charset[Index + 1])) {
- if (Flags == EFI_IFR_FLAGS_FIRST_MATCHING) {
- Found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- } else {
- if (Flags == EFI_IFR_FLAGS_FIRST_NON_MATCHING) {
- Found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Skip characters pair representing low-end of a range and high-end of a range
- //
- Index += 2;
- }
-
- if (!Found) {
- StringPtr++;
- }
- }
-
- Result->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Result->Value.u64 = StringPtr - String[1];
-
-Done:
- if (String[0] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[0]);
- }
- if (String[1] != NULL) {
- FreePool (String[1]);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Zero extend integer/boolean/date/time to UINT64 for comparing.
-
- @param Value HII Value to be converted.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ExtendValueToU64 (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value
- )
-{
- UINT64 Temp;
-
- Temp = 0;
- switch (Value->Type) {
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- Temp = Value->Value.u8;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- Temp = Value->Value.u16;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- Temp = Value->Value.u32;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- Temp = Value->Value.b;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME:
- Temp = Value->Value.u32 & 0xffffff;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE:
- Temp = Value->Value.u32;
- break;
-
- default:
- return;
- }
-
- Value->Value.u64 = Temp;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Compare two Hii value.
-
- @param Value1 Expression value to compare on left-hand.
- @param Value2 Expression value to compare on right-hand.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the Formset.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Could not perform compare on two values.
- @retval 0 Two operators equal.
- @return Positive value if Value1 is greater than Value2.
- @retval Negative value if Value1 is less than Value2.
-
-**/
-INTN
-CompareHiiValue (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value1,
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value2,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- )
-{
- INTN Result;
- INT64 Temp64;
- CHAR16 *Str1;
- CHAR16 *Str2;
-
- if ((Value1->Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) || (Value2->Type >= EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER) ) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((Value1->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) || (Value2->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) ) {
- if (Value1->Type != Value2->Type) {
- //
- // Both Operator should be type of String
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if ((Value1->Value.string == 0) || (Value2->Value.string == 0)) {
- //
- // StringId 0 is reserved
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- if (Value1->Value.string == Value2->Value.string) {
- return 0;
- }
-
- Str1 = GetToken (Value1->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (Str1 == NULL) {
- //
- // String not found
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Str2 = GetToken (Value2->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (Str2 == NULL) {
- FreePool (Str1);
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- Result = FceStrCmp (Str1, Str2);
-
- FreePool (Str1);
- FreePool (Str2);
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- //
- // Take remain types(integer, boolean, date/time) as integer
- //
- Temp64 = (INT64) (Value1->Value.u64 - Value2->Value.u64);
- if (Temp64 > 0) {
- Result = 1;
- } else if (Temp64 < 0) {
- Result = -1;
- } else {
- Result = 0;
- }
-
- return Result;
-}
-
-/**
- Tell whether this Operand is an constant Expression or not
-
- @param Operand Operand of an IFR OpCode.
-
- @retval TRUE This is an Expression OpCode.
- @retval FALSE Not an Expression OpCode.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsConstantExpressionOpCode (
- IN UINT8 Operand
- )
-{
- if ((Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP )||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF2_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_THIS_OP ) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_GET_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_SET_OP)
- ) {
- return FALSE;
- } else {
- return TRUE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Update the HiiValue of question from its variable.
-
- @param FormSet FormSet associated with this expression.
- @param Question The pointer to the Question
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateHiiValue (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
- EFI_HII_VALUE *HiiValue;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- HiiValue = &Question->HiiValue;
-
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (Question, VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (&HiiValue->Value.u64, VarBuffer, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-/**
- Evaluate the result of a HII expression.
-
- If Expression is NULL, then ASSERT.
-
- @param FormSet FormSet associated with this expression.
- @param Form Form associated with this expression.
- @param Expression Expression to be evaluated.
- @param ConstantExpression The pointer to the flag of constant expression. If constant, will return TRUE.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The expression evaluated successfuly
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The Question which referenced by a QuestionId
- could not be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Syntax error with the Expression
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EvaluateExpression (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN OUT FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConstantExpression
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EXPRESSION_OPCODE *OpCode;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question2;
- UINT16 Index;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data1;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data2;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Data3;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *RuleExpression;
- EFI_HII_VALUE *Value;
- INTN Result;
- CHAR16 *StrPtr;
- UINT32 TempValue;
- LIST_ENTRY *SubExpressionLink;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *SubExpression;
- UINTN StackOffset;
- UINTN TempLength;
- CHAR16 TempStr[5];
- UINT8 DigitUint8;
- UINT8 *TempBuffer;
-
- //
- // Save current stack offset.
- //
- StackOffset = SaveExpressionEvaluationStackOffset ();
-
- ASSERT (Expression != NULL);
- Expression->Result.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Expression->OpCodeListHead, Link)) {
- OpCode = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead, Link);
-
- ZeroMem (&Data1, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- ZeroMem (&Data2, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- ZeroMem (&Data3, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
-
- Value = &Data3;
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- //
- // Check whether it is a constant expression or not
- //
- if (*ConstantExpression) {
- *ConstantExpression = IsConstantExpressionOpCode (OpCode->Operand);
- }
-
- switch (OpCode->Operand) {
- //
- // Built-in functions
- //
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP:
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);
- Result = CompareHiiValue (&Question->HiiValue, &OpCode->Value, FormSet);
- if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP:
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Question2 = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId2);
- if (Question2 == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);
- UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question2);
- Result = CompareHiiValue (&Question->HiiValue, &Question2->HiiValue, FormSet);
- if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP:
-
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);
- Value->Value.b = FALSE;
- for (Index =0; Index < OpCode->ListLength; Index++) {
- if (Question->HiiValue.Value.u16 == OpCode->ValueList[Index]) {
- Value->Value.b = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DUP_OP:
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = PushExpression (Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_THIS_OP:
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, OpCode->QuestionId);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- UpdateHiiValue (FormSet, Question);
- Value = &Question->HiiValue;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP:
- //
- // Do nothing, as no need for static scaning
- //
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GET_OP:
- //
- // Get Value from VarStore buffer, EFI VarStore, Name/Value VarStore.
- //
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;
- Value->Value.u8 = 0;
- if (OpCode->VarStorage != NULL) {
- switch (OpCode->VarStorage->Type) {
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
- //
- // Get value from Buffer
- //
- Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
- //
- // Get value from Buffer
- //
- if (OpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- } else {
- CopyMem (&Value->Value, OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- }
-
-
- break;
- case EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE:
- if (OpCode->ValueType != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- //
- // Get value from string except for STRING value.
- //
- Status = GetValueByName (OpCode->VarStorage, OpCode->ValueName, &StrPtr);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ASSERT (StrPtr != NULL);
- TempLength = FceStrLen (StrPtr);
- if (OpCode->ValueWidth >= ((TempLength + 1) / 2)) {
- Value->Type = OpCode->ValueType;
- TempBuffer = (UINT8 *) &Value->Value;
- ZeroMem (TempStr, sizeof (TempStr));
- for (Index = 0; Index < TempLength; Index ++) {
- TempStr[0] = StrPtr[TempLength - Index - 1];
- DigitUint8 = (UINT8) FceStrHexToUint64 (TempStr);
- if ((Index & 1) == 0) {
- TempBuffer [Index/2] = DigitUint8;
- } else {
- TempBuffer [Index/2] = (UINT8) ((DigitUint8 << 4) + TempBuffer [Index/2]);
- }
- }
- }
- free (StrPtr);
- StrPtr = NULL;
- }
- }
- break;
- default:
- //
- // Not recognize storage.
- //
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP:
- if (OpCode->DevicePath == 0) {
- //
- // EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Validate the expression value
- //
- if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, Value->Value.u16);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // push the questions' value on to the expression stack
- //
- Value = &Question->HiiValue;
- } else {
- //
- // BUGBUG: push 0 for EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2 and EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3,
- // since it is impractical to evaluate the value of a Question in another
- // Hii Package list.
- //
- ZeroMem (Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_RULE_REF_OP:
- //
- // Find expression for this rule
- //
- RuleExpression = RuleIdToExpression (Form, OpCode->RuleId);
- if (RuleExpression == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Evaluate this rule expression
- //
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, RuleExpression, ConstantExpression);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value = &RuleExpression->Result;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- Value->Value.string = OpCode->Value.Value.string;
- break;
-
- //
- // Constant
- //
- case EFI_IFR_TRUE_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FALSE_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_ONES_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_UINT8_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_UINT16_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_UINT32_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_UINT64_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_UNDEFINED_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_ZERO_OP:
- Value = &OpCode->Value;
- break;
-
- //
- // unary-op
- //
- case EFI_IFR_LENGTH_OP:
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (StrPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Value->Value.u64 = FceStrLen (StrPtr);
- FreePool (StrPtr);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NOT_OP:
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (!Value->Value.b);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF2_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Validate the expression value
- //
- if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Question = IdToQuestion (FormSet, Form, Value->Value.u16);
- if (Question == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value = &Question->HiiValue;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF2_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Validate the expression value
- //
- if ((Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64) || (Value->Value.u64 > 0xffff)) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.u16, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (StrPtr == NULL) {
- //
- // If String not exit, push an empty string
- //
- //Value->Value.string = NewString (gEmptyString, FormSet->HiiHandle);
- } else {
- Index = (UINT16) Value->Value.u64;
- Value->Value.string = Index;
- FreePool (StrPtr);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TO_BOOLEAN_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Convert an expression to a Boolean
- //
- if (Value->Type <= EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {
- //
- // When converting from an unsigned integer, zero will be converted to
- // FALSE and any other value will be converted to TRUE.
- //
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Value->Value.u64 != 0);
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- } else if (Value->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- //
- // When converting from a string, if case-insensitive compare
- // with "true" is True, then push True. If a case-insensitive compare
- // with "false" is True, then push False. Otherwise, push Undefined.
- //
- StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (StrPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- IfrStrToUpper (StrPtr);
- if (FceStrCmp (StrPtr, L"TRUE") == 0){
- Value->Value.b = TRUE;
- } else if (FceStrCmp (StrPtr, L"FALSE") == 0) {
- Value->Value.b = FALSE;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- FreePool (StrPtr);
- goto Done;
- }
- FreePool (StrPtr);
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TO_STRING_OP:
- //Status = IfrToString (FormSet, OpCode->Format, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TO_UINT_OP:
- Status = IfrToUint (FormSet, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TO_LOWER_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_TO_UPPER_OP:
-
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Value->Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING) {
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- StrPtr = GetToken (Value->Value.string, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (StrPtr == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Do nothing here, as these two Opcode are to change or update the String Package
- //
- FreePool (StrPtr);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_NOT_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Value->Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Value->Value.u64 = ~Value->Value.u64;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SET_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- Data1.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- Data1.Value.b = FALSE;
- //
- // Not support SetOpcode for static scaning
- //
- if (OpCode->VarStorage != NULL) {
- switch (OpCode->VarStorage->Type) {
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
- CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- Data1.Value.b = TRUE;
- break;
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
- if (OpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer + OpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- Data1.Value.b = TRUE;
- } else {
- CopyMem (OpCode->VarStorage->Buffer, &Value->Value, OpCode->ValueWidth);
- Data1.Value.b = TRUE;
- }
- break;
- case EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE:
-
- break;
- break;
- default:
- //
- // Not recognize storage.
- //
- Status = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- goto Done;
- break;
- }
- Value = &Data1;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // binary-op
- //
- case EFI_IFR_ADD_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_SUBTRACT_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_MULTIPLY_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_DIVIDE_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_MODULO_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_AND_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_OR_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_LEFT_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_RIGHT_OP:
- //
- // Pop an expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Data2.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop another expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Data1.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
-
- switch (OpCode->Operand) {
- case EFI_IFR_ADD_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 + Data2.Value.u64;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SUBTRACT_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 - Data2.Value.u64;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MULTIPLY_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = MultU64x32 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DIVIDE_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = DivU64x32 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MODULO_OP:
- DivU64x32Remainder (Data1.Value.u64, (UINT32) Data2.Value.u64, &TempValue);
- Value->Value.u64 = TempValue;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_AND_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 & Data2.Value.u64;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_BITWISE_OR_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = Data1.Value.u64 | Data2.Value.u64;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_LEFT_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = LShiftU64 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINTN) Data2.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SHIFT_RIGHT_OP:
- Value->Value.u64 = RShiftU64 (Data1.Value.u64, (UINTN) Data2.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_AND_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_OR_OP:
- //
- // Two Boolean operator
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Data2.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop another expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Data1.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (OpCode->Operand == EFI_IFR_AND_OP) {
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Data1.Value.b && Data2.Value.b);
- } else {
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) (Data1.Value.b || Data2.Value.b);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_NOT_EQUAL_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_GREATER_EQUAL_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_GREATER_THAN_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_LESS_EQUAL_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_LESS_THAN_OP:
- //
- // Compare two integer, string, boolean or date/time
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if ((Data2.Type > EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) && (Data2.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop another expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Result = CompareHiiValue (&Data1, &Data2, FormSet);
- if ((EFI_STATUS)Result == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- switch (OpCode->Operand) {
- case EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NOT_EQUAL_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GREATER_EQUAL_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result >= 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GREATER_THAN_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result > 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_LESS_EQUAL_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result <= 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_LESS_THAN_OP:
- Value->Value.b = (BOOLEAN) ((Result < 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MATCH_OP:
- Status = IfrMatch (FormSet, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_CATENATE_OP:
- Status = IfrCatenate (FormSet, Value);
- break;
-
- //
- // ternary-op
- //
- case EFI_IFR_CONDITIONAL_OP:
- //
- // Pop third expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data3);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop second expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data2);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Pop first expression from the expression stack
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- if (Data1.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Data1.Value.b) {
- Value = &Data3;
- } else {
- Value = &Data2;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FIND_OP:
- Status = IfrFind (FormSet, OpCode->Format, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MID_OP:
- Status = IfrMid (FormSet, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TOKEN_OP:
- Status = IfrToken (FormSet, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP:
- Status = IfrSpan (FormSet, OpCode->Flags, Value);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MAP_OP:
- //
- // Pop the check value
- //
- Status = PopExpression (&Data1);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Check MapExpression list is valid.
- //
- if (OpCode->MapExpressionList.ForwardLink == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Go through map expression list.
- //
- SubExpressionLink = GetFirstNode(&OpCode->MapExpressionList);
- while (!IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {
- SubExpression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);
- //
- // Evaluate the first expression in this pair.
- //
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, SubExpression, ConstantExpression);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Compare the expression value with current value
- //
- if (CompareHiiValue (&Data1, &SubExpression->Result, FormSet) == 0) {
- //
- // Try get the map value.
- //
- SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);
- if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- SubExpression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, SubExpression, ConstantExpression);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- Value = &SubExpression->Result;
- break;
- }
- //
- // Skip the second expression on this pair.
- //
- SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);
- if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Goto the first expression on next pair.
- //
- SubExpressionLink = GetNextNode (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink);
- }
-
- //
- // No map value is found.
- //
- if (IsNull (&OpCode->MapExpressionList, SubExpressionLink)) {
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;
- Value->Value.u8 = 0;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- Status = PushExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Pop the final result from expression stack
- //
- Value = &Data1;
- Status = PopExpression (Value);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // After evaluating an expression, there should be only one value left on the expression stack
- //
- if (PopExpression (Value) != EFI_ACCESS_DENIED) {
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
-Done:
- RestoreExpressionEvaluationStackOffset (StackOffset);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- CopyMem (&Expression->Result, Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1845c508b5..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6449 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- FCE is a tool which enables developers to retrieve and change HII configuration ("Setup")
- data in Firmware Device files (".fd" files).
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "Fce.h"
-
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#define COPY_STR "copy \"%s\" \"%s\" > NUL"
-#define RMDIR_STR "rmdir /S /Q \"%s\" > NUL"
-#define DEL_STR "del \"%s\" > NUL"
-#else
-#define COPY_STR "cp \"%s\" \"%s\" > /dev/null"
-#define RMDIR_STR "rm -r \"%s\" > /dev/null"
-#define DEL_STR "rm \"%s\" > /dev/null"
-#endif
-
-//
-// Utility global variables
-//
-OPERATION_TYPE Operations;
-
-CHAR8 mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
-CHAR8 mOutputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
-CHAR8 mOutTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
-CHAR8 mSetupTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN];
-
-CHAR8* mUtilityFilename = NULL;
-UINT32 mEfiVariableAddr = 0;
-
-UQI_PARAM_LIST *mUqiList = NULL;
-UQI_PARAM_LIST *mLastUqiList = NULL;
-LIST_ENTRY mVarListEntry;
-LIST_ENTRY mBfvVarListEntry;
-LIST_ENTRY mAllVarListEntry;
-LIST_ENTRY mFormSetListEntry;
-
-//
-// Store GUIDed Section guid->tool mapping
-//
-EFI_HANDLE mParsedGuidedSectionTools = NULL;
-
-CHAR8* mGuidToolDefinition = "GuidToolDefinitionConf.ini";
-
-//
-//gFfsArray is used to store all the FFS informations of Fd
-//
-G_EFI_FD_INFO gEfiFdInfo;
-//
-//mMultiPlatformParam is used to store the structures about multi-platform support
-//
-MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS mMultiPlatformParam;
-
-UINT32 mFormSetOrderRead;
-UINT32 mFormSetOrderParse;
-
-CHAR8 mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[_MAX_PATH];
-
-CHAR8 *mFvNameGuidString = NULL;
-
-/**
- Check the revision of BfmLib. If not matched, return an error.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS If revision matched, return EFI_SUCCESS.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Other cases.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckBfmLibRevision (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *SystemCommandFormatString;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommand;
- CHAR8 *TempSystemCommand;
- CHAR8 *Revision;
- FILE *FileHandle;
- CHAR8 RevisionStr[_MAX_BUILD_VERSION];
- UINT32 Len;
-
- SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;
- SystemCommand = NULL;
- TempSystemCommand = NULL;
- Revision = "Revision.txt";
-
- memset (RevisionStr, 0, _MAX_BUILD_VERSION);
-
- //
- // Construction 'system' command string
- //
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -v > %s";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (Revision) + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -v > %s",
- Revision
- );
-
- if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {
- TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (Revision) + 1
- );
-
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- free (TempSystemCommand);
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);
- strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);
- strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);
- free (TempSystemCommand);
- }
-
- system (SystemCommand);
- free (SystemCommand);
- FileHandle = fopen (Revision, "r");
- if (FileHandle == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Read the revision file of BfmLib failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- fgets(RevisionStr, _MAX_BUILD_VERSION, FileHandle);
- Len = strlen(RevisionStr);
- if (RevisionStr[Len - 1] == '\n') {
- RevisionStr[Len - 1] = 0;
- }
- fclose (FileHandle);
- remove (Revision);
-
- if (strlen (RevisionStr) > _MAX_BUILD_VERSION - 1) {
- printf ("The revision string is too long");
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- if (strcmp (RevisionStr, __BUILD_VERSION) == 0) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
-}
-
-/**
- Transfer the Ascii string to the Dec Number
-
- @param InStr The Ascii string.
-
- @retval DecNum Return the Dec number.
-**/
-static
-UINT64
-StrToDec (
- IN CHAR8 *InStr
- )
-{
- UINT8 Index;
- UINTN DecNum;
- UINTN Temp;
-
- Index = 0;
- DecNum = 0;
- Temp = 0;
-
- if (InStr == NULL) {
- return (UINT64)-1;
- }
- while (Index < strlen (InStr)) {
-
- if ((*(InStr + Index) >= '0') && (*(InStr + Index) <= '9')) {
- Temp = *(InStr + Index) - '0';
- } else if ((*(InStr + Index) >= 'a') && (*(InStr + Index) <= 'f')) {
- Temp = *(InStr + Index) - 'a' + 10;
- } else if ((*(InStr + Index) >= 'A') && (*(InStr + Index) <= 'F')) {
- Temp = *(InStr + Index) - 'A' + 10;
- }
- DecNum = DecNum + Temp * (UINTN) pow (16, strlen (InStr) - Index - 1);
- Index++;
- }
- return DecNum;
-}
-/**
- Check whether there are some errors in uqi parameters of One_of
-
- @param Question The pointer to the question Node.
- @param UqiValue The value of One_of.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed error, return TRUE;
- @return FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE;
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-CheckOneOfParamError (
- IN CONST FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN UINT64 UqiValue
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
- UINT64 Value;
-
- Link = NULL;
- Option = NULL;
- Value = 0;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- Value = 0;
- CopyMem (&Value, &Option->Value.Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- if (Value == UqiValue) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether there are some errors in uqi parameters of Orderlist
-
- @param HiiObjList The pointer to the Hii Object Node.
- @param UqiValue The pointer to the Uqi parameter.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed error, return TRUE;
- @return FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE;
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-CheckOrderParamError (
- IN CONST FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN CHAR8 *UqiValue
- )
-{
- UINT8 MaxNum;
- MaxNum = UqiValue[0];
-
- if (MaxNum != (UINT8)(Question->MaxContainers)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Writes a Unicode string
-
- @param Package A pointer to the Unicode string.
-
- @return NULL
-**/
-static
-VOID
-WriteUnicodeStr (
- IN CHAR16 *pcString
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (pcString == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- printf("%c", pcString[Index] & 0x00FF);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Parse and set the quick configure information by the command line.
-
- Read the UQI Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the value in VarList.
- Update the Update flag in Varlist.
-
- @param CurUqiList The pointer to the current uqi
- @param DefaultId The default Id.
- @param PlatformId The platform Id.
- @param CurQuestion The pointer to the matched question
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Update a read-only value
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurUqiList,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *CurQuestion
- )
-{
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- BOOLEAN IsFound;
- UINT8 *ValueAddrOfVar;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT64 QuestionValue;
- UINT64 UqiValue;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *ErrorStr;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetLink;
- UINT64 CurValue;
-
- VarList = NULL;
- Index = 0;
- ValueAddrOfVar = NULL;
- QuestionValue = 0;
- UqiValue = 0;
- ErrorStr = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- FormSet = NULL;
- FormSetLink = NULL;
- CurValue = 0;
-
- //
- // Search the Variable List by VarStoreId and Offset
- //
- IsFound = FALSE;
- FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (&mFormSetListEntry);
- while (!IsNull (&mFormSetListEntry, FormSetLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- CurQuestion,
- NULL,
- CurQuestion->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **) &ValueAddrOfVar,
- &VarList
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- FormSetLink = GetNextNode (&mFormSetListEntry, FormSetLink);
- }
-
- if (!IsFound) {
- if (CurUqiList->Header.ScriptsLine == 0) {
- printf ("Error. The question in the command line doesn't store value by EFI_VARSTORE_IFR or EFI_VARSTORE_IFR_EFI.\n");
- } else {
- printf ("Error. The question in the line %d of script doesn't store value by EFI_VARSTORE_IFR or EFI_VARSTORE_IFR_EFI.\n", CurUqiList->Header.ScriptsLine);
- }
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Check the length of variable value
- //
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)&QuestionValue);
- } else {
- switch (CurQuestion->StorageWidth) {
-
- case sizeof (UINT8):
- QuestionValue = *(UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT16):
- QuestionValue = *(UINT16 *)ValueAddrOfVar;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT32):
- QuestionValue = *(UINT32 *)ValueAddrOfVar;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT64):
- QuestionValue = *(UINT64 *)ValueAddrOfVar;
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // The storage width of ORDERED_LIST may not be any type above.
- //
- ;
- break;
- }
- }
- UqiValue = *(UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value;
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = TRUE;
-
- //
- // Check and set the checkbox value
- //
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP) {
- if ((UqiValue != 0) && (UqiValue != 1)) {
- CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);
- sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of CHECKBOX 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- } else {
- if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- memcpy (
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurUqiList->Header.Value,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP) {
- if ((FceStrLen((wchar_t *)CurUqiList->Header.Value) + 1) * 2 > CurQuestion->StorageWidth) {
- CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;
- CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);
- sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of STRING exceed its Size.\n");
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- } else {
- if (memcmp((CHAR8 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value, ValueAddrOfVar, CurQuestion->StorageWidth) != 0) {
- memcpy(
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- memcpy(
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurUqiList->Header.Value,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Check and set the NUMERIC value
- //
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {
- if ((UqiValue < CurQuestion->Minimum) || (UqiValue > CurQuestion->Maximum)) {
- CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);
- sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated value of NUMERIC 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- } else {
- if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- memcpy (
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurUqiList->Header.Value,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Check and set the ONE_OF value
- //
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {
- if (CheckOneOfParamError (CurQuestion, UqiValue)) {
- CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);
- sprintf (CurUqiList->Error, "Error. The updated ONE_OF value 0x%llx is invalid.\n", (unsigned long long) UqiValue);
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- } else {
- if (QuestionValue != UqiValue) {
- if (CurQuestion->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, (UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue);
- SetBitsQuestionValue (CurQuestion, ValueAddrOfVar, *(UINT32*)CurUqiList->Header.Value);
- } else {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- memcpy (
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurUqiList->Header.Value,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Check and set the ORDER_LIST value
- //
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) {
- //
- // Synchronize the MaxContainers value
- //
- *CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8)CurQuestion->MaxContainers;
-
- if (CheckOrderParamError (CurQuestion, (CHAR8 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value)) {
-
- CurUqiList->ErrorOrNot = TRUE;
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- CurUqiList->Error = malloc (ERROR_INFO_LENGTH * sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CurUqiList->Error == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (CurUqiList->Error, 0, ERROR_INFO_LENGTH);
-
- ErrorStr = CurUqiList->Error;
- sprintf (ErrorStr, "Error. The updated NORDERED_LIST value ");
- ErrorStr = ErrorStr + strlen ("Error. The updated NORDERED_LIST value ");
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->StorageWidth; Index++) {
- sprintf (ErrorStr, "%02x ", *(CurUqiList->Header.Value + Index + 1));
- ErrorStr +=3;
- }
- sprintf (ErrorStr, "is invalid.\n");
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue + 1,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- } else {
- for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers; Index++) {
- CurValue = 0;
- memcpy (
- &CurValue,
- (ValueAddrOfVar + Index * CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers),
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers
- );
- if (CurValue != *((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + Index + 1)) {
- CurUqiList->SameOrNot = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (!CurUqiList->SameOrNot) {
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.DiffValue + 1,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- for (Index = 0; Index < CurQuestion->MaxContainers; Index++) {
- switch (CurQuestion->StorageWidth/CurQuestion->MaxContainers) {
-
- case sizeof (UINT8):
- *((UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT16):
- *((UINT16 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT16 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT32):
- *((UINT32 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT32 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT64):
- *((UINT64 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);
- break;
-
- default:
- *((UINT8 *)ValueAddrOfVar + Index) = *(UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1 + Index);
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Update the vaule of ORDERED_LIST according to its size
- //
- CurUqiList->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)((UINT64 *)CurUqiList->Header.Value);
- memcpy (
- CurUqiList->Header.Value + 1,
- ValueAddrOfVar,
- CurQuestion->StorageWidth
- );
- }
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse and set the quick configure information by the command line.
-
- Read the UQI Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the value in VarList.
- Update the Update flag in Varlist.
-
- @param UqiList The pointer to the uqi list
- @param DefaultId The default Id.
- @param PlatformId The platform Id.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Update a read-only value
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-SetUqiParameters (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- LIST_ENTRY *QuestionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurUqiList;
-
- FormSet = NULL;
- FormSetLink = NULL;
- Form = NULL;
- FormLink = NULL;
- Question = NULL;
- QuestionLink = NULL;
- FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;
-
- FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);
- //
- // Parse all forms in formset
- //
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode
- //
- if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {
- continue;
- }
- if ((Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && Question->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- CurUqiList = UqiList;
- while (CurUqiList != NULL) {
- if ((PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])
- && (DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])
- && CompareUqiHeader (&(Question->Uqi), &(CurUqiList->Header))
- ) {
- //
- // Add further check to avoid a case that there are many options with a
- // same UQI (en-Us), but always returns the first one.
- //
- if (!CurUqiList->ParseOrNot) {
- CurUqiList->ParseOrNot = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;
- }
- if (CurUqiList != NULL) {
- SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (CurUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId, Question);
- }
- }
- }
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- }
- FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Set question value per UqiList.
-
- @param UqiList The pointer to the uqi list
- @param DefaultId The default Id.
- @param PlatformId The platform Id.
-**/
-VOID
-SetUqiParametersMultiMode (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurUqiList;
-
- CurUqiList = UqiList;
- while (CurUqiList != NULL) {
- if ((CurUqiList->ParseOrNot == FALSE)
- && (PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])
- && (DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])
- ) {
- CurUqiList->ParseOrNot = TRUE;
- if (CurUqiList->Header.Question != NULL) {
- SetUqiParametersWithQuestion (CurUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId, CurUqiList->Header.Question);
- }
- }
- CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Find the matched question for each UQI string in UqiList
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ScanUqiFullList (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList
- )
-{
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- LIST_ENTRY *QuestionLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurUqiList;
- UINT64 PlatformId;
- UINT16 DefaultId;
-
- if (UqiList == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- FormSet = NULL;
- FormSetLink = NULL;
- Form = NULL;
- FormLink = NULL;
- Question = NULL;
- QuestionLink = NULL;
- FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;
-
- FormSetLink = FormSetEntryListHead->ForwardLink;
- while (FormSetEntryListHead != FormSetLink) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);
- //
- // Parse all forms in formset
- //
- FormLink = FormSet->FormListHead.ForwardLink;
-
- while (&FormSet->FormListHead != FormLink) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = Form->StatementListHead.ForwardLink;
-
- while (&Form->StatementListHead != QuestionLink) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- QuestionLink = QuestionLink->ForwardLink;
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- //
- // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode
- //
- if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {
- continue;
- } else if (Question->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- CurUqiList = UqiList;
- PlatformId = 0xFFFFFFFF;
- DefaultId = 0xFFFF;
- while (CurUqiList != NULL) {
- if ((CurUqiList->Header.Question == NULL)
- && CompareUqiHeader (&(Question->Uqi), &(CurUqiList->Header))
- && ((PlatformId != CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0]) || (DefaultId != CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0]))
- ) {
- CurUqiList->Header.Question = Question;
- PlatformId = CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0];
- DefaultId = CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0];
- }
- CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;
- }
- }
- }
- FormLink = FormLink->ForwardLink;
- }
- FormSetLink = FormSetLink->ForwardLink;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Create and insert the UQI Node to the UQI parameter list.
-
- @retval Node address If successed, return the node address.
- @retval NULL An error occurred.
-
-**/
-static
-UQI_PARAM_LIST *
-CreateInsertUqiNode (
- )
-{
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *Node;
-
- Node = (UQI_PARAM_LIST *) malloc (sizeof (UQI_PARAM_LIST));
- if (Node == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- memset (Node, 0, sizeof (UQI_PARAM_LIST));
-
- if (mUqiList == NULL) {
- mUqiList = Node;
- } else {
- mLastUqiList->Next = Node;
- }
-
- mLastUqiList = Node;
- return Node;
-}
-/**
- Parse the first part of QUI string
-
- @param **argv[] The dual array pointer to the parameters.
- @param Number The pointer to the number of the first character of UQI.
- @param Buffer The buffer to store the first part of UQI.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Parse the QUI parameters successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An error occurred.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseFirstpartOfUqi (
- IN CHAR8 **argv[],
- OUT UINT32 *Number,
- OUT UINT16 **Buffer
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- Index = 0;
-
- *Number = (UINT32)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);
-
- if ((*Number <= 0) || (*Number > MAX_QUI_PARAM_LEN)) {
- printf ("Error. Invalid UQI.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- *Buffer = malloc ((*Number + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- assert (*Buffer != NULL);
- memset (*Buffer, 0, (*Number + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < *Number; Index++) {
- if (StrToDec ((*argv)[Index]) > 0xff) {
- printf ("Error. Invalid UQI.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *(*Buffer + Index) = (UINT16)StrToDec ((*argv)[Index + 1]);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the QUI input parameters from the command line
-
- @param argc The pointer to the number of input parameters.
- @param **argv[] The dual array pointer to the parameters.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Parse the QUI parameters successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An error occurred.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseUqiParam (
- IN UINT32 *argc,
- IN CHAR8 **argv[]
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiNode;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Index = 0;
- UqiNode = NULL;
-
- if (*argc < 4) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- assert (UqiNode != NULL);
-
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *) calloc (1, sizeof (UINT16));
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *) calloc (1, sizeof (UINT64));
-
- Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (argv, &(UqiNode->Header.HexNum), &(UqiNode->Header.Data));
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- *argc -= (UqiNode->Header.HexNum + 1);
- *argv += UqiNode->Header.HexNum + 1;
- //
- // Parse the TYPE and value
- //
- if (strcmp ("ONE_OF", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {
- UqiNode->Header.Type = ONE_OF;
- } else if (strcmp ("NUMERIC", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {
- UqiNode->Header.Type = NUMERIC;
- } else if (strcmp ("CHECKBOX", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {
- UqiNode->Header.Type = CHECKBOX;
- } else if (strcmp ("STRING", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {
- UqiNode->Header.Type = STRING;
- } else if (strcmp ("ORDERED_LIST", (*argv)[0]) == 0) {
- UqiNode->Header.Type = ORDERED_LIST;
- } else {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- *argc -= 1;
- *argv += 1;
- //
- // Get the value according to the type of questions.
- //
- switch (UqiNode->Header.Type) {
-
- case ONE_OF:
- case NUMERIC:
- case CHECKBOX:
- UqiNode->Header.Value = malloc (sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- memset (UqiNode->Header.Value, 0, sizeof (UINT64));
-
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = malloc (sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- memset (
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue,
- 0,
- sizeof (UINT64)
- );
- *(UINT64 *)(UqiNode->Header.Value) = (UINT64)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);
- break;
-
- case ORDERED_LIST:
- UqiNode->Header.Value = malloc (((UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- memset (
- UqiNode->Header.Value,
- 0,
- (UINTN)StrToDec(((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = malloc (((UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- memset (
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue,
- 0,
- (UINTN)(StrToDec ((*argv)[0]) + 1) * sizeof (UINT64)
- );
-
- *UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);
- for (Index = 1; Index <= StrToDec ((*argv)[0]); Index++) {
- *((UINT64 *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index) = StrToDec ((*argv)[Index]);
- }
- *argc -= (UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);
- *argv += (UINTN)StrToDec ((*argv)[0]);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- *argc -= 1;
- *argv += 1;
-
- if (*argc > 0) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>'.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Parse the input Fd file, and get the file name according to the FILETYPE.
-
- @param FdName The Name of Fd file
- @param FILETYPE The type of Fd file
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS Get the file name successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseInFile (
- IN CHAR8 *FdName,
- IN FILETYPE Type
-)
-{
- FILE *Fptr;
-
- Fptr = NULL;
-
- if ((Type == INFD) && ((FdName == NULL) || (Fptr = fopen (FdName, "r")) == NULL)) {
- if (FdName != NULL) {
- printf ("Error: The <infd> file doesn't exist '%s'\n", FdName);
- }
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if ((Type == OUTFD) && (FdName == NULL) ) {
- printf ("Error: The <Outfd> name is NULL.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if ((Type == SETUPTXT) && (FdName == NULL) ) {
- printf ("Error: The <script> name is NULL.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (strlen (FdName) > MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1) {
- printf ("Error: The <fd> name is too long.\n");
- if (Fptr != NULL) {
- fclose (Fptr);
- }
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Get and copy the file name
- //
- if (Type == INFD) {
- strncpy (mInputFdName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);
- mInputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;
- }
- if (Type == OUTFD) {
- strncpy (mOutputFdName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);
- mOutputFdName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;
- }
- if (Type == OUTTXT) {
- strncpy (mOutTxtName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);
- mOutTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;
- }
- if (Type == SETUPTXT) {
- strncpy (mSetupTxtName, FdName, MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1);
- mSetupTxtName[MAX_FILENAME_LEN - 1] = 0;
- }
- if (Fptr != NULL) {
- fclose (Fptr);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Print the usage of this tools.
-
- @return NULL
-**/
-static
-VOID
-Usage (
- VOID
- )
-{
- //
- // Print utility header
- //
- printf ("\nIntel(R) Firmware Configuration Editor. (Intel(R) %s) Version %d.%d. %s.\n\n",
- UTILITY_NAME,
- UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION,
- UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION,
- __BUILD_VERSION
- );
- //
- // Copyright declaration
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "Copyright (c) 2010-2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.\n\n");
- //
- // Summary usage
- //
- fprintf (stdout, "The tool enables you to retrieve and change HII configuration (Setup) data in \n");
- fprintf (stdout, "Firmware Device files.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, "\nUsage: \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " FCE [read -i <infd> [<PlatformId UQI>] ['>' <script>]] \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " FCE [update -i <infd> [<PlatformId UQI>|-s <script>] -o <outfd>\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " [--remove|--ignore] [-g <FvNameGuid>]] [-a]\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " FCE [verify -i <infd> -s <script>] \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " FCE [updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>] \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " FCE [[help] | [-?]] \n");
- fprintf (stdout, "\n");
-
- fprintf (stdout, "Options:\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " read Extract the HII data from the <infd> file. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " update Update the HII data to the <outfd> file. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " verify Verify the current platform configuration. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " updateq Update the current platform configuration by command line.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " updateq only supports common mode.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " help Display the help information.\n");
-
- fprintf (stdout, " <infd> The name of a existing Firmware Device binary file input. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <PlatformId UQI> The UQI is required in multi-platform mode to represent a \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " PlatformId question from the VFR files used during binary \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " image creation. It must not be used for common mode. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <outfd> The name of a Firmware Device binary file output. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <script> The name of a configure scripts.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <UQI> A hex number followed by an array of hex numbers. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <Question Type> One of ORDERED_LIST, ONE_OF, NUMERIC, STRING or CHECKBOX. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <Value> A single hex number, if the <Question Type> is ONE_OF,\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " NUMERIC, or CHECKBOX. Or a single hex number containing \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " the array size followed by an array of that length of hex\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " numbers, if the <Question Type> is ORDERED_LIST. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " <FvNameGuid> GuidValue is one specific FvName guid value.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " Its format is xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -i Import an existing FD file <infd>. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -o Create the new FD with the changes made. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -s Import config scripts. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " > Redirect the output to a scripts. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -? Display the help information. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " --remove If one or more of the settings that are updated also \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " exists in NV RAM, remove them only in multi-platform mode.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " --ignore If one or more of the settings that are updated also \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " existsin NV RAM, ignore them only in multi-platform mode.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -g Specify the FV image to store the multi-platform default \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " setting. If it is missing, the multi-platform default \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " will be inserted into BFV image.\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " -a Specify this tool to choose the smaller size between two \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " different storage formats in NV RAM. It's only vaild in \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " multi-platform mode. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, "\n");
-
- fprintf (stdout, "Mode:\n");
- fprintf (stdout, " Common Extract the HII data from IFR binary and update it to the \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " EFI variable. \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " Multi-platform The default value depends on the PlatformId and DefaultId \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " described in the VFR files. This tool will create the \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " binary file to store default settings at build time for \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " different platforms and modes adding all default settings \n");
- fprintf (stdout, " into BFV as one FFS.\n");
-
- fprintf (stdout, "\n");
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the command line parameters
-
- @param argc The pointer to number of input parameters.
- @param *argv[] The pointer to the parameters.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Parse the parameters successfully.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER An error occurred.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseCommmadLine (
- IN UINTN argc,
- IN CHAR8 *argv[]
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 Index;
- UINT8 IndexParamI;
- UINT8 IndexParamS;
- UINT8 IndexParamO;
- UINT8 IndexParamRemove;
- UINT8 IndexParamIgnore;
- UINT8 IndexParamOptimize;
- EFI_GUID FvNameGuid;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index = 0;
- IndexParamI = 0;
- IndexParamO = 0;
- IndexParamS = 0;
- IndexParamRemove = 0;
- IndexParamIgnore = 0;
- IndexParamOptimize = 0;
- mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam = FALSE;
- //
- // Check for only own one operations
- //
- if (argc == 0) {
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (
- argc == 1 \
- && ((stricmp(argv[0], "read") == 0) \
- || (stricmp(argv[0], "update") == 0) \
- || (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") == 0) \
- || (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") == 0) )
- ) {
- printf ("Error: Some parameters have been lost. Please correct. \n");
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- while (argc > 0) {
- if (stricmp(argv[0], "read") == 0) {
- Operations = READ;
- argc--;
- argv++;
-
- if (argc < 2) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE read -i <infd>'. \n");
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Get input FD file name.
- //
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- }
- //
- // Parse the QUI parameters
- //
- if (argc > 2) {
- Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (&argv, &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data));
- mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "update") == 0) {
- //
- // Update the config file to Fd
- //
- Operations = UPDATE;
- argc--;
- argv++;
-
- if (argc < 4) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE update -i <infd> [<PlatformId UQI>|-s <script>] -o <outfd>' \n");
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- continue;
- } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") == 0) {
- //
- // 3. Parse the command line "FCE verify -i <infd> -s <script>"
- //
- Operations = VERIFY;
- argc--;
- argv++;
-
- if (argc < 4) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE verify -i <infd> -s <script>'\n");
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- continue;
- } else if (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") == 0) {
- //
- // Parse the command line "FCE updateq -i <infd> -o<outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>"
- //
- argc--;
- argv++;
-
- //
- // Get input/output FD file name.
- //
- Index = 2;
- while ((Index > 0) && (argc > 1)) {
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- Index--;
- IndexParamI++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-o") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], OUTFD);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- Index--;
- IndexParamO++;
- continue;
- }
- if (
- (argc >= 1) \
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-o") != 0) \
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-i") != 0)
- ) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>' \n");
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
- if (Index != 0) {
- printf ("Error. The correct command is 'FCE updateq -i <infd> -o <outfd> <UQI> <Question Type> <Value>' \n");
- Usage ();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Parse the QUI parameters
- //
- Status = ParseUqiParam ((UINT32 *)&argc,&argv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- Operations = UPDATEQ;
- break;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-i") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], INFD);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- IndexParamI++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-o") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], OUTFD);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- IndexParamO++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-s") == 0) {
- Status = ParseInFile (argv[1], SETUPTXT);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- IndexParamS++;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-g") == 0) {
- Status = StringToGuid (argv[1], &FvNameGuid);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Error: Invalid parameters for -g option in command line. \n");
- Usage();
- goto Done;
- }
- mFvNameGuidString = argv[1];
- argc -= 2;
- argv += 2;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "-a") == 0) {
- argc -= 1;
- argv += 1;
- IndexParamOptimize++;
- mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam = TRUE;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "--remove") == 0) {
- argc -= 1;
- argv += 1;
- IndexParamRemove++;
- Operations = UPDATE_REMOVE;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (stricmp (argv[0], "--ignore") == 0) {
- argc -= 1;
- argv += 1;
- IndexParamIgnore++;
- Operations = UPDATE_IGNORE;
- continue;
- }
-
- if ((stricmp(argv[0], "help") == 0) || (stricmp(argv[0], "-?") == 0)) {
-
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Operations should not be none
- //
- if ( Operations == NONE ) {
- printf ("Error. Only support read/update/verify/updateq mode. \n");
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (Operations == UPDATE) {
- Status = ParseFirstpartOfUqi (&argv, &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data));
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;
- argc = argc - mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum - 1;
- argv = argv + mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1;
- continue;
- }
- }
-
- if (
- (argc >= 1) \
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-?") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "help") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "verify") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "read") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "update") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "updateq") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-o") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-i") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-s") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-a") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "-g") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "--remove") != 0)
- && (stricmp(argv[0], "--ignore") != 0)
- ) {
- printf ("Error: Invalid parameters exist in command line. \n");
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check the repeated parameters in command line, such as "-i -i"
- //
- if (
- (IndexParamI > 1)
- || (IndexParamO > 1)
- || (IndexParamS > 1)
- || (IndexParamOptimize > 1)
- || (IndexParamRemove > 1)
- || (IndexParamIgnore > 1)
- ) {
- printf ("Error: Redundant parameters exist in command line.\n");
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Check improper parameters in command line, such as "FCE read -i -s"
- //
- if (
- ((Operations == READ) && ((IndexParamO >= 1) || (IndexParamS >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \
- || ((Operations == VERIFY) && ((IndexParamO >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \
- || ((Operations == UPDATEQ) && ((IndexParamS >= 1) || (IndexParamRemove >= 1) || (IndexParamIgnore >= 1))) \
- || ((Operations == UPDATE) && ((IndexParamRemove >= 1) && (IndexParamIgnore >= 1)))
- || ((Operations != UPDATE && Operations != UPDATE_REMOVE && Operations != UPDATE_IGNORE) && ((IndexParamOptimize >= 1) || (mFvNameGuidString != NULL)))
- ) {
- printf ("Error: Improper parameters exist in command line. \n");
- Usage();
- Status = EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- goto Done;
- }
-Done:
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-ExistEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- BOOLEAN Existed;
- VOID *VariableStoreHeader;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
-
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;
- Existed = TRUE;
- //
- // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid
- //
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);
-
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- //
- // Check the Monotonic based authenticate variable
- //
- Existed = ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- //
- // Check the Time Sample authenticate variable
- //
- Existed = ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);
- } else {
- //
- // Check the normal variable
- //
- Existed = ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (StorageListHead);
- }
-
- return Existed;
-}
-
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-EfiVarAndListExchange (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *VariableStoreHeader;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
-
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;
- //
- // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid
- //
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);
-
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- //
- // Update the Monotonic based authenticate variable
- //
- Status = SynAuthEfiVariable (VarToList, StorageListHead);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- //
- // Update the Time Sample authenticate variable
- //
- Status = SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (VarToList, StorageListHead);
- } else {
- //
- // Update the normal variable
- //
- Status = SynEfiVariable (VarToList, StorageListHead);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the layout of NvStorage and remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveEfiVar (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- VOID *VariableStoreHeader;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
-
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;
- //
- // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid
- //
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);
-
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- //
- // Update the Monotonic based authenticate variable
- //
- Status = RemoveAuthEfiVariable (StorageListHead);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- //
- // Update the Time Sample authenticate variable
- //
- Status = RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (StorageListHead);
- } else {
- //
- // Update the normal variable
- //
- Status = RemoveNormalEfiVariable (StorageListHead);
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the all formset in one VfrBin.
-
- Parse all questions, variables and expression in VfrBin, and store
- it in Formset and Form.
-
- @param BaseAddr The pointer to the array of VfrBin base address.
- @param UniBinBaseAddress The pointer to one Uni string base address.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Search was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseFormSetInVfrBin (
- IN UINTN **BaseAddr,
- IN UINTN *UniBinBaseAddress,
- IN UINT8 Index
- )
-{
- UINT32 PackageLength;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- UINT8 *IfrBinaryData;
- EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *IfrOpHdr;
- UINT32 IfrOffset;
-
- PackageLength = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- FormSet = NULL;
- IfrBinaryData = NULL;
- IfrOpHdr = NULL;
-
- //
- // The first 4 Bytes of VfrBin is used to record the Array Length
- // The header of VfrBin is, ARRAY LENGTH:4 Bytes, PACKAGE HEADER:4 Bytes (2 Bytes for Len, and the other for Type)
- //
- PackageLength = *(UINT32 *)*(BaseAddr + Index) - 4;
- IfrBinaryData = (UINT8 *)*(BaseAddr + Index) + 4;
-
- //
- // Go through the form package to parse OpCode one by one.
- //
- IfrOffset = sizeof (EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER);
-
- while (IfrOffset < PackageLength) {
- //
- // Search the Formset in VfrBin
- //
- IfrOpHdr = (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (IfrBinaryData + IfrOffset);
-
- if (IfrOpHdr->OpCode == EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP) {
- FormSet = calloc (sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (FormSet == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- FormSet->IfrBinaryData = IfrBinaryData + IfrOffset;
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary = (UINT8 *) UniBinBaseAddress;
- //
- //This length will be corrected in ParseOpCodes function.
- //
- FormSet->IfrBinaryLength = PackageLength - IfrOffset;
- //
- // Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.
- //
- Status = ParseOpCodes (FormSet);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DestroyAllStorage (FormSet->StorageListHead);
- DestroyFormSet (FormSet);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- IfrOffset += FormSet->IfrBinaryLength;
- FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), STRING_NUMBER);
- FormSet->EnUsStringList.CachedIdNum = 0;
- FormSet->EnUsStringList.MaxIdNum = STRING_NUMBER;
- FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), STRING_NUMBER);
- FormSet->UqiStringList.CachedIdNum = 0;
- FormSet->UqiStringList.MaxIdNum = STRING_NUMBER;
- //
- // Insert the FormSet to mFormSet
- //
- InsertTailList (&mFormSetListEntry, &FormSet->Link);
- } else {
- IfrOffset += IfrOpHdr->Length;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Store all defaultId to mMultiPlatformParam.
-
- The mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[0] is used to store standard default.
-
- @param DefaultId The current defaultID.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-VOID
-StoreAllDefaultId (
- IN UINT16 DefaultId
-)
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- if ((mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum == 0) && (DefaultId != 0)) {
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[0] = DefaultId;
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum++;
- return;
- }
- //
- // Only store the different value to mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[1] - mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[n]
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; Index++) {
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[Index] == DefaultId) {
- return;
- }
- }
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[Index] = DefaultId;
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum++;
-}
-
-/**
- Read all defaultId and platformId from binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-**/
-VOID
-ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-)
-{
- UINT16 Length;
- UINT16 Size;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- Length = *(UINT16 *)Binary - sizeof (UINT16);
- Index = 0;
- Size = 0;
-
- Binary = Binary + sizeof (UINT16);
-
- for (Size = 0; Size < Length; Size += sizeof (UINT16) + mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth, Index++) {
- Storage->DefaultId[Index] = *(UINT16 *)(Binary + Size);
- memcpy (&Storage->PlatformId[Index], (Binary + Size + sizeof (UINT16)), mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);
- }
- Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = Index - 1;
-}
-
-/**
- Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-
- @retval Length Return the length of the header
-**/
-UINT32
-WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-)
-{
- UINT16 Length;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-
- Length = 0;
- Buffer = Binary;
-
- Buffer = Buffer + sizeof (CHAR16);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {
- *(UINT16 *)Buffer = Storage->DefaultId[Index];
- Buffer = Buffer + sizeof (CHAR16);
- memcpy (Buffer, &Storage->PlatformId[Index], mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);
- Buffer = Buffer + mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth;
- }
- Length = (UINT16) (Buffer - Binary);
- //
- // Record the offset to the first two bytes
- //
- *(UINT16 *)Binary = Length;
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-
- @retval Length Return the length of the header
-**/
-UINT32
-WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-)
-{
- UINT16 Length;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-
- Length = 0;
- Buffer = Binary + 8;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {
- *(UINT64 *)Buffer = Storage->PlatformId[Index];
- Buffer = Buffer + sizeof(UINT64);
- *(UINT16 *)Buffer = Storage->DefaultId[Index];
- Buffer = Buffer + sizeof(UINT16);
- // for Resered
- Buffer = Buffer + 6;
- }
- Length = (UINT16) (Buffer - Binary - 8);
- // for Header size
- Length += 4;
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Read the platformId from questions.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully.
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadPlaformId (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *CurQuestion
-)
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT64 IdValue;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
- UINT64 Step;
-
- Index = 0;
- IdValue = 0;
- Step = 0;
- //
- // Check whether it is the question of paltform Id
- //
- if (!CompareUqiHeader (&(CurQuestion->Uqi), &(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi))) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Copy the Question with platform to mMultiPlatformParam
- //
- memcpy (&mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion, CurQuestion, sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT));
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question = CurQuestion;
- //
- // Pick up the value of NUMERIC and ONE_OF from current question and fill it in mMultiPlatformParam
- //
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth = CurQuestion->StorageWidth;
-
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP) {
- Index = 0;
- if (CurQuestion->Step == 0) {
- Step = 1;
- } else {
- Step = CurQuestion->Step;
- }
- for (IdValue = CurQuestion->Minimum; IdValue < CurQuestion->Maximum; IdValue += Step) {
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[Index++] = (UINT64)IdValue;
- }
- }
-
- if (CurQuestion->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) {
- Index = 0;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[Index++] = Option->Value.Value.u64;
- Link = GetNextNode (&CurQuestion->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
- }
-
- if (Index >= MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum = Index;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Clear the buffer of Storage list.
-
- @param StorageListHead The pointer to the entry of the storage list
- @param DefaultId The default Id for multi-platform support
- @param PlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform support
-
- @retval NULL
-**/
-VOID
-ClearStorageEntryList (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
-
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
-
- Storage = NULL;
-
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if (Storage != NULL) {
- memset (Storage->Buffer, 0x0, Storage->Size);
- Storage->DefaultId[0] = DefaultId;
- Storage->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;
- Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = 0;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Append the platformid and default to the variables of CurDefaultId and CurPlatformId
-
- @param StorageListHead The pointer to the storage list
- @param CurDefaultId The default Id for multi-platform mode
- @param CurPlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform mode
- @param DefaultId The default Id for multi-platform mode
- @param PlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform mode
-
- @retval NULL
-**/
-VOID
-AppendIdToVariables (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead,
- IN UINT16 CurDefaultId,
- IN UINT64 CurPlatformId,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
-)
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
-
- Storage = NULL;
-
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
-
- if ((Storage->DefaultId[0] == CurDefaultId)
- && (Storage->PlatformId[0] == CurPlatformId)
- ) {
- ++Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum;
- Storage->DefaultId[Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum] = DefaultId;
- Storage->PlatformId[Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum] = PlatformId;
- }
-
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check whether StorageListHead2 is included in StorageListHead1
-
- @param StorageListHead1 The pointer to the entry of storage list
- @param StorageListHead2 The pointer to the entry of storage list
- @param DefaultId The default Id for multi-platform mode
- @param PlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform mode
-
- @retval TRUE Totally included.
- @return FALSE Other cases.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ComparePartSameVariableList (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead1,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead2,
- OUT UINT16 *DefaultId,
- OUT UINT64 *PlatformId
-)
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempStorageHead;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempStorageLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempStorageHead2;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempStorageLink2;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *TempStorage;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *TempStorage2;
- UINT16 CurDefaultId;
- UINT64 CurPlatformId;
- UINT32 VariableNum;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- StorageLink = NULL;
- TempStorageHead = NULL;
- TempStorageLink = NULL;
- TempStorageHead2 = NULL;
- TempStorageLink2 = NULL;
- Storage = NULL;
- TempStorage = NULL;
- TempStorage2 = NULL;
- CurDefaultId = 0;
- CurPlatformId = 0;
- VariableNum = 0;
- Index = 0;
- TempStorageHead = StorageListHead1;
-
-
- //
- // Get the number of variables in StorageListHead2;
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead2);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead2, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // For multi-platform support, only need to calcuate the type of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot &&
- (Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) && (Storage->Name != NULL) && (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) &&
- ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)) {
- VariableNum++;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- }
- //
- // Parse every variables in StorageListHead1 and compare with ones in StorageListHead2
- // Only all variables in StorageListHead2 are included in StorageListHead1, return TRUE.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead1);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead1, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Get specified DefaultId and PlatformId firstly
- //
- CurDefaultId = Storage->DefaultId[0];
- CurPlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];
- Index = 0;
- //
- // Compare all variables under same defaultId and platformId
- //
- TempStorageLink = GetFirstNode (TempStorageHead);
- while (!IsNull (TempStorageHead, TempStorageLink)) {
- TempStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink);
- if ((TempStorage->DefaultId[0] == CurDefaultId)
- && (TempStorage->PlatformId[0] == CurPlatformId)
- && (TempStorage->Name != NULL)
- && (TempStorage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && (TempStorage->NewEfiVarstore)
- && ((TempStorage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)
- ) {
- //
- //Search the matched variable by Guid and name in StorageListHead2
- //
- TempStorageHead2 = StorageListHead2;
- TempStorageLink2 = GetFirstNode (TempStorageHead2);
-
- while (!IsNull (TempStorageHead2, TempStorageLink2)) {
- TempStorage2 = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink2);
- if ((TempStorage2->Name != NULL)
- && (TempStorage2->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && (TempStorage2->NewEfiVarstore)
- && ((TempStorage2->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE)
- && !FceStrCmp (TempStorage->Name, TempStorage2->Name)
- && !CompareGuid(&TempStorage->Guid, &TempStorage2->Guid)
- ) {
- if (CompareMem (TempStorage->Buffer, TempStorage2->Buffer, TempStorage->Size) == 0) {
- Index++;
- }
- }
- TempStorageLink2 = GetNextNode (TempStorageHead2, TempStorageLink2);
- }
- }
- TempStorageLink = GetNextNode (TempStorageHead, TempStorageLink);
- }
- //
- // Check the matched variable number
- //
- if (Index == VariableNum) {
- *DefaultId = CurDefaultId;
- *PlatformId = CurPlatformId;
- return TRUE;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead1, StorageLink);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the defaultId and platformId mathched the variable or not
-
- @param Storage The pointer to the storage
- @param DefaultId The default Id for multi-platform mode
- @param PlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform mode
-
- @retval TRUE Not Matched.
- @return FALSE Matched any one
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-NotEqualAnyIdOfStorage (
-IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
-IN UINT16 DefaultId,
-IN UINT64 PlatformId
-)
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {
- if ((Storage->DefaultId[Index] == DefaultId)
- &&(Storage->PlatformId[Index] == PlatformId)
- ) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Copy Stroage from StorageListHead2 to StorageListHead1
-
- @param NewStorageListHead The pointer to the entry of storage list
- @param OldStorageListHead The pointer to the entry of storage list
- @param DefaultId The default Id for multi-platform mode
- @param PlatformId The platform Id for multi-platform mode
- @param AssignIdOrNot If True, assign the platform Id and default Id to storage;
- Or else, only copy the variables under the specified platform
- Id and default to the other list.
- @param Mode The operation of mode
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-BuildVariableList (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *NewStorageListHead,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *OldStorageListHead,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId,
- IN BOOLEAN AssignIdOrNot,
- IN OPERATION_TYPE Mode
-)
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *NameValueLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *StorageCopy;
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead1;
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead2;
- NAME_VALUE_NODE *NameValueNode;
- NAME_VALUE_NODE *CopyNameValueNode;
-
- Storage = NULL;
- NameValueNode = NULL;
- StorageListHead1 = NewStorageListHead;
- StorageListHead2 = OldStorageListHead;
-
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead2);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead2, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
-
- if ((Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- ||(Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)
- ) {
- //
- // Only support EfiVarStore in Multi-Platform mode, and the attribute must be EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- if (Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- if ((Storage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && Storage->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- if (AssignIdOrNot) {
- Storage->DefaultId[0] = DefaultId;
- Storage->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;
- } else {
- //
- //only copy the variables under the specified platform Id and default to the other list.
- //
- if ((Mode == VERIFY) && (NotEqualAnyIdOfStorage (Storage, DefaultId, PlatformId))) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- continue;
- } else if ((Mode != VERIFY) && (Storage->DefaultId[0] != DefaultId || Storage->PlatformId[0] != PlatformId) ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Copy Storage Node
- //
- if (Storage->Name == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- StorageCopy = NULL;
- StorageCopy = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (StorageCopy == NULL) {
- printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memcpy (StorageCopy, Storage, sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE));
-
- if (Mode == VERIFY) {
- StorageCopy->DefaultId[0] = DefaultId;
- StorageCopy->PlatformId[0] = PlatformId;
- }
- //
- //Set the flags for sorting out the variables
- //
- StorageCopy->Skip = FALSE;
-
- StorageCopy->Name = NULL;
- StorageCopy->Name = calloc (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (StorageCopy->Name == NULL) {
- printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");
- free (StorageCopy);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- StrCpy (StorageCopy->Name, Storage->Name);
-
- StorageCopy->Buffer = NULL;
- StorageCopy->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (StorageCopy->Buffer == NULL) {
- free (StorageCopy->Name);
- free (StorageCopy);
- printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- CopyMem (StorageCopy->Buffer, Storage->Buffer, Storage->Size);
- //
- // Copy NameValue list of storage node
- //
- InitializeListHead (&StorageCopy->NameValueListHead);
-
- NameValueLink = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Storage->NameValueListHead, NameValueLink)) {
-
- NameValueNode = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (NameValueLink);
- CopyNameValueNode = NULL;
- CopyNameValueNode = calloc (sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (CopyNameValueNode == NULL) {
- free (StorageCopy->Name);
- free (StorageCopy->Buffer);
- free (StorageCopy);
- printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memcpy (CopyNameValueNode, NameValueNode, sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE));
-
- CopyNameValueNode->Name = NULL;
- CopyNameValueNode->Value = NULL;
- CopyNameValueNode->EditValue = NULL;
-
- CopyNameValueNode->Name = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->Name) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));
- CopyNameValueNode->Value = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->Value) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));
- CopyNameValueNode->EditValue = calloc (FceStrLen (NameValueNode->EditValue) + 1, sizeof (CHAR16));
- if ((CopyNameValueNode->Name == NULL)
- || (CopyNameValueNode->Value == NULL)
- || (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue == NULL)
- ) {
- free (StorageCopy->Name);
- free (StorageCopy->Buffer);
- free (StorageCopy);
- if (CopyNameValueNode->Name != NULL) {
- free (CopyNameValueNode->Name );
- }
- if (CopyNameValueNode->Value != NULL) {
- free (CopyNameValueNode->Value);
- }
- if (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue != NULL) {
- free (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue);
- }
- free (CopyNameValueNode);
- printf ("Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->Name, NameValueNode->Name);
- StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->Value, NameValueNode->Value);
- StrCpy (CopyNameValueNode->EditValue, NameValueNode->EditValue);
- //
- // Insert it to StorageCopy->NameValueListHead
- //
- InsertTailList(&StorageCopy->NameValueListHead,&CopyNameValueNode->Link);
- NameValueLink = GetNextNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead, NameValueLink);
- }
-
- //
- // Insert it to StorageListHead1
- //
- InsertTailList(StorageListHead1,&StorageCopy->Link);
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead2, StorageLink);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether the current defaultId and platfrom is equal to the first one of one
- group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable data.
-
- @param DefaultId The default Id
- @param PlatformId The platform Id
-
- @retval TRUE If not equal to the first defaultId and platformId, return TRUE
- @return EFI_ABORTED Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum; Index++) {
- if (
- (DefaultId == mMultiPlatformParam.KeyDefaultId[Index])
- && (PlatformId == mMultiPlatformParam.KeyPlatformId[Index])
- ) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
- Evaluate the value in all formset according to the defaultId and platformId.
-
- If not the multi-platform mode, the defaultId is 0. In this case, the
- platform Id will be the default value of that question.
-
- @param UpdateMode It will be TRUE in update Mode
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EvaluateTheValueInFormset (
- IN BOOLEAN UpdateMode
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- UINT64 PlatformId;
- UINT16 CurDefaultId;
- UINT64 CurPlatformId;
- UINT16 DefaultIndex;
- UINT16 PlatformIndex;
- UINT32 Index;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurUqiList;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);
-
- //
- // Multi-platform mode support
- //
- for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {
- for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {
- DefaultId = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];
- PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];
- //
- //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable
- // Take the first one as a key Id of a group
- //
- if (UpdateMode && NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Initialize the Storage of mVarListEntry
- //
- ClearStorageEntryList (&mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId);
-
- Status = ExtractDefault (
- NULL,
- NULL,
- DefaultId,
- PlatformId,
- SystemLevel
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Clear the platformId as 0 after calculation.
- //
- Status = AssignThePlatformId (0);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Failed to clear the platformid.\n");
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update the value from script file
- //
- if (UpdateMode) {
- SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);
- }
- //
- // If not existed the same variables in mAllVarListEntry, insert the new ones.
- // Or else, only add the defaultId and platformId to the former one.
- //
- if (ComparePartSameVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, &CurDefaultId, &CurPlatformId)) {
- AppendIdToVariables (&mAllVarListEntry, CurDefaultId, CurPlatformId, DefaultId, PlatformId);
- } else {
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // In update mode, add the other defaultId and platform of a group to the variale list
- //
- if (UpdateMode) {
- CurUqiList = mUqiList;
-
- while (CurUqiList != NULL) {
- if ((DefaultId == CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[0])
- && (PlatformId == CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[0])
- ) {
- break;
- }
- CurUqiList = CurUqiList->Next;
- }
-
- if (CurUqiList == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- for (Index = 1; Index < CurUqiList->Header.IdNum; Index++) {
- CurDefaultId = CurUqiList->Header.DefaultId[Index];
- CurPlatformId = CurUqiList->Header.PlatformId[Index];
- AppendIdToVariables (&mAllVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, CurDefaultId, CurPlatformId);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // General mode
- //
- Status = ExtractDefault (
- NULL,
- NULL,
- 0,
- 0,
- SystemLevel
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // If existed the variable in NvStorage, copy them to mVarListEntry.
- // Synchronize the default value from the EFI variable zone to variable list
- //
- Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (TRUE, &mVarListEntry);
- if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update the value from script file
- //
- if (UpdateMode) {
- Status = SetUqiParameters (mUqiList,0, 0);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, 0, 0, TRUE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check and compare the value between the script file and variable from BFV.
-
- It's used in the update operation of multi-plaform mode.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckValueUpdateList (
- VOID
- )
-{
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- UINT64 PlatformId;
- UINT16 DefaultIndex;
- UINT16 PlatformIndex;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- UINT16 PreDefaultId;
- UINT64 PrePlatformId;
-
- Storage = NULL;
- PreDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
- PrePlatformId = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
-
- ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- while (!IsNull (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if (PreDefaultId == Storage->DefaultId[0] && PrePlatformId == Storage->PlatformId[0]) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);
- continue;
- } else {
- PreDefaultId = Storage->DefaultId[0];
- PrePlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];
- }
- DefaultId = PreDefaultId;
- PlatformId = PrePlatformId;
- //
- //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable
- // Take the first one as a key Id of a group
- //
- if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mBfvVarListEntry to mVarListEntry. The mVarListEntry was attached to
- // the FormSet->StorageListHead.
- //
- DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mVarListEntry, &mBfvVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, FALSE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- } else {
- for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {
- for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {
- DefaultId = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];
- PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];
- //
- //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable
- // Take the first one as a key Id of a group
- //
- if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mBfvVarListEntry to mVarListEntry. The mVarListEntry was attached to
- // the FormSet->StorageListHead.
- //
- DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mVarListEntry, &mBfvVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, FALSE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList,DefaultId, PlatformId);
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry and assign the defaultId and platformId as well
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, DefaultId, PlatformId, TRUE, UPDATE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Read defaultId and platformId from the whole FD, and store these two values to mMultiPlatformParam.
-
- If not multi-platform mode, only return EFI_ABORTED.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param Length the length of FFS
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadAllIfrToFromset (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN UINTN Length
- )
-{
- UINT8 NumberofMachingVfrBin;
- UINTN *VfrBinBaseAddress;
- UINTN *UniBinBaseAddress;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT8 Index;
- EFI_SECTION_STRUCT *EfiBufferHeader;
- VOID *EfiAddr;
-
- NumberofMachingVfrBin = 0;
- VfrBinBaseAddress = NULL;
- UniBinBaseAddress = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- EfiBufferHeader = NULL;
- EfiAddr = NULL;
-
- //
- // Locate the efi base address
- //
- EfiBufferHeader = malloc (sizeof (EFI_SECTION_STRUCT));
- if (EfiBufferHeader == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memset (
- EfiBufferHeader,
- 0,
- sizeof (EFI_SECTION_STRUCT)
- );
-
- Status = ParseSection (
- TRUE,
- (UINT8 *)Fv,
- Length,
- &EfiBufferHeader
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- EfiAddr = (VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase;
- //
- //Search the Offset at the end of FFS, whatever it is compressed or not
- //
- Status = SearchVfrBinInFFS (Fv, EfiAddr, Length, &VfrBinBaseAddress, &NumberofMachingVfrBin);
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- Status = SearchUniBinInFFS (
- Fv,
- EfiAddr,
- Length,
- &UniBinBaseAddress
- );
- if (Status != EFI_SUCCESS) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Read all Ifr information into Formset and Form structure
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < NumberofMachingVfrBin; Index++) {
- if ((EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase + EfiBufferHeader->Length) < *(VfrBinBaseAddress + Index)
- || (EfiBufferHeader->BufferBase + EfiBufferHeader->Length) < *UniBinBaseAddress
- ) {
- printf ("Failed to locate Ifr data from efi by the offset.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- Status = ParseFormSetInVfrBin (
- (UINTN **)VfrBinBaseAddress,
- (UINTN *)*UniBinBaseAddress,
- Index
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- //
- // Free the memory which stores the offset
- //
- if (VfrBinBaseAddress != NULL) {
- free (VfrBinBaseAddress);
- }
- if (UniBinBaseAddress != NULL) {
- free (UniBinBaseAddress);
- }
- //
- // Free the memory for uncompressed space in section
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < EfiBufferHeader->UnCompressIndex; Index++) {
- if ((VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->UncompressedBuffer[Index] != NULL) {
- free ((VOID *)EfiBufferHeader->UncompressedBuffer[Index]);
- }
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Get next questions of four kinds in FormSet list.
-
- If not one kinds of ONE_OF CHECK_BOX ORDER_LIST and NUMERIC, continue to parse next question.
- If parse to the end of questions, return NULL.
-
- @param FormSetEntryListHead the pointer to the LIST_ENTRY
- @param OrderOfQuestion the order of question
-
- @retval If succeed, return the pointer to the question
- @return NULL
-**/
-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *
-GetNextQuestion (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead,
- IN OUT UINT32 *OrderOfQuestion
- )
-{
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- LIST_ENTRY *QuestionLink;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- FormSet = NULL;
- FormSetLink = NULL;
- Form = NULL;
- FormLink = NULL;
- Question = NULL;
- QuestionLink = NULL;
- Index = 0;
-
- FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);
- //
- // Parse all forms in formset
- //
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- if (*OrderOfQuestion == Index++) {
- (*OrderOfQuestion)++;
- return Question;
- }
- }
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- }
-
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- }
- FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Read defaultId and platformId from the whole FD, and store these two values to mMultiPlatformParam.
-
- If not multi-platform mode, only return EFI_ABORTED.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param Length the length of FFS
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE *DefaultStore;
- LIST_ENTRY *DefaultStoreLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *CurQuestion;
- UINT32 MatchedNum;
- UINT32 QuestionOrder;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- CurQuestion = NULL;
- MatchedNum = 0;
- QuestionOrder = 0;
- //
- //Check whether it is the Multi-Platform solution or not
- //
- if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Read defaultId from FormSet List
- //
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- //
- // Parse Default Store in formset
- //
- DefaultStoreLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultStoreLink)) {
- DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK (DefaultStoreLink);
- StoreAllDefaultId (DefaultStore->DefaultId);
- DefaultStoreLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultStoreLink);
- }
- FormLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink);
- }
-
- //
- //Read the platformId from FormSetList
- //
- while ((CurQuestion = GetNextQuestion (FormSetEntryListHead, &QuestionOrder)) != NULL) {
- Status = ReadPlaformId (CurQuestion);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- MatchedNum++;
- }
- }
-
- if (MatchedNum == 0) {
- printf ("There are no questions included in the platformid in the FD.");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- } else if (MatchedNum > 1) {
- printf ("There are %d questions included in the platformid in the FD.", MatchedNum);
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
-Done:
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Read the first two bytes to check whether it is Ascii or UCS2.
-
- @param ScriptFile Pointer to the script file.
-
- @reture TRUE If ascii, return TRUE
- @reture FALSE Others, return FALSE.
-
-**/
-FILE_TYPE
-IsAsciiOrUcs2 (
- IN FILE *ScriptFile
- )
-{
- CHAR16 FirstTwoBytes;
-
- fread(&FirstTwoBytes, 1, 2, ScriptFile);
-
- if (FirstTwoBytes == BigUnicodeFileTag) {
- return BIG_UCS2;
- } else if (FirstTwoBytes == LittleUnicodeFileTag) {
- return LITTLE_UCS2;
- } else {
- return ASCII;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Read Unicode characters and transfer it to ASCII.
-
- @param ScriptFile The pointer to the script file.
- @param Type The type of BigUCS2 or LittleUCS2
-
- @return The ASCII characters
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-ReadUcs2ToStr (
- IN OUT FILE *ScriptFile,
- IN FILE_TYPE Type
-)
-{
- CHAR16 TempChar16;
- CHAR16 TempChar8;
- CHAR8 *StrChar8;
- UINTN Index;
- BOOLEAN FirstParse;
-
- TempChar16 = L'\0';
- TempChar8 = '\0';
- StrChar8 = NULL;
- Index = 0;
- FirstParse = TRUE;
-
- if (ScriptFile == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- StrChar8 = calloc (MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI, sizeof (CHAR8));
- assert (StrChar8);
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI; Index++) {
- //
- // The first parse should skip the 0x0020 (BigUCS2) or 0x2000 (LittleUCS2)
- //
- if (FirstParse) {
- do {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- } while ((TempChar16 == 0x0020) || (TempChar16 == 0x2000));
- FirstParse = FALSE;
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- }
- //
- // Read until break the "Space"
- //
- if ((TempChar16 == 0x0020) || (TempChar16 == 0x2000)) {
- break;
- }
- if (Type == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar8 = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar8 = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- memcpy (StrChar8 + Index, &TempChar8, 0x1);
- }
- if (Index == MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI) {
- free (StrChar8);
- return NULL;
- }
- *(StrChar8 + Index) = '\0';
-
- return StrChar8;
-}
-
-/**
- Read Unicode characters and transfer it to ASCII.
-
- @param AsciiStr The pointer to the Ascii string. It may inlcudes blank space.
- @param IdArray The pointer to the array of Id.
-
- @return The number of default or platform Id
-
-**/
-static
-UINT16
-GetNumFromAsciiString (
- IN CHAR8 *AsciiStr,
- IN OUT UINT64 *IdArray
-)
-{
- UINT16 Index1;
- UINT16 Index2;
- UINT16 NumofId;
- CHAR8 CharArray[16];
- BOOLEAN ExistedValue;
-
- Index1 = 0;
- Index2 = 0;
- NumofId = 0;
- ExistedValue = FALSE;
-
- while (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != '\n') {
-
- Index2 = 0;
- ExistedValue = FALSE;
- memset (CharArray, 0, 16);
- for (; *(AsciiStr + Index1) == ' '; Index1++);
- for (; (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != ' ') && (*(AsciiStr + Index1) != '\n'); Index1++) {
- assert (Index2 <= 15);
- *(CharArray + Index2++) = *(AsciiStr + Index1);
- ExistedValue = TRUE;
- }
- if (ExistedValue && (*(AsciiStr + Index1 - 1) != '\n')) {
- sscanf(CharArray, "%lld", (long long *)&IdArray[NumofId++]);
- }
- }
- return NumofId;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the script file to build the linked list of question structures.
-
- Pick up the UQI information and save it to the UqiList. The current scripts
- could be Ascii or UCS2 (Little or Big Mode).
-
- @param ScriptFile The pointer to the script file.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER ScriptFile is NULL
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-PickUpUqiFromScript (
- IN FILE *ScriptFile
- )
-{
- CHAR8 TempChar;
- BOOLEAN InQuote;
- CHAR16 TempChar16;
- UINT32 UqiSize;
- CHAR16 *UqiBuffer;
- CHAR8 Type[32];
- UINT16 Index;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiNode;
- UINTN MaxContainers;
- UINT32 ScriptsLine;
- FILE_TYPE AsciiOrUcs2;
- CHAR8 *Char8Str;
- CHAR8 DefaultIdStr[30];
- CHAR8 PlatformIdStr[30];
- CHAR8 PlatformUqi[30];
- UINT16 Index1;
- UINT16 Index2;
- UINT16 Index3;
- UINT16 Index4;
- UINT16 Index5;
- BOOLEAN ReadDefaultId;
- BOOLEAN ReadPlatformId;
- BOOLEAN ReadPlatformIdUqi;
- UINT64 DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT64 PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT16 DefaultIdNum;
- UINT16 PlatformIdNum;
- UINT8 Array[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT16 IdStart;
- UINT16 IdEnd;
-
- Char8Str = NULL;
- ScriptsLine = 0;
- AsciiOrUcs2 = ASCII;
- Index1 = 0;
- Index2 = 0;
- Index3 = 0;
- Index4 = 0;
- Index5 = 0;
- ReadDefaultId = FALSE;
- ReadPlatformId = FALSE;
- ReadPlatformIdUqi = FALSE;
- DefaultIdNum = 1;
- PlatformIdNum = 1;
- InQuote = FALSE;
-
- memset (DefaultId, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- memset (PlatformId, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- memcpy (DefaultIdStr, "/ FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:", strlen ("/ FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:") + 1);
- memcpy (PlatformIdStr,"/FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:", strlen ("/FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:") + 1);
- memcpy (PlatformUqi, "/FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:", strlen ("/FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:") + 1);
-
- if (ScriptFile == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- //
- // Check the file type
- //
- AsciiOrUcs2 = IsAsciiOrUcs2 (ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fseek (ScriptFile, 0, SEEK_SET);
- }
-
- while(!feof(ScriptFile)) {
- //
- // Reset local data
- //
- TempChar = '\0';
- TempChar16 = L'\0';
- UqiSize = 0;
- UqiBuffer = NULL;
- MaxContainers = 0;
- UqiNode = NULL;
- memset(Type, 0, 32);
- //
- // Read first character of the line to find the line type
- //
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- //
- // Take "\n\r" one line
- //
- if (TempChar != 0x0d) {
- ScriptsLine++;
- }
- switch (TempChar) {
-
- case 'Q':
- //
- // Process question line
- //
- // Read size of UQI string
- //
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&UqiSize);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&UqiSize);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- if (UqiSize > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (UqiSize == 0) {
- do {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));
- break;
- }
- //
- // Malloc buffer for string size + null termination
- //
- UqiBuffer = (CHAR16 *)calloc(UqiSize + 1, sizeof(CHAR16));
-
- if (UqiBuffer == NULL) {
- printf("Error. Unable to allocate 0x%04lx bytes for UQI string -- FAILURE\n", (unsigned long)((UqiSize + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16)));
- break;
- }
- //
- // Read UQI string
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < UqiSize; Index++) {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %hx", (short *)&(UqiBuffer[Index]));
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer );
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %hx", (short *)&(UqiBuffer[Index]));
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Set null termination
- //
- UqiBuffer[Index] = 0;
- //
- // Read question type
- //
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, "%31s", Type);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %31s", Type);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- if (stricmp(Type, "ONE_OF") == 0) {
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- if (UqiNode == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.Type = ONE_OF;
- UqiNode->Header.HexNum = UqiSize;
- UqiNode->Header.Data = UqiBuffer;
- UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.IdNum = PlatformIdNum;
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {
- printf("Fail to allocate memory");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {
- printf("Fail to allocate memory");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];
- }
- memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- } else if (stricmp(Type, "CHECKBOX") == 0) {
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- if (UqiNode == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.Type = CHECKBOX;
- UqiNode->Header.HexNum = UqiSize;
- UqiNode->Header.Data = UqiBuffer;
- UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.IdNum = PlatformIdNum;
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];
- }
- memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- } else if (stricmp(Type, "STRING") == 0) {
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- if (UqiNode == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- UqiNode->Header.Type = STRING;
- UqiNode->Header.HexNum = UqiSize;
- UqiNode->Header.Data = UqiBuffer;
- UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)calloc(MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE, sizeof(CHAR16));
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8 *)calloc(MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE, sizeof(CHAR16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.IdNum = PlatformIdNum;
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];
- }
- memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));
- InQuote = FALSE;
- IdStart = 0;
- IdEnd = 0;
- for (Index = 0; Index < MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE; Index ++) {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- if (TempChar == '\"') {
- if (InQuote == TRUE) {
- InQuote = FALSE;
- IdEnd = Index;
- } else {
- InQuote = TRUE;
- IdStart = Index;
- }
- }
- if (Index > IdStart) {
- if (InQuote == FALSE) {
- break;
- }
- *(UqiNode->Header.Value + Index - IdStart -1) = TempChar;
- Index ++;
- }
-
- }
- if (IdEnd < IdStart) {
- printf("The STRING is not end with \" character!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (IdStart == 0) {
- printf("The STRING is not start with \" character!\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- } else if (stricmp(Type, "NUMERIC") == 0) {
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- if (UqiNode == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.Type = NUMERIC;
- UqiNode->Header.HexNum = UqiSize;
- UqiNode->Header.Data = UqiBuffer;
- UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8 *)calloc(1, sizeof(UINT64));
- UqiNode->Header.IdNum = PlatformIdNum;
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];
- }
- memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", (long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
-
- } else if (stricmp(Type, "ORDERED_LIST") == 0) {
- UqiNode = CreateInsertUqiNode ();
- if (UqiNode == NULL) {
- free (UqiBuffer);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.Type = ORDERED_LIST;
- UqiNode->Header.HexNum = UqiSize;
- UqiNode->Header.Data = UqiBuffer;
- UqiNode->Header.IdNum = PlatformIdNum;
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId = (UINT16 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DefaultId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.PlatformId = (UINT64 *)calloc (PlatformIdNum, sizeof (UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- for (Index5 = 0; Index5 < PlatformIdNum; Index5++) {
- UqiNode->Header.DefaultId[Index5] = (UINT16)DefaultId[Index5];
- }
- memcpy (UqiNode->Header.PlatformId, PlatformId, PlatformIdNum * sizeof (UINT64));
-
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&MaxContainers);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&MaxContainers);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- if (MaxContainers > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8 *)calloc(MaxContainers + 1, sizeof(UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.Value == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8 *)calloc(MaxContainers + 1, sizeof(UINT64));
- if (UqiNode->Header.DiffValue == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- *UqiNode->Header.Value = (UINT8) MaxContainers;
- *UqiNode->Header.DiffValue = (UINT8) MaxContainers;
-
- for (Index = 1; Index <= MaxContainers; Index++) {
- if (*(UqiNode->Header.Value + Index) == '/') {
- printf ("Error. Failed to parse the value of ORDERED_LIST.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %llx", ((long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index));
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %llx", ((long long *)UqiNode->Header.Value + Index));
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
-
- } else {
- //
- // Unknown type
- //
- // Free UQI buffer before skipping to next line
- //
- free(UqiBuffer);
- UqiBuffer = NULL;
- printf ("Error. Invalid parameters exist in scripts line %d", ScriptsLine);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- UqiNode->Header.ScriptsLine = ScriptsLine;
- //
- // Skip to next line
- //
- do {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));
- break;
-
- case '\n':
- case '\r':
- //
- // Newline, skip to next character
- //
- break;
-
- case '/':
- //
- // Get the value of PlatformId and DefaultId from comments
- //
- do {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- //
- //"/ DefaultId :"
- //
- if (!ReadDefaultId) {
- if (TempChar == DefaultIdStr[Index1]) {
- Index1++;
- } else {
- Index1 = 0;
- }
- if (Index1 == strlen (DefaultIdStr)) {
- Index1 = 0;
- Index3 = 0;
- memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);
- ReadDefaultId = TRUE;
- mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;
- }
- } else if (ReadDefaultId) {
- if (TempChar == '\n') {
- ReadDefaultId = FALSE;
- Array[Index3] = TempChar;
- DefaultIdNum = GetNumFromAsciiString ((CHAR8 *)Array, DefaultId);
- mMultiPlatformParam.KeyDefaultId[mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum] = (UINT16)DefaultId[0];
- } else {
- Array[Index3++] = TempChar;
- }
- }
- //
- //"/ PlatformId:"
- //
- if (!ReadPlatformId) {
- if (TempChar == PlatformIdStr[Index2]) {
- Index2++;
- } else {
- Index2 = 0;
- }
- if (Index2 == strlen (PlatformIdStr)) {
- Index2 = 0;
- Index3 = 0;
- memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);
- ReadPlatformId = TRUE;
- }
- } else if (ReadPlatformId) {
- if (TempChar == '\n') {
- ReadPlatformId = FALSE;
- Array[Index3] = TempChar;
- PlatformIdNum = GetNumFromAsciiString ((CHAR8 *)Array, PlatformId);
- //
- // Take the first defaultid an platformid as the key of this group
- //
- mMultiPlatformParam.KeyPlatformId[mMultiPlatformParam.KeyIdNum++] = PlatformId[0];
- assert (DefaultIdNum == PlatformIdNum);
- } else {
- Array[Index3++] = TempChar;
- }
- }
- //
- //"/ PlatformIdUqi:"
- //
- if (!ReadPlatformIdUqi) {
- if (TempChar == PlatformUqi[Index4]) {
- Index4++;
- } else {
- Index4 = 0;
- }
- if (Index4 == strlen (PlatformUqi)) {
- Index4 = 0;
- Index3 = 0;
- memset (Array, 0, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM);
- ReadPlatformIdUqi = TRUE;
- }
- } else if (ReadPlatformIdUqi) {
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum > 0) {
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Read size of UQI string
- //
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %x", (INT32 *)&mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %x", (INT32 *)&mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum > MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Malloc buffer for string size + null termination
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {
- free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);
- mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data = NULL;
- }
- mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data = (CHAR16 *)calloc(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1, sizeof(CHAR16));
-
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data == NULL) {
- printf("Error. Unable to allocate 0x%04zx bytes for UQI string -- FAILURE\n", (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum + 1) * sizeof(CHAR16));
- break;
- }
- //
- // Read UQI string
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum; Index++) {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fscanf(ScriptFile, " %hx", (short *)&(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index]));
- } else {
- Char8Str = ReadUcs2ToStr (ScriptFile, AsciiOrUcs2);
- if (Char8Str == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- sscanf(Char8Str, " %hx", (short *)&(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index]));
- if (Char8Str != NULL) {
- free (Char8Str);
- Char8Str = NULL;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Set null termination
- //
- mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data[Index] = 0;
- ReadPlatformIdUqi = FALSE;
- }
-
- } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));
- break;
- //
- // To do: Get and set DefaultId and PlatformId here!
- //
- default:
- //
- // Comment or garbage, skip to next line
- //
- do {
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == ASCII) {
- fread(&TempChar, sizeof (CHAR8), 1, ScriptFile);
- } else {
- fread(&TempChar16, sizeof (CHAR16), 1, ScriptFile);
- if (AsciiOrUcs2 == BIG_UCS2) {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)TempChar16;
- } else {
- TempChar = (CHAR8)(TempChar16 >> 8);
- }
- }
- } while((TempChar != '\n') && !feof(ScriptFile));
- break;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the offset of file name from the whole path.
-
- @param NameStr The whole file path.
-
- @retval Offset Return the offset of file name in path
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-GetOffsetOfFileName (
- IN CHAR8 *NameStr
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *Str;
- UINTN Index;
- UINTN CurIndex;
-
- Index = 0;
- CurIndex = 0;
- Str = NameStr;
-
- if (NameStr == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- while (*Str != '\0') {
- if (*Str == OS_SEP) {
- CurIndex = Index;
- }
- Str++;
- Index++;
- }
- if (*(NameStr + CurIndex) == OS_SEP) {
- return CurIndex + 1;
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-/**
- Print the questions which is updated to the current platform successfully.
-
- Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.
-
- @param List Pointer to a List.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Print was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-VOID
-PrintUpdateListInfo (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT32 Index1;
- UINT32 Index2;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurList;
-
- Index1 = 0;
- Index2 = 0;
- Index = 0;
- CurList = UqiList;
-
- printf ("\n\n -- Update List -- ");
-
- while (CurList != NULL) {
- if (!CurList->ErrorOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot && !CurList->SameOrNot) {
- ++Index;
- printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Update No.%d:\n", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);
- printf ("Q %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {
- printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);
- }
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {
- printf ("CHECKBOX ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {
- printf ("ONE_OF ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {
- printf ("NUMERIC ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf ("STRING ");
- } else {
- printf ("UNKNOWN ");
- }
- //
- //Print the value of scripts
- //
- printf ("\n[ Update Value From: ");
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.DiffValue); Index2++) {
- printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.DiffValue + Index2));
- }
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf("\"");
- WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);
- printf("\"");
- } else {
- printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);
- }
- //
- //Print the value of current platform
- //
- printf (" To: ");
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.Value); Index2++) {
- printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));
- }
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf("\"");
- WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- printf("\"");
- } else {
- printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- }
- printf ("]");
- }
- CurList = CurList->Next;
- }
- if (Index > 1) {
- printf ("\n\n\n[Results]: %d questions have been updated successfully in total. \n", Index);
- } else {
- printf ("\n\n\n[Results]: %d question has been updated successfully in total. \n", Index);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Print the error, when update questions.
-
- Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.
-
- @param List The Pointer to a List.
-
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-PrintErrorInfo (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index1;
- UINT32 Index2;
- UINT32 Index;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurList;
- BOOLEAN IsError;
-
- Index1 = 0;
- Index2 = 0;
- Index = 0;
- CurList = UqiList;
- IsError = FALSE;
-
- while (CurList != NULL) {
- if (CurList->ErrorOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot) {
- IsError = TRUE;
- ++Index;
- printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Error Information No.%d:\n", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);
- printf ("Q %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {
- printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);
- }
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {
- printf ("CHECKBOX ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {
- printf ("ONE_OF ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {
- printf ("NUMERIC ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf ("STRING ");
- } else {
- printf ("UNKNOWN ");
- }
- //
- //Print the Input value of scripts
- //
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *CurList->Header.Value; Index2++) {
- printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));
- }
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf("\"");
- WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- printf("\"");
- } else {
- printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- }
- //
- //Print the Error information
- //
- if (CurList->Error != NULL) {
- printf ("\n%s ", CurList->Error);
- }
- }
- CurList = CurList->Next;
- }
- if (IsError) {
- if (Index > 1) {
- printf ("\n\n[Results]: Occurred %d errors during the update process. \n", Index);
- } else {
- printf ("\n\n[Results]: Occurred %d error during the update process. \n", Index);
- }
- }
- return IsError;
-}
-
-/**
- Any questions that exist in both the script and the current platform and have
- different values will be logged to the screen.
-
- Parse the Uqi List, and print it till break NULL.
-
- @param List Pointer to a List.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The Print was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurreds
-**/
-static
-VOID
-PrintVerifiedListInfo (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiList
- )
-{
- UINT32 Index1;
- UINT32 Index2;
- UINT32 Index3;
- UINT32 Index;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *CurList;
- UINT32 StrLen;
- UINT32 StrLen1;
- UINT32 StrLen2;
-
- Index1 = 0;
- Index2 = 0;
- Index = 0;
- StrLen = 0;
- CurList = UqiList;
-
- StrLen1 = strlen (mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName));
- StrLen2 = strlen (mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName));
-
- StrLen = (StrLen1 > StrLen2) ? StrLen1:StrLen2;
-
- printf ("\n\n -- Different List -- ");
-
- while (CurList != NULL) {
- if (!CurList->SameOrNot && CurList->ParseOrNot) {
- ++Index;
- printf ("\n\n[Script line %d] Difference No.%d:", CurList->Header.ScriptsLine, ++Index1);
- printf ("\n[%s", mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName));
- for (Index3 = 0; Index3 < StrLen - StrLen1; Index3++) {
- printf (" ");
- }
- printf ("]:");
- printf (" Q %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {
- printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);
- }
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {
- printf ("CHECKBOX ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {
- printf ("ONE_OF ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {
- printf ("NUMERIC ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf ("STRING ");
- } else {
- printf ("UNKNOWN ");
- }
- //
- //Print the Input value of scripts
- //
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.Value); Index2++) {
- printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.Value + Index2));
- }
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf("\"");
- WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- printf("\"");
- } else {
- printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.Value);
- }
- //
- //Print the value of current platform
- //
- printf ("\n[%s", mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName));
- for (Index3 = 0; Index3 < StrLen - StrLen2; Index3++) {
- printf (" ");
- }
- printf ("]:");
- printf (" Q %04x ", CurList->Header.HexNum);
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 < CurList->Header.HexNum; Index2++) {
- printf ("%04x ", CurList->Header.Data[Index2]);
- }
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- printf ("ORDERED_LIST ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == CHECKBOX) {
- printf ("CHECKBOX ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == ONE_OF) {
- printf ("ONE_OF ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == NUMERIC) {
- printf ("NUMERIC ");
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf ("STRING ");
- } else {
- printf ("UNKNOWN ");
- }
- if (CurList->Header.Type == ORDERED_LIST) {
- for (Index2 = 0; Index2 <= *(CurList->Header.DiffValue); Index2++) {
- printf ("%02x ", *(CurList->Header.DiffValue + Index2));
- }
- } else if (CurList->Header.Type == STRING) {
- printf("\"");
- WriteUnicodeStr((CHAR16 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);
- printf("\"");
- } else {
- printf ("%llx ", *(unsigned long long*)(UINT64 *)CurList->Header.DiffValue);
- }
- }
- CurList = CurList->Next;
- }
- if (Index > 1) {
- printf (
- "\n\n\n[Results]: There are %d differences between '%s' and '%s' in total.\n\n\n",
- Index,
- mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName),
- mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName)
- );
- } else {
- printf (
- "\n\n\n[Results]: There is %d difference between '%s' and '%s' in total.\n\n\n",
- Index,
- mSetupTxtName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mSetupTxtName),
- mInputFdName + GetOffsetOfFileName (mInputFdName)
- );
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Insert Uqi object to the end of unidirection List.
-
- @param InList The Pointer to the current object
- @param UqiListEntry The pointer to the entry of UqiList
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InsertUnidirectionList (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *InList,
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST **UqiListEntry
- )
-{
- UQI_PARAM_LIST **UqiCurList;
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiNext;
-
- UqiCurList = NULL;
- UqiNext = NULL;
-
- if (UqiListEntry == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Insert to Uqi Node to UqiList
- //
- UqiCurList = UqiListEntry;
- UqiNext = *UqiCurList;
- if (UqiNext == NULL) {
- //
- //Insert is the first node as node header
- //
- *UqiCurList = InList;
- } else {
- while ((UqiNext != NULL) && (UqiNext->Next != NULL)) {
- UqiNext = UqiNext->Next;
- }
- UqiNext->Next = InList;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Free variable unidirection List.
-
- @param UqiListEntry The pointer to the entry of UqiList
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FreeUnidirectionList (
- IN UQI_PARAM_LIST *UqiListEntry
- )
-{
- UQI_PARAM_LIST *Next;
-
- Next = NULL;
- //
- // Free Uqi List
- //
- while (UqiListEntry != NULL) {
- Next = UqiListEntry->Next;
- if (UqiListEntry->Header.Value != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Header.Value);
- }
- if (UqiListEntry->Header.DiffValue != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Header.DiffValue);
- }
- if (UqiListEntry->Header.Data != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Header.Data);
- }
- if (UqiListEntry->Header.DefaultId != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Header.DefaultId);
- }
- if (UqiListEntry->Header.PlatformId != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Header.PlatformId);
- }
- if (UqiListEntry->Error != NULL) {
- free (UqiListEntry->Error);
- }
- free (UqiListEntry);
- UqiListEntry = Next;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Delete a directory and files in it.
-
- @param DirName Name of the directory need to be deleted.
-
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-LibRmDir (
- IN CHAR8* DirName
-)
-{
- CHAR8* SystemCommand;
-
- SystemCommand = NULL;
-
- if (DirName == NULL) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- //
- // Delete a directory and files in it.
- //
-
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (RMDIR_STR) +
- strlen (DirName) +
- 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- RMDIR_STR,
- DirName
- );
-
- system (SystemCommand);
- free(SystemCommand);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Pick up the FFS from the FD image.
-
- Call BfmLib to get all FFS in one FD image, and save all which includes IFR
- Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-PickUpFfsFromFd (
- VOID
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *SystemCommandFormatString;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommand;
- CHAR8 *TempSystemCommand;
- CHAR8 *TemDir;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- INT32 ReturnValue;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;
- SystemCommand = NULL;
- TempSystemCommand = NULL;
- TemDir = NULL;
- ReturnValue = 0;
-
- memset (&gEfiFdInfo, 0, sizeof (G_EFI_FD_INFO));
- //
- // Construction 'system' command string
- //
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -e \"%s\" ";
-
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + 1
- );
-
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -e \"%s\" ",
- mInputFdName
- );
-
- if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {
- TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TempSystemCommand) + 1
- );
-
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- free (TempSystemCommand);
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
- strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);
- strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);
- strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);
- free (TempSystemCommand);
-
- }
-
- //
- // Call BfmLib to get all FFS in Temp folder of current path
- //
- ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);
- free (SystemCommand);
- if (ReturnValue == -1) {
- printf ("Error. Call BfmLib failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- //Pick up the FFS which is interrelated with the IFR binary.
- //
- TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);
- if (strlen (TemDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TEMP_DIR_NAME)> _MAX_PATH - 1) {
- printf ("The directory is too long \n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- strncat (TemDir, OS_SEP_STR, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);
- strncat (TemDir, TEMP_DIR_NAME, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);
- mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv = FALSE;
- Status = FindFileInFolder (TemDir, &mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv, &mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-#define BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT 4
-/**
- Generate pre-defined guided tools data.
-
- @return An EFI_HANDLE contain guided tools data.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_HANDLE
-PreDefinedGuidedTools (
- VOID
-)
-{
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- STRING_LIST *Tool;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *FirstGuidTool;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *LastGuidTool;
- GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *NewGuidTool;
- UINT8 Index;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- CHAR8 PreDefinedGuidedTool[BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT][255] = {
- "a31280ad-481e-41b6-95e8-127f4c984779 TIANO TianoCompress",
- "ee4e5898-3914-4259-9d6e-dc7bd79403cf LZMA LzmaCompress",
- "fc1bcdb0-7d31-49aa-936a-a4600d9dd083 CRC32 GenCrc32",
- "3d532050-5cda-4fd0-879e-0f7f630d5afb BROTLI BrotliCompress"
- };
-
- Tool = NULL;
- FirstGuidTool = NULL;
- LastGuidTool = NULL;
- NewGuidTool = NULL;
-
- for (Index = 0; Index < BUILD_IN_TOOL_COUNT; Index++) {
- Tool = SplitStringByWhitespace (PreDefinedGuidedTool[Index]);
- if ((Tool != NULL) &&
- (Tool->Count == 3)
- ) {
- Status = StringToGuid (Tool->Strings[0], &Guid);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- NewGuidTool = malloc (sizeof (GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY));
- if (NewGuidTool != NULL) {
- memcpy (&(NewGuidTool->Guid), &Guid, sizeof (Guid));
- NewGuidTool->Name = CloneString(Tool->Strings[1]);
- NewGuidTool->Path = CloneString(Tool->Strings[2]);
- NewGuidTool->Next = NULL;
- } else {
- printf ( "Fail to allocate memory. \n");
- if (Tool != NULL) {
- FreeStringList (Tool);
- }
- return NULL;
- }
- if (FirstGuidTool == NULL) {
- FirstGuidTool = NewGuidTool;
- } else {
- LastGuidTool->Next = NewGuidTool;
- }
- LastGuidTool = NewGuidTool;
- }
-
- } else {
- fprintf (stdout, "Error");
- }
- if (Tool != NULL) {
- FreeStringList (Tool);
- Tool = NULL;
- }
- }
- return FirstGuidTool;
-}
-
-/**
- Read all storages under a specified platformId and defaultId from BFV.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the buffer of binary.
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadStorageFromBinary (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- UINT32 Length;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
-
- Length = 0;
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;
- DataBase = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- //
- // Judge the layout of NV by Variable Guid
- //
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore ((VOID *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase));
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot ((VOID *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase));
-
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- //
- // Read variable with Monotonic based layout from binary
- //
- Length = ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- //
- // Read variable with time-based layout from binary
- //
- Length = ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);
- } else {
- //
- // Read variable with normal layout from binary
- //
- Length = ReadVariableToList (Binary, StorageListEntry);
- }
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert one storage to the raw bianry, and return its length.
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param Binary The pointer to the buffer of binary.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-PutStorageToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- UINT32 Length;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT8 *BinaryBeginning;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *CurStorage;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- VOID *VariableStoreHeader;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot;
- BOOLEAN AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot;
-
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- Length = 0;
- Index = 0;
- BinaryBeginning = Binary;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VOID *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = FALSE;
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = FALSE;
- //
- // Judge the layout of NV by gEfiVariableGuid
- //
- AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot = CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (VariableStoreHeader);
- AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot = CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- // Build the binary for BFV
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListEntry);
-
- while (!IsNull (StorageListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- CurStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if ((CurStorage->DefaultId[0] == Storage->DefaultId[0])
- && (CurStorage->PlatformId[0] == Storage->PlatformId[0])
- && !CurStorage->Skip
- ) {
- CurStorage->Skip = TRUE;
-
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- //
- // Copy variable with Monotonic based layout to binary
- //
- Length = CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- //
- // Copy variable with time-based layout to binary
- //
- Length = CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);
- } else {
- //
- // Copy variable with normall layout to binary
- //
- Length = CopyVariableToBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);
- }
- Index++;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- //
- // Fix the length of storage header under a specified DefaultId and PlatformId
- //
- if (AuthencitatedMonotonicOrNot) {
- FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);
- } else if (AuthencitatedBasedTimeOrNot){
- FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);
- } else {
- FixVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);
- }
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Insert one storage to Fd's NvStoreDatabase, and return its length.
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param Binary The pointer to the buffer of binary.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-PutStorageToNvStoreBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- UINT32 Length;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT8 *BinaryBeginning;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *CurStorage;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
-
- Length = 0;
- Index = 0;
- BinaryBeginning = Binary;
- //
- // Build the binary for NvStorDatabase
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListEntry);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- CurStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if ((CurStorage->PlatformId[0] == Storage->PlatformId[0])
- && (CurStorage->DefaultId[0] == Storage->DefaultId[0])
- && !CurStorage->Skip
- ) {
- CurStorage->Skip = TRUE;
- Length = CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (CurStorage, BinaryBeginning, Index);
- Index++;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- // Alignment
- Length = (Length + 3) & ~3;
- FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (BinaryBeginning, Length);
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Optimize the Delta binary size based on the default setting binary, and
- create a new binary with new size on the Storage.ffs.
-
- @param DefaultBinary The pointer to a default setting binary
- @param DefaultHeaderLen The header lenght of default setting binary
- @param DeltaBinary The pointer to a delta setting binary
- @param CurrentSize The size of current delta data.
-
- @return length The length of new storage
-**/
-UINT32
-OptimizeStorageDeltaData (
- IN UINT8 *DefaultBinary,
- IN UINT8 *CurrentBinary,
- IN OUT UINT8 *DeltaBinary,
- IN UINT32 CurrentSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT32 DefaultHeaderSize;
- UINT32 DeltaHeaderSize;
- UINT32 AlignSize;
- PCD_DATA_DELTA DeltaData;
- DefaultHeaderSize = ((PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DefaultBinary)->HeaderSize + 4;
- DeltaHeaderSize = ((PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)CurrentBinary)->HeaderSize + 4;
- //
- // Copy the Delta Header directly
- //
- Size = DeltaHeaderSize;
- memcpy (DeltaBinary, CurrentBinary, Size);
- //
- // Compare the delta data and optimize the size
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < CurrentSize - DeltaHeaderSize; Index++) {
- if (*(DefaultBinary + DefaultHeaderSize + Index) != *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index)) {
- DeltaData.Offset = Index;
- DeltaData.Value = *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index);
- memcpy (DeltaBinary + Size, &DeltaData, sizeof (DeltaData));
- Size = Size + sizeof(DeltaData);
- }
- }
- *(UINT32 *)DeltaBinary = Size;
- AlignSize = (Size + 7) & ~7;
- //set Alignment data 0x00
- for (Index = 0; Index < AlignSize - Size; Index++){
- *(DeltaBinary + Size + Index) = 0x0;
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- Optimize the Delta binary size based on the default setting binary, and
- create a new binary with new size on the Storage.ffs.
-
- @param DefaultBinary The pointer to a default setting binary
- @param DefaultHeaderLen The header lenght of default setting binary
- @param DeltaBinary The pointer to a delta setting binary
- @param CurrentSize The size of current delta data.
-
- @return length The length of new storage
-**/
-UINT32
-OptimizeStorageSection (
- IN UINT8 *DefaultBinary,
- IN UINT8 *CurrentBinary,
- IN OUT UINT8 *DeltaBinary,
- IN UINT32 CurrentSize
- )
-{
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT16 Index;
- UINT32 DefaultHeaderSize;
- UINT32 DeltaHeaderSize;
- DATA_DELTA DeltaData;
-
- DefaultHeaderSize = *(UINT16 *)DefaultBinary;
- DeltaHeaderSize = *(UINT16 *)CurrentBinary;
-
- //
- // Copy the Delta Header directly
- //
- Size = DeltaHeaderSize;
- memcpy (DeltaBinary, CurrentBinary, Size);
- //
- // Compare the delta data and optimize the size
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < CurrentSize - DeltaHeaderSize; Index++) {
- if (*(DefaultBinary + DefaultHeaderSize + Index) != *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index)) {
- DeltaData.Offset = Index;
- DeltaData.Value = *(CurrentBinary + DeltaHeaderSize + Index);
- memcpy (DeltaBinary + Size, &DeltaData, sizeof (DeltaData));
- Size = Size + sizeof(DeltaData);
- }
- }
- return Size;
-}
-
-/**
- Create the storage section and copy it to memory.
-
- @param Buffer The pointer to the buffer
- @param Size The size of input buffer.
-
- @return the new size
-**/
-UINT32
-CreateStorageSection (
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINT32 Size,
- IN CHAR8 *FileName
-)
-{
- FILE *BinaryFd;
- UINTN BytesWrite;
- UINT32 SectionSize;
-
- BinaryFd = NULL;
- //
- // Create the raw section files in FFS
- //
- BinaryFd = fopen (FileName, "wb+");
- if (BinaryFd == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to create the raw data section.\n");
- return 0;
- }
- fseek (BinaryFd, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesWrite = fwrite (Buffer, sizeof (CHAR8), Size, BinaryFd);
- fclose (BinaryFd);
- if (BytesWrite != Size) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to write the raw data section.\n");
- return 0;
- }
- CreateRawSection (FileName, FileName);
-
- BinaryFd = fopen (FileName, "rb");
- if (BinaryFd == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to open the raw data section.\n");
- return 0;
- }
- fseek (BinaryFd, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesWrite = fread (Buffer, sizeof (CHAR8), (Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER)), BinaryFd);
- fclose (BinaryFd);
- if (BytesWrite != (Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER))) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to read the raw data section.\n");
- return 0;
- }
-
- SectionSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Buffer)->Size);
- return SectionSize;
-}
-
-/**
- Read NvStoreDataBase and insert it to the Storage list.
-
- @param InputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param VarListEntry The pointer to the variable list.
-
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *VarListEntry
-)
-{
-
- UINT8 *Binary;
- UINT8 *FullBinary;
- UINT8 *VarDataBinary;
- UINT8 *PreVarDataBinary;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *DeltaVarStoreHeader;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *PrePcdDefaultData;
- UINT8 *DeltaData;
- UINT32 DeltaSize;
- UINT32 DataSize;
- UINT32 HeaderSize;
- UINT32 BinaryLength;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT32 PreVarDataSize;
- PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *NvStoreHeader;
- UINT32 Offset;
- UINT32 Value;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- BinaryLength = 0;
- Binary = NULL;
- FullBinary = NULL;
- DataBase = NULL;
- DeltaVarStoreHeader = NULL;
- PreVarDataBinary = NULL;
- PreVarDataSize = 0;
- DeltaSize = 0;
- Size = sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER);
- VarDataBinary = NULL;
-
- //
- // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS
- //
- //if (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {
- // return EFI_ABORTED;
- //}
- NvStoreHeader = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;
- BinaryLength = NvStoreHeader->Length;
- Binary = (UINT8 *)gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;
- //
- // If detect size optimized format, transfer it to normal format
- // before parse it
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {
- FullBinary = calloc(gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, sizeof(UINT8));
- if (FullBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- while (Size < BinaryLength) {
- DataBase = Binary + Size;
- DataSize = *(UINT32 *)DataBase;
- if (Size == sizeof (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER)) {
- PrePcdDefaultData = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *) DataBase;
- HeaderSize = PrePcdDefaultData->HeaderSize;
- PreVarDataSize = DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize;
- VarDataBinary = malloc(DataSize);
- if (VarDataBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memcpy (VarDataBinary, DataBase, DataSize);
- PreVarDataBinary = malloc(DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize);
- if (PreVarDataBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- memcpy (PreVarDataBinary, DataBase + 4 + HeaderSize , DataSize - 4 - HeaderSize);
- } else {
- DeltaVarStoreHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DataBase;
- DeltaSize = DeltaVarStoreHeader->DataSize;
- HeaderSize = DeltaVarStoreHeader->HeaderSize;
- DeltaData = (UINT8*) DeltaVarStoreHeader;
-
- VarDataBinary = malloc(PreVarDataSize + HeaderSize + 4);
- if (VarDataBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Copy the default setting data
- //
- memcpy (VarDataBinary, DataBase, HeaderSize + 4);
- memcpy (VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4, PreVarDataBinary, PreVarDataSize);
- //
- // Merge the delta data with default setting to get the full delta data
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < (DeltaSize - HeaderSize - 4)/sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA); Index++) {
- Offset = ((PCD_DATA_DELTA *)(DeltaData + HeaderSize + 4 + Index * sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA)))->Offset;
- Value = ((PCD_DATA_DELTA *)(DeltaData + HeaderSize + 4 + Index * sizeof(PCD_DATA_DELTA)))->Value;
- if (*(VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4 + Offset) != Value) {
- *(VarDataBinary + HeaderSize + 4 + Offset) = (UINT8)Value;
- }
- }
- }
- //
- // Store the Variable Data to VarListEntry
- //
-
- ReadNvStoreVariableToList(VarDataBinary, VarListEntry);
- Size += (DataSize + 7) & ~7;
- }
-
- if (VarDataBinary != NULL) {
- free (VarDataBinary);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Read FFS from BFV and insert it to the Storage list.
-
- @param InputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param VarListEntry The pointer to the variable list.
-
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadStorageFromBfv (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *VarListEntry
-)
-{
-
- UINT8 *Binary;
- UINT8 *FullBinary;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- UINT8 *PreVarStoreHeader;
- DATA_DELTA *DeltaVarStoreHeader;
- UINT8 *DeltaData;
- UINT32 PreDataSize;
- UINT32 DeltaSize;
- UINT32 BinaryLength;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT32 SectionSize;
- UINT32 FullSectionLen;
- UINT32 FullSectionSize;
- EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *FfsHeader;
- UINT16 Offset;
- UINT8 Value;
- UINT32 Index;
- CHAR8 *SectionName;
-
- BinaryLength = 0;
- Binary = NULL;
- FullBinary = NULL;
- DataBase = NULL;
- PreVarStoreHeader = NULL;
- DeltaVarStoreHeader = NULL;
- PreDataSize = 0;
- DeltaSize = 0;
- FullSectionSize = 0;
- Size = sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER);
- FfsHeader = NULL;
- FullSectionLen = 0;
- SectionName = NULL;
-
- SectionName = getcwd(NULL, _MAX_PATH);
- if (strlen (SectionName) + 2 * strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen ("Temp") + strlen ("TempSection.sec") >
- _MAX_PATH - 1) {
- printf ("Error. The current path is too long.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
-
- sprintf (SectionName + strlen (SectionName), "%cTemp%cTempSection.sec", OS_SEP, OS_SEP);
- //
- // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS
- //
- if (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- FfsHeader = (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER *)gEfiFdInfo.StorageFfsInBfv;
- BinaryLength = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (FfsHeader->Size);
- Binary = (UINT8 *)FfsHeader;
- //
- // If detect size optimized format, transfer it to normal format
- // before parse it
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {
- FullBinary = calloc(gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, sizeof(UINT8));
- if (FullBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- while (Size < BinaryLength) {
- SectionSize = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (((EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)(Binary + Size))->Size);
- DataBase = Binary + Size + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- if (Size == sizeof (EFI_FFS_FILE_HEADER)) {
- PreVarStoreHeader = DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;
- PreDataSize = SectionSize - (*(UINT16 *)DataBase + sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- memcpy (FullBinary, DataBase, SectionSize - sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- FullSectionLen = CreateStorageSection (FullBinary, *(UINT16 *)DataBase + PreDataSize, SectionName);
- } else {
- DeltaVarStoreHeader = (DATA_DELTA *)(DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);
- DeltaSize = *(UINT16 *)DataBase + PreDataSize;
- DeltaData = FullBinary + FullSectionSize + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;
- //
- // Copy the DefaultId and PlatformId directly
- //
- memcpy (FullBinary + FullSectionSize, DataBase, *(UINT16 *)DataBase);
- //
- // Copy the default setting data
- //
- memcpy (DeltaData, PreVarStoreHeader, PreDataSize);
- //
- // Merge the delta data with default setting to get the full delta data
- //
- for (Index = 0; Index < (SectionSize - *(UINT16 *)DataBase - sizeof(EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER))/sizeof(DATA_DELTA); Index++) {
- Offset = (DeltaVarStoreHeader + Index)->Offset;
- Value = (DeltaVarStoreHeader + Index)->Value;
- if (*(DeltaData + Offset) != Value) {
- *(DeltaData + Offset) = Value;
- }
- }
- FullSectionLen = CreateStorageSection (FullBinary + FullSectionSize, DeltaSize, SectionName);
- }
- //
- // Store the previous binary information
- //
- DataBase = FullBinary + FullSectionSize + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- PreVarStoreHeader = DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase;
-
- Size += (SectionSize + 3) & ~3;
- FullSectionSize += (FullSectionLen + 3) & ~3;;
- }
- //
- // Update to the new size
- //
- BinaryLength = FullSectionSize;
- Binary = FullBinary;
- Size = 0;
- }
-
- //
- // Read the storage from BFV and insert to storage list
- //
- while (Size < BinaryLength) {
- SectionSize = ReadStorageFromBinary ((Binary + Size), VarListEntry);
- Size += (SectionSize + 3) & ~3;
- }
- if (FullBinary != NULL) {
- free (FullBinary);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#define SIZE_64K 0x10000
-
-/**
- Create the storage and insert it to BFV by calling BfmLib.
-
- @param InputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param OutputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param VarListEntry The pointer to the variable list.
-
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InsertBinaryToBfv (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFdName,
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFdName,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *VarListEntry
-)
-{
- UINT8 *Binary;
- UINT8 *PreBinary;
- UINT32 BinaryLength;
- UINT32 PreBinaryLength;
- UINT32 OptimizedBinaryLength;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT32 OptimizedSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommandFormatString;
- CHAR8 *SectionNameFormatString;
- CHAR8 *SystemCommand;
- CHAR8 *TempSystemCommand;
- INT32 ReturnValue;
- CHAR8 *FileName;
- BOOLEAN SizeOptimizedFlag;
- CHAR8 *SectionName[_MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM];
- UINT32 Index;
- CHAR8 *TemDir;
- //
- // Workaround for static code checkers.
- // Ensures the size of 'IndexStr' can hold all the digits of an unsigned
- // 32-bit integer.
- //
- CHAR8 IndexStr[16];
-
- BinaryLength = 0;
- PreBinaryLength = 0;
- Storage = NULL;
- StorageLink = NULL;
- Binary = NULL;
- PreBinary = NULL;
- Size = 0;
- OptimizedSize = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- SystemCommandFormatString = NULL;
- SectionNameFormatString = NULL;
- SystemCommand = NULL;
- TempSystemCommand = NULL;
- SizeOptimizedFlag = FALSE;
- Index = 0;
- FileName = NULL;
-
- TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);
- SectionNameFormatString = "%s%cTemp%c%s.sec";
-
- memset (SectionName, 0, _MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM * sizeof(CHAR8 *));
- FileName = malloc (strlen (TemDir) + 1 + strlen ("Storage.ffs") + 1);
- if (FileName == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (FileName, "%s%cStorage.ffs", TemDir, OS_SEP);
- //
- // Allocate the buffer which is the same with the input FD
- //
- Binary = malloc (SIZE_64K);
- if (Binary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- PreBinary = malloc (SIZE_64K);
- if (PreBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // If already existed a Storage.ffs in FD, keep the same format when execute update operation whatever input -a or not -a options.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized
- || (!mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv && mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam)
- ) {
- SizeOptimizedFlag = TRUE;
- } else if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv && mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimizedParam && !mMultiPlatformParam.SizeOptimized) {
- printf ("\nWarning. The \"-a\" parameter is ignored.\n");
- }
- //
- // Build the binary for BFV
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (VarListEntry);
-
- while (!IsNull (VarListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if (!Storage->Skip) {
- //
- // Assign the section name under the Temp directory
- //
- sprintf (IndexStr, "%d", Index);
- SectionName[Index] = calloc (
- strlen (SectionNameFormatString) + strlen (TemDir) + strlen(IndexStr) + 1,
- sizeof(CHAR8)
- );
- if (SectionName[Index] == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (
- SectionName[Index],
- "%s%cTemp%c%s.sec",
- TemDir,
- OS_SEP,
- OS_SEP,
- IndexStr
- );
- memset(Binary, 0, SIZE_64K);
- Size = PutStorageToBinary (Storage, Binary, VarListEntry);
- assert (Size < SIZE_64K);
- //
- // Re-calculate the storage section by size optimization
- //
- if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {
- OptimizedSize = OptimizeStorageSection (
- PreBinary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER),
- Binary,
- PreBinary + PreBinaryLength,
- Size
- );
- if (OptimizedSize == 0) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to optimize the storage section.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- //
- // Create the raw section with normal format
- //
- assert (Size < SIZE_64K - sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER));
- BinaryLength = CreateStorageSection (Binary, Size, SectionName[Index]);
- if (BinaryLength == 0) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to create the storage section.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- assert (BinaryLength < SIZE_64K);
-
- //
- // Create the raw section with optimized format
- //
- if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {
- OptimizedBinaryLength = CreateStorageSection (PreBinary + PreBinaryLength, OptimizedSize, SectionName[Index]);
- if (OptimizedBinaryLength == 0) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to create the storage section.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- PreBinaryLength = BinaryLength;
- memcpy (PreBinary, Binary, PreBinaryLength);
- Index++;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (VarListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- //
- // Create the raw ffs by GenFfs
- //
- CreateRawFfs (&SectionName[0], FileName, SizeOptimizedFlag);
-
- //
- // Call BfmLib to insert this binary into the BFV of FD.
- //
- //
- // Construction 'system' command string
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {
- if (mFvNameGuidString != NULL) {
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + strlen (mFvNameGuidString) + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s",
- mInputFdName,
- FileName,
- mOutputFdName,
- mFvNameGuidString
- );
- } else {
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -r \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",
- mInputFdName,
- FileName,
- mOutputFdName
- );
- }
- } else {
- if (mFvNameGuidString != NULL) {
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + strlen (mFvNameGuidString) + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\" -g %s",
- mInputFdName,
- FileName,
- mOutputFdName,
- mFvNameGuidString
- );
- } else {
- SystemCommandFormatString = "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"";
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (SystemCommandFormatString) + strlen (mInputFdName) + strlen (mOutputFdName) + strlen (FileName) + 1
- );
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- sprintf (
- SystemCommand,
- "BfmLib -i \"%s\" \"%s\" \"%s\"",
- mInputFdName,
- FileName,
- mOutputFdName
- );
- }
- }
-
- if (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir[0] != 0) {
- TempSystemCommand = SystemCommand;
- SystemCommand = malloc (
- strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir) + strlen ("\\") + strlen (TempSystemCommand ) + 1
- );
-
- if (SystemCommand == NULL) {
- free (TempSystemCommand);
- goto Done;
- }
- strcpy (SystemCommand, mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir);
- strcat (SystemCommand, OS_SEP_STR);
- strcat (SystemCommand, TempSystemCommand);
- free (TempSystemCommand);
- }
-
- ReturnValue = system (SystemCommand);
- free (SystemCommand);
- remove (FileName);
- if (ReturnValue == -1) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-Done:
- for (Index = 0; SectionName[Index] != NULL; Index++) {
- free (SectionName[Index]);
- }
- if (PreBinary != NULL) {
- free (PreBinary);
- }
- if (Binary) {
- free (Binary);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Create the storage and insert it to NvStoreDatabase.
-
- @param InputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param OutputFdName The pointer to the input fd name.
- @param VarListEntry The pointer to the variable list.
-
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-InsertBinaryToNvStoreDatabase (
- IN CHAR8 *InputFdName,
- IN CHAR8 *OutputFdName,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *VarListEntry
-)
-{
- UINT8 *Binary;
- UINT8 *PreBinary;
- UINT8 *NvStoreDatabaseBuffer;
- UINT32 PreBinaryLength;
- UINT32 Size;
- UINT32 NvStoreDatabaseSize;
- UINT32 OptimizedSize;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- BOOLEAN SizeOptimizedFlag;
- PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *NvStoreBufferHeader;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *PcdDefaultData;
-
- //
- // Workaround for static code checkers.
- // Ensures the size of 'IndexStr' can hold all the digits of an unsigned
- // 32-bit integer.
- //
-
- PreBinaryLength = 0;
- Storage = NULL;
- StorageLink = NULL;
- Binary = NULL;
- PreBinary = NULL;
- NvStoreDatabaseBuffer = NULL;
- PcdDefaultData = NULL;
- Size = 0;
- NvStoreDatabaseSize = 0;
- OptimizedSize = 0;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- SizeOptimizedFlag = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Allocate the buffer which is the same with the input FD
- //
-
- Binary = malloc (SIZE_64K);
- if (Binary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- NvStoreBufferHeader = (PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase;
- NvStoreDatabaseBuffer = malloc (NvStoreBufferHeader->MaxLength);
- if (NvStoreDatabaseBuffer == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- memcpy(NvStoreDatabaseBuffer, gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase, NvStoreBufferHeader->MaxLength);
- PreBinary = malloc (SIZE_64K);
- if (PreBinary == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Memory allocation failed.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- SizeOptimizedFlag = TRUE;
- } else {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Build the binary for BFV
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (VarListEntry);
- while (!IsNull (VarListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if (!Storage->Skip) {
- memset(Binary, 0, SIZE_64K);
- Size = PutStorageToNvStoreBinary (Storage, Binary, VarListEntry);
- assert (Size < SIZE_64K);
- //
- // Re-calculate the storage section by size optimization
- //
- if (PreBinaryLength != 0 && SizeOptimizedFlag) {
- OptimizedSize = OptimizeStorageDeltaData (
- PreBinary,
- Binary,
- NvStoreDatabaseBuffer + NvStoreDatabaseSize,
- Size
- );
- if (OptimizedSize == 0) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to optimize the storage section.\n");
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- goto Done;
- }
- //Alignment
- OptimizedSize = (OptimizedSize + 7) & ~7;
- NvStoreDatabaseSize += OptimizedSize;
- } else {
- //Alignment
- Size = (Size + 7) & ~7;
- PcdDefaultData = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)Binary;
- memcpy(NvStoreDatabaseBuffer + sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER), Binary, Size + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4 );
- PreBinaryLength = Size + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4;
- NvStoreDatabaseSize = sizeof(PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER) + PreBinaryLength;
- memcpy(PreBinary, Binary, PreBinaryLength);
- }
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (VarListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- if (NvStoreBufferHeader->Length != NvStoreDatabaseSize) {
- ((PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER *)NvStoreDatabaseBuffer)->Length = NvStoreDatabaseSize;
- }
- memcpy(gEfiFdInfo.NvStoreDatabase, NvStoreDatabaseBuffer, NvStoreDatabaseSize);
-
-Done:
- DestroyAllStorage (&mAllVarListEntry);
- if (PreBinary != NULL) {
- free (PreBinary);
- }
- if (Binary) {
- free (Binary);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-extern UINT32 mMaxCount;
-extern UINT32 mCount;
-extern CHAR8 *mStringBuffer;
-
-/**
- Read the HII configure file from all FFS
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-ReadCongFile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT16 DefaultIndex;
- UINT16 PlatformIndex;
- UINT16 PreDefaultId;
- UINT64 PrePlatformId;
- LIST_ENTRY NewStorageListHead;
- BOOLEAN BfvOverried;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
-
- Storage = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BfvOverried = FALSE;
- Index = 0;
- PreDefaultId = 0xFFFF;
- PrePlatformId = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF;
- //
- // Read all Ifr information to Formset list
- //
- for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {
- Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Read defaultId and platformId
- //
- if (!gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // If existed the variable data in BFV, abstract them to a variable list.
- // If not exsited, just skip it.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- Status = ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase(&mBfvVarListEntry);
- } else {
- Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- BfvOverried = TRUE;
- }
- }
- //
- // If not existed the storage data in BFV, evaluate the
- // default value according to the defaultId and platformId
- // Or else, skip it.
- //
- if (!BfvOverried) {
- Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (FALSE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Output the question and value information on screen
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // Multi-platform mode support
- //
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- while (!IsNull (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- if (PreDefaultId == Storage->DefaultId[0] && PrePlatformId == Storage->PlatformId[0]) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);
- continue;
- } else {
- PreDefaultId = Storage->DefaultId[0];
- PrePlatformId = Storage->PlatformId[0];
- }
- InitializeListHead(&NewStorageListHead);
- //
- // Use the varaible stroage list from BFV
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList(
- &NewStorageListHead,
- &mBfvVarListEntry,
- Storage->DefaultId[0],
- Storage->PlatformId[0],
- FALSE,
- READ
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (IsListEmpty (&NewStorageListHead)) {
- continue;
- }
- Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &NewStorageListHead);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (&mBfvVarListEntry, StorageLink);
- }
- } else {
- for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {
- for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {
- InitializeListHead(&NewStorageListHead);
- if (BfvOverried) {
- //
- // Use the varaible stroage list from BFV
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList(
- &NewStorageListHead,
- &mBfvVarListEntry,
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex],
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex],
- FALSE,
- READ
- );
- } else {
- //
- // Use the varaible storage list from IFR
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList(
- &NewStorageListHead,
- &mAllVarListEntry,
- mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex],
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex],
- FALSE,
- READ
- );
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (IsListEmpty (&NewStorageListHead)) {
- continue;
- }
- Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &NewStorageListHead);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- DestroyAllStorage (&NewStorageListHead);
- }
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = PrintInfoInAllFormset (&mFormSetListEntry, &mAllVarListEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Update the HII setup value.
-
- Read the Config information from config file, and then compare it with the current FFS.
- Record the different value to EFI variable.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param Length the length of FFS
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-UpdateCongFile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 Index;
- BOOLEAN BfvOverried;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- BfvOverried = FALSE;
- Index = 0;
- //
- // Read all Ifr information to Formset list
- //
- for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {
- Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Read defaultId and platformId
- //
- if (!gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // If existed the variable data in BFV, abstract them to a variable list.
- // If not exsited, just skip it.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- Status = ReadStorageFromNvStoreDatabase (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- } else {
- Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- }
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- BfvOverried = TRUE;
- }
- }
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && BfvOverried) {
- if (mUqiList == NULL) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- Status = CheckValueUpdateList ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Evaluate the default value according to the defaultId and platformId
- //
- if (mUqiList == NULL) {
- Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (FALSE);
- } else {
- Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (TRUE);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // print error information in UQI list
- //
- if (PrintErrorInfo (mUqiList)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Output the variable information to BFV in multi-platform mode
- // Or write it to the Nvstrage in general mode
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- if (ExistEfiVarOrNot (&mAllVarListEntry) && Operations == UPDATE) {
- printf ("Error. Please use --remove or --ignore to update the variable storage for an FD with variables in its NvStorage.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Sync the data from List data to efi variable.
- //
- Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (FALSE, &mAllVarListEntry);
- if (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES) {
- printf ("Error. There is no available space in efi variable. \n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- PrintUpdateListInfo (mUqiList);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Quick Update the HII setup value.
-
- Read the Config information from command line directly, and then compare it with the current FFS.
- Record the different value to EFI variable.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-QuickUpdateCongFile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 Index;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index = 0;
-
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- printf ("Error. The quick update operation is not supported in multi-platform mode.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Check whether the FD has included the storage FFS
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.ExistStorageFfsInBfv) {
- printf ("Error. Variable storage exists in BFV of Fd. This is generated in multi-platform mode.\n");
- printf ("Error. The quick update operation is not supported in multi-platform mode.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Read all Ifr information to Formset list
- //
- for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {
- Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Evaluate the default value according to the defaultId and platformId
- //
- Status = EvaluateTheValueInFormset (TRUE);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // print error information in UQI list
- //
- if (PrintErrorInfo (mUqiList)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Sync the data from mAllVarListEntry data to efi variable.
- //
- Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (FALSE, &mAllVarListEntry);
- if (Status == EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES) {
- printf ("Error. There is no available space in Nvstorage. \n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- PrintUpdateListInfo (mUqiList);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the HII setup value.
-
- Read the Config information from config file, and then compare it with the current FFS.
- Print the different values on screen.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-CheckCongFile (
- VOID
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT32 Index;
- UINT16 DefaultIndex;
- UINT16 PlatformIndex;
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- UINT64 PlatformId;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- Index = 0;
- DefaultIndex = 0;
- PlatformIndex = 0;
- DefaultId = 0;
- PlatformId = 0;
- //
- // Read all Ifr information to Formset list
- //
- for (Index = 0; (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) && (gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index] != 0); Index++) {
- Status = ReadAllIfrToFromset (
- gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index],
- gEfiFdInfo.Length[Index]
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Read defaultId and platformId
- //
- Status = ReadDefaultAndPlatformId (&mFormSetListEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Read the config data from BFV in multi-platform mode
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- Status = ReadStorageFromBfv (&mAllVarListEntry);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Error. No storage variable data exists in BFV.\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
-
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- ScanUqiFullList (mUqiList);
-
- //
- // Multi-platform mode support
- //
- for (DefaultIndex = 0; DefaultIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultIdNum; DefaultIndex++) {
- for (PlatformIndex = 0; PlatformIndex < mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdNum; PlatformIndex++) {
- DefaultId = mMultiPlatformParam.DefaultId[DefaultIndex];
- PlatformId = mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformId[PlatformIndex];
- //
- //Only parse one time, if a group of defaultId and platformId which have the same variable
- // Take the first one as a key Id of a group
- //
- if (NoTheKeyIdOfGroup (DefaultId, PlatformId)) {
- continue;
- }
-
- InitializeListHead(&mVarListEntry);
- Status = BuildVariableList(
- &mVarListEntry,
- &mAllVarListEntry,
- DefaultId,
- PlatformId,
- FALSE,
- VERIFY
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (IsListEmpty (&mVarListEntry)) {
- continue;
- }
- SetUqiParametersMultiMode (mUqiList, DefaultId, PlatformId);
- DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);
- }
- }
- } else {
- //
- // General mode
- //
- Status = ExtractDefault (
- NULL,
- NULL,
- 0,
- 0,
- SystemLevel
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // If existed the variable in NvStorage, copy them to mVarListEntry.
- // Synchronize the default value from the EFI variable zone to variable list
- //
- Status = EfiVarAndListExchange (TRUE, &mVarListEntry);
- if (Status == EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // Update the value from script file
- //
- Status = SetUqiParameters (mUqiList,0, 0);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Copy Stroage from mVarListEntry to mAllVarListEntry
- //
- Status = BuildVariableList (&mAllVarListEntry, &mVarListEntry, 0, 0, TRUE, VERIFY);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- PrintVerifiedListInfo (mUqiList);
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the config file from the path list.
-
- Split the path from env PATH, and then search the cofig
- file from these paths. The priority is from left to
- right of PATH string. When met the first Config file, it
- will break and return the pointer to the full file name.
-
- @param PathList the pointer to the path list.
- @param FileName the pointer to the file name.
-
- @retval The pointer to the file name.
- @return NULL An error occurred.
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-SearchConfigFromPathList (
- IN CHAR8 *PathList,
- IN CHAR8 *FileName
-)
-{
- CHAR8 *CurDir;
- CHAR8 *FileNamePath;
-
- CurDir = NULL;
- FileNamePath = NULL;
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- CurDir = strtok (PathList,";");
-#else
- CurDir = strtok (PathList,":");
-#endif
- while (CurDir != NULL) {
- FileNamePath = (char *)calloc(
- strlen (CurDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) +strlen (FileName) + 1,
- sizeof(char)
- );
- if (FileNamePath == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
- sprintf(FileNamePath, "%s%c%s", CurDir, OS_SEP, FileName);
- if (access (FileNamePath, 0) != -1) {
- return FileNamePath;
- }
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- CurDir = strtok(NULL, ";");
-#else
- CurDir = strtok(NULL, ":");
-#endif
- free (FileNamePath);
- FileNamePath = NULL;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- FCE application entry point
-
- @param argc The number of input parameters.
- @param *argv[] The array pointer to the parameters.
-
- @retval 0 The application exited normally.
- @retval 1 An error occurred.
- @retval 2 An error about check occurred.
-
-**/
-int
-main (
- int argc,
- char *argv[]
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FILE *OutputFd;
- FILE *ScriptFile;
- UINTN BytesWrite;
- UINTN Index;
- CHAR8 *TemDir;
- BOOLEAN IsFileExist;
- CHAR8 FullGuidToolDefinition[_MAX_PATH];
- CHAR8 *PathList;
- UINTN EnvLen;
- CHAR8 *NewPathList;
- UINTN FileNameIndex;
- CHAR8 *InFilePath;
- BOOLEAN UqiIsSet;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- OutputFd = NULL;
- ScriptFile = NULL;
- Operations = NONE;
- BytesWrite = 0;
- Index = 0;
- TemDir = NULL;
- mFormSetOrderRead = 0;
- mFormSetOrderParse = 0;
- IsFileExist = TRUE;
- PathList = NULL;
- NewPathList = NULL;
- EnvLen = 0;
- UqiIsSet = FALSE;
-
- TemDir = getcwd (NULL, _MAX_PATH);
- if (strlen (TemDir) + strlen (OS_SEP_STR) + strlen (TEMP_DIR_NAME) > _MAX_PATH - 1) {
- printf ("The directory is too long \n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- strncat (TemDir, OS_SEP_STR, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);
- strncat (TemDir, TEMP_DIR_NAME, _MAX_PATH - strlen (TemDir) - 1);
- memset (&mMultiPlatformParam, 0, sizeof (MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS));
-
- SetUtilityName (UTILITY_NAME);
- //
- // Workaroud: the first call to this function
- // returns a file name ends with dot
- //
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- tmpnam (NULL);
-#else
- CHAR8 tmp[] = "/tmp/fileXXXXXX";
- UINTN Fdtmp;
- Fdtmp = mkstemp(tmp);
- close(Fdtmp);
-#endif
- //
- // Save, and then skip filename arg
- //
- mUtilityFilename = argv[0];
- argc--;
- argv++;
- //
- // Get the same path with the application itself
- //
- if (strlen (mUtilityFilename) > _MAX_PATH - 1) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 2000, "Parameter: The input file name is too long", NULL);
- return FAIL;
- }
- strncpy (FullGuidToolDefinition, mUtilityFilename, _MAX_PATH - 1);
- FullGuidToolDefinition[_MAX_PATH - 1] = 0;
- FileNameIndex = strlen (FullGuidToolDefinition);
- while (FileNameIndex != 0) {
- FileNameIndex --;
- if (FullGuidToolDefinition[FileNameIndex] == OS_SEP) {
- FullGuidToolDefinition[FileNameIndex] = 0;
- strcpy (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, FullGuidToolDefinition);
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Build the path list for Config file scan. The priority is below.
- // 1. Scan the current path
- // 2. Scan the same path with the application itself
- // 3. Scan the current %PATH% of OS environment
- // 4. Use the build-in default configuration
- //
- PathList = getenv("PATH");
- if (PathList == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 1001, "Option: Environment variable 'PATH' does not exist", NULL);
- return FAIL;
- }
- EnvLen = strlen(PathList);
- NewPathList = (char *)calloc(
- strlen (".")
- + strlen (";")
- + strlen (mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir)
- + strlen (";")
- + EnvLen
- + 1,
- sizeof(char)
- );
- if (NewPathList == NULL) {
- Error (NULL, 0, 4001, "Resource: Memory can't be allocated", NULL);
- PathList = NULL;
- free (PathList);
- return -1;
- }
-#ifndef __GNUC__
- sprintf (NewPathList, "%s;%s;%s", ".", mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, PathList);
-#else
- sprintf (NewPathList, "%s:%s:%s", ".", mFullGuidToolDefinitionDir, PathList);
-#endif
-
- PathList = NULL;
- free (PathList);
-
- //
- // Load Guid Tools definition
- //
- InFilePath = SearchConfigFromPathList(NewPathList, mGuidToolDefinition);
- free (NewPathList);
- if (InFilePath != NULL) {
- printf ("\nThe Guid Tool Definition comes from the '%s'. \n", InFilePath);
- mParsedGuidedSectionTools = ParseGuidedSectionToolsFile (InFilePath);
- free (InFilePath);
- } else {
- //
- // Use the pre-defined standard guided tools.
- //
- printf ("\nThe Guid Tool Definition comes from the build-in default configuration. \n");
- mParsedGuidedSectionTools = PreDefinedGuidedTools ();
- }
- //
- // Parse the command line
- //
- strcpy (mSetupTxtName, "NoSetupFile");
- Status = ParseCommmadLine (argc,argv);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Print utility header
- //
- printf ("\nIntel(R) Firmware Configuration Editor. (Intel(R) %s) Version %d.%d. %s.\n\n",
- UTILITY_NAME,
- UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION,
- UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION,
- __BUILD_VERSION
- );
- //
- // Check the revision of BfmLib
- //
- Status = CheckBfmLibRevision ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Please use the correct revision of BfmLib %s. \n", __BUILD_VERSION);
- return FAIL;
- }
- if (strcmp (mSetupTxtName, "NoSetupFile")) {
- ScriptFile = fopen (mSetupTxtName, "r");
- if (ScriptFile == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Cannot open the script file.\n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- Status = PickUpUqiFromScript (ScriptFile);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- fclose (ScriptFile);
- IsFileExist = FALSE;
- goto Done;
- }
- fclose (ScriptFile);
- }
- if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot
- && (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE || Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE)
- ) {
- printf ("Error. --remove and --ignore cannot be used in normal mode.\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- if (access (TemDir, 0) != -1) {
- LibRmDir (TemDir);
- }
-
- //
- // Initialize the variables
- //
- Status = PickUpFfsFromFd ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Error. Invalid FD file.\n");
- IsFileExist = FALSE;
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[0] == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Cannot find any HII offset in current FD files, please check the BaseTools.\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- //Config the global variables
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {
- UqiIsSet = TRUE;
- }
- Status = GetEfiVariablesAddr (UqiIsSet);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Error. Cannot locate the EFI variable zone in FD.\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase && !mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot = TRUE;
- }
- //
- // Initialize the FormSet and VarList List
- //
- InitializeListHead (&mFormSetListEntry);
- InitializeListHead (&mVarListEntry);
- InitializeListHead (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- InitializeListHead (&mAllVarListEntry);
-
- mStringBuffer = malloc (mMaxCount);
- if (mStringBuffer == NULL) {
- printf ("Fali to allocate memory!\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
-
- //
- // Decide how to deal with the Fd
- //
- switch (Operations) {
-
- case READ:
- printf ("\nStart the Read Mode:\n");
- Status = ReadCongFile ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FAIL;
- }
- break;
-
- case UPDATE:
- case UPDATE_REMOVE:
- case UPDATE_IGNORE:
- printf ("\nStart the Update Mode:\n");
- Status = UpdateCongFile ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FAIL;
- }
- break;
-
- case VERIFY:
- printf ("\nStart the Verify Mode:\n");
- Status = CheckCongFile ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = VR_FAIL;
- }
- break;
-
- case UPDATEQ:
- printf ("\nStart the Update Quick Mode:\n");
- Status = QuickUpdateCongFile ();
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Status = FAIL;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (mCount > 0) {
- mStringBuffer[mCount] = '\0';
- fwrite (mStringBuffer, sizeof (CHAR8), mCount, stdout);
- }
- free (mStringBuffer);
-
- if (Status != SUCCESS) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // If multi-platform mode, insert the variables to BFV
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot
- && (IsListEmpty (&mAllVarListEntry) == FALSE)
- &&((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) || (Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ))
- ) {
- IsFileExist = FALSE;
- if (gEfiFdInfo.ExistNvStoreDatabase) {
- Status = InsertBinaryToNvStoreDatabase (mInputFdName, mOutputFdName, &mAllVarListEntry);
- } else {
- Status = InsertBinaryToBfv (mInputFdName, mOutputFdName, &mAllVarListEntry);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- // Remove the variables in NvStorage in multi-platform mode by user specified requirement
- //
- if (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) {
- if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd != NULL) {
- free (gEfiFdInfo.Fd);
- }
- gEfiFdInfo.Fd = ReadFileToMemory (mOutputFdName, &gEfiFdInfo.FdSize);
- if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd == NULL) {
- Status = EFI_ABORTED;
- } else {
- Status = RemoveEfiVar (&mAllVarListEntry);
- }
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to remove the variable from NVRAM.\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (
- (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot &&((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ)))
- || (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE || ((Operations == UPDATE) && IsListEmpty (&mAllVarListEntry))))
- ) {
- OutputFd = fopen (mOutputFdName, "wb+");
- if (OutputFd == NULL) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to create the output FD file.\n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- fseek (OutputFd, 0, SEEK_SET);
- BytesWrite = fwrite (gEfiFdInfo.Fd, sizeof (CHAR8), gEfiFdInfo.FdSize, OutputFd);
- fclose (OutputFd);
- if (BytesWrite != gEfiFdInfo.FdSize) {
- printf ("Error. Failed to create the FD image. \n");
- Status = FAIL;
- goto Done;
- }
- }
- if ((Operations == UPDATE) || (Operations == UPDATE_REMOVE) || (Operations == UPDATE_IGNORE) || (Operations == UPDATEQ)) {
- printf ("\nCongratulations. The output Fd file '%s' has been completed successfully.\n", mOutputFdName);
- }
-Done:
- //
- // Delete the temporary directory and files
- //
- if (IsFileExist) {
- LibRmDir (TemDir);
- }
- //
- // Clean up
- //
- if (gEfiFdInfo.Fd != NULL) {
- free (gEfiFdInfo.Fd);
- }
-
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Value != NULL) {
- free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Value);
- }
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {
- free (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);
- }
- while (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index] != NULL) {
- free (gEfiFdInfo.FfsArray[Index++]);
- }
-
- DestroyAllFormSet (&mFormSetListEntry);
- DestroyAllStorage (&mVarListEntry);
- DestroyAllStorage (&mBfvVarListEntry);
- DestroyAllStorage (&mAllVarListEntry);
- FreeUnidirectionList (mUqiList);
-
- return Status;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f5a87baf3..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4836 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Parser for IFR binary encoding.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "IfrParse.h"
-
-#ifndef EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID
-#define EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID \
- {0x82DDD68B, 0x9163, 0x4187, {0x9B, 0x27, 0x20, 0xA8, 0xFD, 0x60 ,0xA7, 0x1D}}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT
-#define EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT 0x3F
-#endif
-
-UINT16 mStatementIndex;
-UINT16 mExpressionOpCodeIndex;
-
-BOOLEAN mInScopeSubtitle;
-BOOLEAN mInScopeSuppress;
-BOOLEAN mInScopeGrayOut;
-BOOLEAN mInScopeDisable;
-FORM_EXPRESSION *mSuppressExpression;
-FORM_EXPRESSION *mGrayOutExpression;
-FORM_EXPRESSION *mDisableExpression;
-
-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS mMultiPlatformParam;
-extern LIST_ENTRY mVarListEntry;
-extern LIST_ENTRY mFormSetListEntry;
-extern UINT32 mFormSetOrderParse;
-
-#define FORM_SET_GUID_PREFIX "Form Set GUID: "
-#define EFI_GUID_FORMAT "%08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x"
-
-UINT32 mMaxCount = 0x100000;
-UINT32 mCount = 0;
-CHAR8 *mStringBuffer = NULL;
-static EFI_GUID gEdkiiIfrBitVarGuid = EDKII_IFR_BIT_VARSTORE_GUID;
-
-/**
- Produces a Null-terminated ASCII string in mStringBuffer based on a Null-terminated
- ASCII format string and variable argument list.
-
- @param FormatString A null-terminated ASCII format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the
- format string specified by FormatString.
-**/
-VOID
-StringPrint (
- CHAR8 *FormatString,
- ...
-)
-{
- va_list Marker;
- INT32 Count;
-
- va_start (Marker, FormatString);
- Count = vsprintf (mStringBuffer + mCount, FormatString, Marker);
- mCount = mCount + Count;
- va_end (Marker);
- if (mCount + 0x400 > mMaxCount) {
- mStringBuffer[mCount] = '\0';
- fwrite (mStringBuffer, sizeof (CHAR8), mCount, stdout);
- mCount = 0;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Print the information of questions.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the form.
- @param Question The pointer to the question.
- @param PrintOrNot Decide whether print or not.
-
- @return NULL.
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-PrintQuestion (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN BOOLEAN PrintOrNot
- );
-
-/**
- Writes a Unicode string specified by iStringToken and iLanguage to the script file (converted to ASCII).
-
- @param Package A pointer to the Unicode string.
-
- @return NULL
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-LogUnicodeString (
- IN CHAR16 *pcString
- )
-{
- UINTN Index;
-
- if (pcString == NULL) {
- return;
- }
- //
- // replace the 0x0D to 0x20, because if the pcString has 0D 0A, then after print it,
- // different editor may have different format
- //
- for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- if (pcString[Index] == 0x0D) {
- pcString[Index] = 0x20;
- }
-
- StringPrint("%c", pcString[Index] & 0x00FF);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Writes a UQIL Unicode string specified by iStringToken to the script file as an array of 16-bit integers in ASCII.
-
- @param Package A pointer to the Unicode string.
-
- @return NULL
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-LogUqi (
- IN CHAR16 *pcString
- )
-{
- UINT16 Index;
- //
- // Find the UNICODE string length (in CHAR16)
- //
- for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++);
- //
- // Write each word as a hex integer
- //
- for (Index = 0; pcString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- StringPrint("%04X ", pcString[Index]);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Get the question value with bit field from the buffer.
-
- @param Question The question refer to bit field.
- @param Buffer The buffer which the question value get from.
- @param Value Retun the value.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetBitsQuestionValue(
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- OUT UINT32 *Value
- )
-{
- UINT32 PreBits;
- UINT32 Mask;
-
- PreBits = Question->BitVarOffset - Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset * 8;
- Mask = (1<< Question->BitStorageWidth) -1;
-
- *Value = *(UINT32*)Buffer;
- (*Value) >>= PreBits;
- (*Value) &= Mask;
-}
-
-/**
- Set the question value with bit field to the buffer.
-
- @param Question The question refer to bit field.
- @param Buffer The buffer which the question value set to.
- @param Value The value need to set.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetBitsQuestionValue (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN OUT UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINT32 Value
- )
-{
- UINT32 PreBits;
- UINT32 Mask;
- UINT32 TmpValue;
-
- PreBits = Question->BitVarOffset - Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset * 8;
- Value <<= PreBits;
- Mask = (1<< Question->BitStorageWidth) -1;
- Mask <<= PreBits;
-
- TmpValue = *(UINT32*)(Buffer);
- TmpValue = (TmpValue & (~Mask)) | Value;
- CopyMem ((UINT32*)Buffer, &TmpValue, sizeof (UINT32));
-}
-
-/**
- Print the current value of the specified question.
-
- @param Question The pointer to question
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-LogIfrValue (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
- UINT32 Value;
-
- VarBuffer = NULL;
-
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Log the Value
- //
- if (
- (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else if (
- (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) \
- && VarList->NewEfiVarstore
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else if (
- (Question->StorageWidth > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) \
- && !VarList->NewEfiVarstore
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else {
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- GetBitsQuestionValue (Question, VarBuffer, &Value);
- VarBuffer = (UINT8*)(&Value);
- }
- switch (Question->StorageWidth) {
-
- case sizeof (UINT8):
- StringPrint("%02X", (*(UINT8 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFF);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT16):
- StringPrint("%04X", (*(UINT16 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFFFF);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT32):
- StringPrint("%08X", (*(UINT32 *)VarBuffer) & 0xFFFFFFFF);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT64):
- StringPrint("%016llX", *((UINT64 *)VarBuffer));
- break;
-
- default:
- StringPrint("0000 // Width > 16 is not supported -- FAILURE");
- break;
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Print the current value of the STRING question.
-
- @param Question The pointer to question
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-LogIfrValueStr (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
-
- VarBuffer = NULL;
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- //
- // Log the Value
- //
- if (
- (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else if (
- (Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) \
- && VarList->NewEfiVarstore
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else if (
- (Question->StorageWidth > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) \
- && !VarList->NewEfiVarstore
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else {
- StringPrint("\"");
- LogUnicodeString((CHAR16 *)VarBuffer);
- StringPrint("\"");
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Print the current values of an Ordered List question.
-
- @param Question The pointer to question
- @param MaxEntries The max number of options
- @param VarList The dual pointer to the Node of VarList
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-LogIfrValueList (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 CurrentEntry;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
-
- CurrentEntry = 0;
- VarBuffer = NULL;
-
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StringPrint("\nCouldn't read current variable data.");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Log the value
- //
- if (
- ((Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset + Question->MaxContainers) > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else if (
- (Question->MaxContainers > VarList->Size) \
- && (VarList->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- ) {
- StringPrint("0000 // Offset larger than Variable Size -- FAILURE");
- } else {
- for (CurrentEntry = 0; CurrentEntry < Question->MaxContainers; CurrentEntry++) {
-
- switch (Question->StorageWidth/Question->MaxContainers){
-
- case 1:
- StringPrint("%02X ", VarBuffer[CurrentEntry]);
- break;
-
- case 2:
- StringPrint("%04X ", *((UINT16 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));
- break;
-
- case 4:
- StringPrint("%08X ", *((UINT32 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));
- break;
-
- case 8:
- StringPrint("%016llX ", *((UINT64 *)VarBuffer + CurrentEntry));
- break;
-
- default:
- StringPrint("%02X ", VarBuffer[CurrentEntry]);
- }
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Compare two Uqi parameters
-
- @param UqiParm1 The pointer to the first Uqi parameter.
- @param UqiParm2 The pointer to the second Uqi parameter.
-
- @retval TRUE If these two Uqi parameters are the same, return TRUE;
- @return FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE;
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CompareUqiHeader (
- IN CONST UQI_HEADER *UqiParm1,
- IN CONST UQI_HEADER *UqiParm2
- )
-{
- INT32 Index;
-
- if (UqiParm1->HexNum != UqiParm2->HexNum) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- for (Index = UqiParm1->HexNum - 1; Index >= 0; Index--) {
- if (UqiParm1->Data[Index] != UqiParm2->Data[Index]) {
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Check whether existed a same variable in the LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @param CurVarList A pointer to a variable node.
-
- @return Pointer If existed the same variable, return the pointer to the Node.
- @return NULL Otherwise, return FALSE
-
-**/
-static
-FORMSET_STORAGE *
-NotSameVariableInVarList (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *VariableListEntry,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *StorageNode
- )
-{
- FORMSET_STORAGE *CurNode;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead;
-
- StorageListHead = VariableListEntry;
- CurNode = NULL;
-
- //
- // Find Storage for this Question
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {
- CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (!CompareGuid (&StorageNode->Guid, &CurNode->Guid) \
- && (CurNode->Name != NULL) \
- && (StorageNode->Name != NULL) \
- && !FceStrCmp (StorageNode->Name, CurNode->Name) \
- && (StorageNode - CurNode != 0)
- ) {
- //
- // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are
- // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same
- // in general mode
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == StorageNode->Type)) {
- //
- // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.
- //
- return CurNode;
- break;
- } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- return CurNode;
- break;
- }
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the UniString by the offset.
-
- @param UniPackge A pointer to the beginning of Null-terminated Unicode string Array.
- @param CurUniPackge A pointer to the current position of Null-terminated Unicode string Array.
- @param VarDefaultNameId The string ID.
- @param CurOrDefaultLang Use the current language or the default language.
- @param VarDefaultName return the name string.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-GetStringByOffset (
- IN UINT8 *UniPackge,
- IN UINT8 *CurUniPackge,
- IN UINT16 VarDefaultNameId,
- IN BOOLEAN CurOrDefaultLang,
- IN OUT CHAR16 **VarDefaultName
- )
-{
- UINT8 *HiiStringHeader;
- UINT32 Offset;
- UINT32 Count;
- UINT32 Index;
- EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *Block;
- VOID *ThisBlock;
-
- assert ((UniPackge != NULL) && (CurUniPackge != NULL));
-
- HiiStringHeader = NULL;
- Offset = 1;
- Count = 0;
- Block = NULL;
- ThisBlock = NULL;
-
- if (VarDefaultNameId == 0) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (CurOrDefaultLang) {
- HiiStringHeader = CurUniPackge;
- } else {
- HiiStringHeader = UniPackge + 4;
- }
-
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)HiiStringHeader + ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)HiiStringHeader)->HdrSize);
- //
- // Search the matched String in specificated language package by the Offset
- //
- while( Block->BlockType != EFI_HII_SIBT_END ) {
- switch (Block->BlockType) {
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)&((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)(((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock) + 1);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for( Count= ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) {
- for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- }
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)&((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for( Count = ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_SCSU_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- if (Offset == VarDefaultNameId) {
- *VarDefaultName = malloc ((FceStrLen ((CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16));
- if (*VarDefaultName == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- memset (
- *VarDefaultName,
- 0,
- (FceStrLen ((CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)
- );
- StrCpy (
- *VarDefaultName,
- (CHAR16 *) ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText
- );
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];
- Offset += 1;
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)& ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRING_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index + 1];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for( Count = ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count; Count--, Index++ ) {
- for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- }
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for( Count= ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringCount, Index = 0 ; Count ; Count--, Index++ ) {
- for ( ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->StringText[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- }
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *) & ((EFI_HII_SIBT_STRINGS_UCS2_FONT_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->StringText[Index];
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_DUPLICATE:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((EFI_HII_SIBT_DUPLICATE_BLOCK *) ThisBlock + 1);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Offset += ((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->SkipCount;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)( (EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock + 1);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Offset += ((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->SkipCount;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((EFI_HII_SIBT_SKIP1_BLOCK *)ThisBlock + 1);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT1:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT1_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->Length);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT2:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT2_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->Length);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT4:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)((UINT8*)ThisBlock + ((EFI_HII_SIBT_EXT4_BLOCK *)ThisBlock)->Length);
- break;
-
- case EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT:
- ThisBlock = (VOID *)Block;
- for (Index = 0 ; ((EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->FontName[Index] != 0 ; Index++) ;
- Block = (EFI_HII_STRING_BLOCK *)& ((EFI_HII_SIBT_FONT_BLOCK *) ThisBlock)->FontName[Index + 1];
- break;
-
- default:
- StringPrint("Unhandled type = 0x%x\n", Block->BlockType);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Parse the UniString to get the string information.
-
- @param CachedStringList A pointer to cached string list
- @param UniPackge A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string Array.
- @param VarDefaultNameId The string ID.
- @param Language The language, en-US UQI or eng.
- @param VarDefaultName return the name string.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS If get the name string successfully
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND An error occurred.
- @return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindDefaultName (
- IN FORMSET_STRING_LIST *CachedStringList,
- IN UINT8 *UniPackge,
- IN UINT16 VarDefaultNameId,
- IN LANGUAGE Language,
- IN OUT CHAR16 **VarDefaultName
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *UniPackgeEnd;
- CHAR8 *UniBin;
- CHAR8 LangStr[10];
- BOOLEAN IsFound;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- EFI_STRING_ID Index;
- STRING_INFO *TempBuffer;
-
- UniBin = NULL;
- IsFound = FALSE;
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
- UniPackgeEnd = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + *(UINT32 *)UniPackge;
-
- //
- //Handle with the invalid usage "STRING_TOKEN(0)"
- //
- if (VarDefaultNameId == 0) {
- *VarDefaultName = L"";
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- if (CachedStringList != NULL) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < CachedStringList->CachedIdNum; Index ++) {
- if (VarDefaultNameId == CachedStringList->StringInfoList[Index].StringId) {
- *VarDefaultName = CachedStringList->StringInfoList[Index].String;
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- switch (Language) {
-
- case UQI:
- strcpy (LangStr, "uqi");
- break;
-
- case EN_US:
- strcpy (LangStr, "en-US");
- break;
-
- case ENG:
- strcpy (LangStr, "eng");
- break;
-
- default:
- strcpy (LangStr, "en-US");
- break;
- }
- IsFound = FALSE;
-
- if (((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- //
- // Search the specified language package
- //
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, LangStr) == 0) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- //
- //If not find the string ID, use the en eng or en-US instead.
- //
- if (!IsFound) {
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
-
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if ((strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en") == 0) \
- || (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en-US") == 0) \
- || (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "eng") == 0) \
- ) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- }
- //
- //If not still find the string ID, use the first one instead.
- //
- Status = GetStringByOffset (
- UniPackge,
- (UINT8 *)UniBin,
- VarDefaultNameId,
- IsFound,
- VarDefaultName
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- //
- //If not find the specified string in UQI package, we use the en en-us eng or uqi insteadly
- //
- IsFound = FALSE;
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
-
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en") == 0) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- Status = GetStringByOffset (
- UniPackge,
- (UINT8 *)UniBin,
- VarDefaultNameId,
- IsFound,
- VarDefaultName
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- IsFound = FALSE;
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
-
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "en-US") == 0) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- Status = GetStringByOffset (
- UniPackge,
- (UINT8 *)UniBin,
- VarDefaultNameId,
- IsFound,
- VarDefaultName
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- IsFound = FALSE;
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
-
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "eng") == 0) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- Status = GetStringByOffset (
- UniPackge,
- (UINT8 *)UniBin,
- VarDefaultNameId,
- IsFound,
- VarDefaultName
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
-
- IsFound = FALSE;
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
-
- while ((UniBin < UniPackgeEnd) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- if (strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "uqi") == 0) {
- IsFound = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- Status = GetStringByOffset (
- UniPackge,
- (UINT8 *)UniBin,
- VarDefaultNameId,
- IsFound,
- VarDefaultName
- );
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- goto Done;
- }
- }
-
-Done:
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- *VarDefaultName = NULL;
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- if (CachedStringList != NULL) {
- if (CachedStringList->CachedIdNum >= CachedStringList->MaxIdNum) {
- TempBuffer = calloc (sizeof (STRING_INFO), CachedStringList->MaxIdNum + STRING_NUMBER);
- if (TempBuffer == NULL) {
- printf ("Fail to allocate memory! \n");
- free (*VarDefaultName);
- *VarDefaultName = NULL;
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- CopyMem (TempBuffer, CachedStringList->StringInfoList, sizeof (STRING_INFO) * CachedStringList->MaxIdNum);
- FreePool (CachedStringList->StringInfoList);
- CachedStringList->StringInfoList = TempBuffer;
- CachedStringList->MaxIdNum = CachedStringList->MaxIdNum + STRING_NUMBER;
- }
- CachedStringList->StringInfoList[CachedStringList->CachedIdNum].StringId = VarDefaultNameId;
- CachedStringList->StringInfoList[CachedStringList->CachedIdNum].String = *VarDefaultName;
- CachedStringList->CachedIdNum ++;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the variable Guid and Name by the variableId and FormSetOrder.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the form.
- @param ListEntry The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND If not find the the variable, or the variable doesn't belong to EfiVarStore or VarStore.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-GetGuidNameByVariableId (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *ListEntry
- )
-{
- FORMSET_STORAGE *CurNode;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR16 *EfiVariableName;
-
- StorageListHead = ListEntry;
- CurNode = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- EfiVariableName = NULL;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {
- CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if ((FormSet->FormSetOrder == CurNode->FormSetOrder) \
- && (Question->VarStoreId == CurNode->VarStoreId)
- ) {
- //
- // Copy type to question to avoid the case that EfiVarStore and VarStore have the same Guid and name.
- //
- Question->Type = CurNode->Type;
- Question->NewEfiVarstore = CurNode->NewEfiVarstore;
- Question->Attributes = CurNode->Attributes;
-
- if (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {
- CopyMem (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- //
- // If the first time to access the old EfiVarStore, need to sync the variable name
- //
- if (!CurNode->NewEfiVarstore) {
- if (CurNode->Buffer == NULL) {
- CurNode->Buffer = malloc (Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- if (CurNode->Name == NULL) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarName,
- EN_US,
- &EfiVariableName
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- CurNode->Name = EfiVariableName;
- }
- if (CurNode->Size == 0) {
- CurNode->Size = Question->StorageWidth;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check whether the Efivariable variable name is valid.
- //
- if ((CurNode->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen (CurNode->Name) == 0)) {
- StringPrint ("Error. The variable name of question is NULL. Its UQI is: ");
- StringPrint("Q %04X ", Question->Uqi.HexNum);
- LogUqi (Question->Uqi.Data);
- StringPrint ("\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {
- Question->VariableName = (CHAR16 *) malloc (2 * (FceStrLen ((CONST CHAR16 *)CurNode->Name) + 1));
- if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- StrCpy (Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name);
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- } else if (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP) {
- CopyMem (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {
- Question->VariableName = (CHAR16 *) malloc (2 * (FceStrLen ((CONST CHAR16 *)CurNode->Name) + 1));
- if (Question->VariableName == NULL) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check whether the variable variable name is valid.
- //
- if ((CurNode->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen (CurNode->Name) == 0)) {
- StringPrint ("Error. The variable name of question is NULL. UQI:");
- StringPrint("Q %04X ", Question->Uqi.HexNum);
- LogUqi (Question->Uqi.Data);
- StringPrint ("\n");
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- StrCpy (Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name);
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);
- }
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-/**
- Search the variable list according to the variable Guid and name, and return the pointer
- of that Node.
-
- @param HiiObjList The pointer to the Question
- @param VarName The EFI variable name need to be updated to VarList
- @param Offset The offset of the variable
- @param StorageListHead The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY of Storage
- @param Vaue The value in that value offset of the variable
- @param VarList The dual pointer of Varlist
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
- @return EFI_NOT_FOUND
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchVarStorage (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN CHAR16* VarName,
- IN UINT32 Offset,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **Value,
- IN OUT FORMSET_STORAGE **VarList
- )
-{
- FORMSET_STORAGE *CurNode;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- BOOLEAN FindOrNot;
-
- CurNode = NULL;
- FindOrNot = FALSE;
- *VarList = NULL;
- //
- // Find Storage for this Question
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, Link)) {
- CurNode = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- //
- // Deal with the old EfiVarstore before UEFI2.31
- //
- if (!CompareGuid (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid) \
- && (CurNode->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) \
- && !CurNode->NewEfiVarstore \
- && (Question->VariableName != NULL) \
- && (CurNode->Name != NULL) \
- && !FceStrCmp(Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name)
- ) {
- //
- // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are
- // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same
- // in general mode
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == Question->Type)) {
- //
- // check whether exist a old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI or not.
- //
- *Value = (CHAR8 *)CurNode->Buffer;
- *VarList = CurNode;
- FindOrNot = TRUE;
- break;
- } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // check whether exist a old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI or not.
- //
- *Value = (CHAR8 *)CurNode->Buffer;
- *VarList = CurNode;
- FindOrNot = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!CompareGuid (&Question->Guid, &CurNode->Guid) \
- && (CurNode->Name != NULL) \
- && (Question->VariableName != NULL) \
- && !FceStrCmp(Question->VariableName, CurNode->Name)
- ) {
- //
- // If not multi-plaform support mode, take VarStore as the EfiVarStore. So If there are
- // two variables with same guid same name, but different type, we will take as the same
- // in general mode
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot && (CurNode->Type == Question->Type)) {
- //
- // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.
- //
- *Value = (CHAR8 *)(CurNode->Buffer + Offset);
- *VarList = CurNode;
- FindOrNot = TRUE;
- break;
- } else if (!mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // If matched, get the address of EFI_IFR_VARSTORE data.
- //
- *Value = (CHAR8 *)(CurNode->Buffer + Offset);
- *VarList = CurNode;
- FindOrNot = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, Link);
- }
- if (!FindOrNot) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Get the string based on the StringId and HII Package List Handle.
-
- @param Token The String's ID.
- @param HiiHandle The package list in the HII database to search for
- the specified string.
-
- @return The output string.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-GetToken (
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Token,
- IN UINT8 *UniPackge
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
-
- if (UniPackge == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- NULL,
- UniPackge,
- Token,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return VarDefaultName;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize Statement header members.
-
- @param OpCodeData Pointer of the raw OpCode data.
- @param FormSet Pointer of the current FormSe.
- @param Form Pointer of the current Form.
-
- @return The Statement.
-
-**/
-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *
-CreateStatement (
- IN UINT8 *OpCodeData,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form
- )
-{
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Statement;
- EFI_IFR_STATEMENT_HEADER *StatementHdr;
-
- if (Form == NULL) {
- //
- // We are currently not in a Form Scope, so just skip this Statement
- //
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Statement = &FormSet->StatementBuffer[mStatementIndex];
- mStatementIndex++;
-
- InitializeListHead (&Statement->DefaultListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&Statement->OptionListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&Statement->InconsistentListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&Statement->WarningListHead);
-
- Statement->Signature = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE;
-
- Statement->Operand = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode;
- Statement->QuestionReferToBitField = FALSE;
-
- StatementHdr = (EFI_IFR_STATEMENT_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));
- CopyMem (&Statement->Prompt, &StatementHdr->Prompt, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (&Statement->Help, &StatementHdr->Help, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
-
- if (mInScopeSuppress) {
- Statement->SuppressExpression = mSuppressExpression;
- }
-
- if (mInScopeGrayOut) {
- Statement->GrayOutExpression = mGrayOutExpression;
- }
-
-
- if (mInScopeDisable) {
- Statement->DisableExpression = mDisableExpression;
- }
-
- Statement->InSubtitle = mInScopeSubtitle;
-
- //
- // Insert this Statement into current Form
- //
- InsertTailList (&Form->StatementListHead, &Statement->Link);
-
- return Statement;
-}
-
-/**
- Initialize Question's members.
-
- @param OpCodeData Pointer of the raw OpCode data.
- @param FormSet Pointer of the current FormSet.
- @param Form Pointer of the current Form.
-
- @return The Question.
-
-**/
-FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *
-CreateQuestion (
- IN UINT8 *OpCodeData,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form
- )
-{
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Statement;
- EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *QuestionHdr;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- NAME_VALUE_NODE *NameValueNode;
-
- Statement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, Form);
- if (Statement == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- QuestionHdr = (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER));
- CopyMem (&Statement->QuestionId, &QuestionHdr->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
- CopyMem (&Statement->VarStoreId, &QuestionHdr->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));
- CopyMem (&Statement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &QuestionHdr->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, sizeof (UINT16));
-
- Statement->QuestionFlags = QuestionHdr->Flags;
-
- Statement->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;
-
- if (Statement->VarStoreId == 0) {
- //
- // VarStoreId of zero indicates no variable storage
- //
- return Statement;
- }
-
- //
- // Find Storage for this Question
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (FormSet->StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if ((Storage->VarStoreId == Statement->VarStoreId)
- && (Storage->FormSetOrder == Statement->FormSetOrder)) {
- Statement->Storage = Storage;
- break;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link);
- }
- ASSERT (Statement->Storage != NULL);
-
- if (Statement->Storage->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE) {
- Statement->VariableName = GetToken (Statement->VarStoreInfo.VarName, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- ASSERT (Statement->VariableName != NULL);
- //
- // Insert to Name/Value varstore list
- //
- NameValueNode = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (NAME_VALUE_NODE));
- ASSERT (NameValueNode != NULL);
- NameValueNode->Signature = NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE;
- NameValueNode->Name = FceAllocateCopyPool (FceStrSize (Statement->VariableName), Statement->VariableName);
- ASSERT (NameValueNode->Name != NULL);
- NameValueNode->Value = AllocateZeroPool (0x10);
- ASSERT (NameValueNode->Value != NULL);
- NameValueNode->EditValue = AllocateZeroPool (0x10);
- ASSERT (NameValueNode->EditValue != NULL);
-
- InsertTailList (&Statement->Storage->NameValueListHead, &NameValueNode->Link);
- }
-
- return Statement;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocate a FORM_EXPRESSION node.
-
- @param Form The Form associated with this Expression
-
- @return Pointer to a FORM_EXPRESSION data structure.
-
-**/
-FORM_EXPRESSION *
-CreateExpression (
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form
- )
-{
- FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression;
-
- Expression = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_EXPRESSION));
- ASSERT (Expression != NULL);
- Expression->Signature = FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE;
- InitializeListHead (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);
-
- return Expression;
-}
-
-
-/**
- Allocate a FORMSET_STORAGE data structure and insert to FormSet Storage List.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the current FormSet
-
- @return Pointer to a FORMSET_STORAGE data structure.
-
-**/
-FORMSET_STORAGE *
-CreateStorage (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- )
-{
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
-
- Storage = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE));
- ASSERT (Storage != NULL);
- Storage->Signature = FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE;
- InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
- InsertTailList (FormSet->StorageListHead, &Storage->Link);
-
- return Storage;
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources of a Expression.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the Expression
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyExpression (
- IN FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- EXPRESSION_OPCODE *OpCode;
- LIST_ENTRY *SubExpressionLink;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *SubExpression;
-
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Expression->OpCodeListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Expression->OpCodeListHead);
- OpCode = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&OpCode->Link);
-
- if (OpCode->ValueList != NULL) {
- FreePool (OpCode->ValueList);
- }
-
- if (OpCode->ValueName != NULL) {
- FreePool (OpCode->ValueName);
- }
-
- if (OpCode->MapExpressionList.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- while (!IsListEmpty (&OpCode->MapExpressionList)) {
- SubExpressionLink = GetFirstNode(&OpCode->MapExpressionList);
- SubExpression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (SubExpressionLink);
- RemoveEntryList(&SubExpression->Link);
- DestroyExpression (SubExpression);
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free this Expression
- //
- FreePool (Expression);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Free resources of a storage.
-
- @param Storage Pointer of the storage
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyStorage (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- NAME_VALUE_NODE *NameValueNode;
-
- if (Storage == NULL) {
- return;
- }
-
- if (Storage->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (Storage->Name);
- }
- if (Storage->Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (Storage->Buffer);
- }
-
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Storage->NameValueListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
- NameValueNode = NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&NameValueNode->Link);
-
- if (NameValueNode->Name != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameValueNode->Name);
- }
- if (NameValueNode->Value != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameValueNode->Value);
- }
- if (NameValueNode->EditValue != NULL) {
- FreePool (NameValueNode->EditValue);
- }
- FreePool (NameValueNode);
- }
-
- FreePool (Storage);
- Storage = NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for all Storage in an LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyAllStorage (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageEntryListHead
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- //
- // Parse Fromset one by one
- //
- if (StorageEntryListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {
- while (!IsListEmpty (StorageEntryListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (StorageEntryListHead);
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);
-
- DestroyStorage (Storage);
- }
- }
- StorageEntryListHead = NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources of a Statement.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
- @param Statement Pointer of the Statement
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyStatement (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Statement
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_DEFAULT *Default;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression;
-
- //
- // Free Default value List
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->DefaultListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->DefaultListHead);
- Default = QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Default->Link);
-
- if (Default->Value.Buffer != NULL) {
- FreePool(Default->Value.Buffer);
- }
- FreePool (Default);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Options List
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->OptionListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->OptionListHead);
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Option->Link);
-
- FreePool (Option);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Inconsistent List
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->InconsistentListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->InconsistentListHead);
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);
-
- DestroyExpression (Expression);
- }
-
- //
- // Free NoSubmit List
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->NoSubmitListHead);
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);
-
- DestroyExpression (Expression);
- }
-
- //
- // Free WarningIf List
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Statement->WarningListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Statement->WarningListHead);
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);
-
- DestroyExpression (Expression);
- }
- if (Statement->VariableName != NULL) {
- FreePool (Statement->VariableName);
- }
- if (Statement->BufferValue != NULL) {
- FreePool (Statement->BufferValue);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources of a Form.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
- @param Form Pointer of the Form.
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyForm (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Statement;
-
- //
- // Free Form Expressions
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Form->ExpressionListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->ExpressionListHead);
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);
-
- DestroyExpression (Expression);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Statements/Questions
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&Form->StatementListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
- Statement = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Statement->Link);
-
- DestroyStatement (FormSet, Statement);
- }
-
- //
- // Free this Form
- //
- FreePool (Form);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for a FormSet.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyFormSet (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE *DefaultStore;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form;
- UINT16 Index;
-
- //
- // Free FormSet Default Store
- //
- if (FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);
- DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&DefaultStore->Link);
-
- FreePool (DefaultStore);
- }
- }
-
- //
- // Free Formset Expressions
- //
- while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead);
- Expression = FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Expression->Link);
-
- DestroyExpression (Expression);
- }
-
- //
- // Free Forms
- //
- if (FormSet->FormListHead.ForwardLink != NULL) {
- while (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->FormListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&Form->Link);
-
- DestroyForm (FormSet, Form);
- }
- }
-
- if (FormSet->StatementBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (FormSet->StatementBuffer);
- }
- if (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer != NULL) {
- FreePool (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer);
- }
- if (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList != NULL) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < FormSet->EnUsStringList.CachedIdNum; Index ++) {
- FreePool (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList[Index].String);
- }
- FreePool (FormSet->EnUsStringList.StringInfoList);
- }
- if (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList != NULL) {
- for (Index = 0; Index < FormSet->UqiStringList.CachedIdNum; Index ++) {
- FreePool (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList[Index].String);
- }
- FreePool (FormSet->UqiStringList.StringInfoList);
- }
-
- FreePool (FormSet);
-}
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for all FormSet in an LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyAllFormSet (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- //
- // Parse Fromset one by one
- //
- if (FormSetEntryListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {
- while (!IsListEmpty (FormSetEntryListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (Link);
- RemoveEntryList (&FormSet->Link);
- DestroyFormSet (FormSet);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Tell whether this Operand is an Expression OpCode or not
-
- @param Operand Operand of an IFR OpCode.
-
- @retval TRUE This is an Expression OpCode.
- @retval FALSE Not an Expression OpCode.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsExpressionOpCode (
- IN UINT8 Operand
- )
-{
- if (((Operand >= EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_NOT_OP)) ||
- ((Operand >= EFI_IFR_MATCH_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_SET_OP)) ||
- ((Operand >= EFI_IFR_EQUAL_OP) && (Operand <= EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP)) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_CATENATE_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_TO_LOWER_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_TO_UPPER_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_MAP_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP) ||
- (Operand == EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP)) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- Calculate number of Statemens(Questions) and Expression OpCodes.
-
- @param FormSet The FormSet to be counted.
- @param NumberOfStatement Number of Statemens(Questions)
- @param NumberOfExpression Number of Expression OpCodes
-
-**/
-VOID
-CountOpCodes (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN OUT UINT16 *NumberOfStatement,
- IN OUT UINT16 *NumberOfExpression
- )
-{
- UINT16 StatementCount;
- UINT16 ExpressionCount;
- UINT8 *OpCodeData;
- UINTN Offset;
- UINTN OpCodeLen;
-
- Offset = 0;
- StatementCount = 0;
- ExpressionCount = 0;
-
- while (Offset < FormSet->IfrBinaryLength) {
- OpCodeData = FormSet->IfrBinaryData + Offset;
- OpCodeLen = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length;
- Offset += OpCodeLen;
-
- if (IsExpressionOpCode (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode)) {
- ExpressionCount++;
- } else {
- StatementCount++;
- }
- }
-
- *NumberOfStatement = StatementCount;
- *NumberOfExpression = ExpressionCount;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
- Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet data structure.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode parse success.
- @retval Other Opcode parse fail.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseOpCodes (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- UINT16 Index;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *CurrentForm;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *CurrentStatement;
- EXPRESSION_OPCODE *ExpressionOpCode;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *CurrentExpression;
- UINT8 Operand;
- UINT8 Scope;
- UINTN OpCodeOffset;
- UINTN OpCodeLength;
- UINT8 *OpCodeData;
- UINT8 ScopeOpCode;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *TempStorage;
- FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE *DefaultStore;
- QUESTION_DEFAULT *CurrentDefault;
- QUESTION_OPTION *CurrentOption;
- UINT8 Width;
- CHAR8 *AsciiString;
- UINT16 NumberOfStatement;
- UINT16 NumberOfExpression;
- BOOLEAN SuppressForQuestion;
- BOOLEAN SuppressForOption;
- BOOLEAN InScopeOptionSuppress;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *OptionSuppressExpression;
- BOOLEAN InScopeFormSuppress;
- FORM_EXPRESSION *FormSuppressExpression;
- UINT16 DepthOfDisable;
- BOOLEAN OpCodeDisabled;
- BOOLEAN SingleOpCodeExpression;
- BOOLEAN InScopeDefault;
- EFI_HII_VALUE *Value;
- UINT8 MapScopeDepth;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarStorage;
- LIST_ENTRY *MapExpressionList;
- EFI_VARSTORE_ID TempVarstoreId;
- BOOLEAN ConstantFlag;
- FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE *PreDefaultStore;
- LIST_ENTRY *DefaultLink;
- BOOLEAN HaveInserted;
- BOOLEAN BitFieldStorage;
- UINT16 TotalBits;
-
- mInScopeSubtitle = FALSE;
- SuppressForQuestion = FALSE;
- SuppressForOption = FALSE;
- InScopeFormSuppress = FALSE;
- mInScopeSuppress = FALSE;
- InScopeOptionSuppress = FALSE;
- mInScopeGrayOut = FALSE;
- mInScopeDisable = FALSE;
- DepthOfDisable = 0;
- OpCodeDisabled = FALSE;
- SingleOpCodeExpression = FALSE;
- InScopeDefault = FALSE;
- CurrentExpression = NULL;
- CurrentDefault = NULL;
- CurrentOption = NULL;
- OptionSuppressExpression = NULL;
- FormSuppressExpression = NULL;
- MapScopeDepth = 0;
- Link = NULL;
- VarStorage = NULL;
- MapExpressionList = NULL;
- TempVarstoreId = 0;
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- BitFieldStorage = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Get the number of Statements and Expressions
- //
- CountOpCodes (FormSet, &NumberOfStatement, &NumberOfExpression);
-
- mStatementIndex = 0;
- FormSet->StatementBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (NumberOfStatement * sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT));
- if (FormSet->StatementBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- mExpressionOpCodeIndex = 0;
- FormSet->ExpressionBuffer = AllocateZeroPool (NumberOfExpression * sizeof (EXPRESSION_OPCODE));
- if (FormSet->ExpressionBuffer == NULL) {
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
-
- FormSet->StorageListHead = &mVarListEntry;
- InitializeListHead (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&FormSet->FormListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead);
- ResetCurrentExpressionStack ();
- ResetMapExpressionListStack ();
-
- CurrentForm = NULL;
- CurrentStatement = NULL;
-
- ResetScopeStack ();
-
- OpCodeOffset = 0;
- while (OpCodeOffset < FormSet->IfrBinaryLength) {
- OpCodeData = FormSet->IfrBinaryData + OpCodeOffset;
-
- OpCodeLength = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Length;
- OpCodeOffset += OpCodeLength;
- Operand = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->OpCode;
- Scope = ((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) OpCodeData)->Scope;
-
- //
- // If scope bit set, push onto scope stack
- //
- if (Scope != 0) {
- PushScope (Operand);
- }
-
- if (OpCodeDisabled) {
- //
- // DisableIf Expression is evaluated to be TRUE, try to find its end.
- // Here only cares the EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF and EFI_IFR_END
- //
- if (Operand == EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP) {
- DepthOfDisable++;
- } else if (Operand == EFI_IFR_END_OP) {
- Status = PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (ScopeOpCode == EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP) {
- if (DepthOfDisable == 0) {
- mInScopeDisable = FALSE;
- OpCodeDisabled = FALSE;
- } else {
- DepthOfDisable--;
- }
- }
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (IsExpressionOpCode (Operand)) {
- ExpressionOpCode = &FormSet->ExpressionBuffer[mExpressionOpCodeIndex];
- mExpressionOpCodeIndex++;
-
- ExpressionOpCode->Signature = EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE;
- ExpressionOpCode->Operand = Operand;
- Value = &ExpressionOpCode->Value;
-
- switch (Operand) {
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_OP:
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
-
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.u16, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT16));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID_OP:
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId1, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId2, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId2, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST_OP:
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->ListLength, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->ListLength, sizeof (UINT16));
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueList = FceAllocateCopyPool (ExpressionOpCode->ListLength * sizeof (UINT16), &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->ValueList);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TO_STRING_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FIND_OP:
- ExpressionOpCode->Format = (( EFI_IFR_TO_STRING *) OpCodeData)->Format;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.string, &(( EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1 *) OpCodeData)->StringId, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_RULE_REF_OP:
- ExpressionOpCode->RuleId = (( EFI_IFR_RULE_REF *) OpCodeData)->RuleId;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SPAN_OP:
- ExpressionOpCode->Flags = (( EFI_IFR_SPAN *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_THIS_OP:
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId = CurrentStatement->QuestionId;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SECURITY_OP:
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_SECURITY *) OpCodeData)->Permissions, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GET_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_SET_OP:
- CopyMem (&TempVarstoreId, &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (TempVarstoreId));
- if (TempVarstoreId != 0) {
- if (FormSet->StorageListHead->ForwardLink != NULL) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (FormSet->StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link)) {
- VarStorage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if (VarStorage->VarStoreId == ((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId) {
- ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage = VarStorage;
- break;
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (FormSet->StorageListHead, Link);
- }
- }
- if (ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage == NULL) {
- //
- // VarStorage is not found.
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueType = ((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreType;
- switch (ExpressionOpCode->ValueType) {
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 1;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 2;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 4;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = 8;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_DATE);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_TIME);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_REF:
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueWidth = (UINT8) sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_OTHER:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_ACTION:
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER:
- default:
- //
- // Invalid value type for Get/Set opcode.
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarName, &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreInfo.VarName, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, &((EFI_IFR_GET *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset, sizeof (UINT16));
- if ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage != NULL) &&
- ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->Type == EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE)
- || ((ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) && !ExpressionOpCode->VarStorage->NewEfiVarstore))
- ) {
- ExpressionOpCode->ValueName = GetToken (ExpressionOpCode->VarStoreInfo.VarName, FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
- if (ExpressionOpCode->ValueName == NULL) {
- //
- // String ID is invalid.
- //
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1_OP:
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_OP:
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2)) {
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->DevicePath, &(( EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2 *) OpCodeData)->DevicePath, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
-
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3)) {
- CopyMem (&ExpressionOpCode->Guid, &(( EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3 *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // constant
- //
- case EFI_IFR_TRUE_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- Value->Value.b = TRUE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FALSE_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
- Value->Value.b = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- Value->Value.u8 = 1;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ZERO_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- Value->Value.u8 = 0;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONES_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- Value->Value.u64 = 0xffffffffffffffffULL;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_UINT8_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- Value->Value.u8 = (( EFI_IFR_UINT8 *) OpCodeData)->Value;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_UINT16_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.u16, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT16 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT16));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_UINT32_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.u32, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT32 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT32));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_UINT64_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.u64, &(( EFI_IFR_UINT64 *) OpCodeData)->Value, sizeof (UINT64));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_UNDEFINED_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_UNDEFINED;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VERSION_OP:
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- //
- // Create sub expression nested in MAP opcode
- //
- if ((CurrentExpression == NULL) && (MapScopeDepth > 0)) {
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (MapExpressionList != NULL);
- InsertTailList (MapExpressionList, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- if (Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- }
- ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);
- InsertTailList (&CurrentExpression->OpCodeListHead, &ExpressionOpCode->Link);
- if (Operand == EFI_IFR_MAP_OP) {
- //
- // Store current Map Expression List.
- //
- if (MapExpressionList != NULL) {
- PushMapExpressionList (MapExpressionList);
- }
- //
- // Initialize new Map Expression List.
- //
- MapExpressionList = &ExpressionOpCode->MapExpressionList;
- InitializeListHead (MapExpressionList);
- //
- // Store current expression.
- //
- PushCurrentExpression (CurrentExpression);
- CurrentExpression = NULL;
- MapScopeDepth ++;
- } else if (SingleOpCodeExpression) {
- //
- // There are two cases to indicate the end of an Expression:
- // for single OpCode expression: one Expression OpCode
- // for expression consists of more than one OpCode: EFI_IFR_END
- //
- SingleOpCodeExpression = FALSE;
-
- if (mInScopeDisable && (CurrentForm == NULL)) {
- //
- // This is DisableIf expression for Form, it should be a constant expression
- //
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentExpression, &ConstantFlag);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (CurrentExpression->Result.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (!ConstantFlag) {
- StringPrint ("WARNING. The DisableIf expression for Form should be a constant expression.\n");
- }
- OpCodeDisabled = CurrentExpression->Result.Value.b;
- }
-
- CurrentExpression = NULL;
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- //
- // Parse the Opcode
- //
- switch (Operand) {
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:
-
- CopyMem (&FormSet->FormSetTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->FormSetTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (&FormSet->Help, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Help, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (&FormSet->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- if (OpCodeLength > OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET, Flags)) {
- //
- // The formset OpCode contains ClassGuid
- //
- FormSet->NumberOfClassGuid = (UINT8) (((EFI_IFR_FORM_SET *) OpCodeData)->Flags & 0x3);
- CopyMem (FormSet->ClassGuid, OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_FORM_SET), FormSet->NumberOfClassGuid * sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- }
- FormSet->FormSetOrder = ++mFormSetOrderParse;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
- //
- // Create a new Form for this FormSet
- //
- CurrentForm = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_BROWSER_FORM));
- ASSERT (CurrentForm != NULL);
- CurrentForm->Signature = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE;
- InitializeListHead (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead);
- InitializeListHead (&CurrentForm->StatementListHead);
-
- CurrentForm->FormType = STANDARD_MAP_FORM_TYPE;
- CopyMem (&CurrentForm->FormId, &((EFI_IFR_FORM *) OpCodeData)->FormId, sizeof (UINT16));
- CopyMem (&CurrentForm->FormTitle, &((EFI_IFR_FORM *) OpCodeData)->FormTitle, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
-
- if (InScopeFormSuppress) {
- //
- // Form is inside of suppressif
- //
- CurrentForm->SuppressExpression = FormSuppressExpression;
- }
-
- if (Scope != 0) {
- //
- // Enter scope of a Form, suppressif will be used for Question or Option
- //
- SuppressForQuestion = TRUE;
- }
-
- //
- // Insert into Form list of this FormSet
- //
- InsertTailList (&FormSet->FormListHead, &CurrentForm->Link);
- break;
- //
- // Storage
- //
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP:
- //
- // Create a buffer Storage for this FormSet
- //
-
- Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP;
-
- CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));
- CopyMem (&Storage->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- CopyMem (&Storage->Size, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Size, sizeof (UINT16));
-
- Storage->Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Storage->Size);
-
- AsciiString = (CHAR8 *) ((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE *) OpCodeData)->Name;
- Storage->Name = AllocateZeroPool ((strlen (AsciiString) + 1) * 2);
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- for (Index = 0; AsciiString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- Storage->Name[Index] = (CHAR16) AsciiString[Index];
- }
- Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;
-
- //
- // If not existed the same variable in StorageList, insert the new one. Or else, use the old one.
- // If these two variales have the same Guid name but different size, report an error.
- //
- if ((TempStorage = NotSameVariableInVarList (FormSet->StorageListHead, Storage)) != NULL) {
- if (Storage->Size != TempStorage->Size) {
- StringPrint ("Error. Two modules found with VarStore variables with same name %S and GUID %08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x, but with different sizes %d and %d.\n",
- Storage->Name,
- Storage->Guid.Data1,
- Storage->Guid.Data2,
- Storage->Guid.Data3,
- Storage->Guid.Data4[0],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[1],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[2],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[3],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[4],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[5],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[6],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[7],
- Storage->Size,
- TempStorage->Size
- );
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Update the VarStoreId for current question to get the variable guid and name information
- //
- TempStorage->VarStoreId = Storage->VarStoreId;
- TempStorage->FormSetOrder = Storage->FormSetOrder;
- RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);
- DestroyStorage(Storage);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE_OP:
- //
- // Create a name/value Storage for this FormSet
- //
- Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);
- Storage->Type = EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE;
-
- CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));
- CopyMem (&Storage->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP:
- //
- // Create a EFI variable Storage for this FormSet
- //
- Storage = CreateStorage (FormSet);
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;
- CopyMem (&Storage->VarStoreId, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->VarStoreId, sizeof (EFI_VARSTORE_ID));
- CopyMem (&Storage->Guid, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Guid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- CopyMem (&Storage->Attributes, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Attributes, sizeof (UINT32));
- //
- // Check whether the EfiVarStore before UEFI2.31 or not
- //
- Storage->Size = sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD);
- if (((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Header.Length == sizeof (EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD)) {
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = FALSE;
- Storage->Size = 0;
- Storage->Buffer = NULL;
- Storage->Name = NULL;
- Storage->Size = 0;
- } else {
- //
- // EfiVarStore structure for UEFI2.31
- //
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- CopyMem (&Storage->Size, &((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Size, sizeof (UINT16));
-
- Storage->Buffer = AllocateZeroPool (Storage->Size);
- AsciiString = (CHAR8 *) ((EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI *) OpCodeData)->Name;
- Storage->Name = AllocateZeroPool ((strlen (AsciiString) + 1) * 2);
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- for (Index = 0; AsciiString[Index] != 0; Index++) {
- Storage->Name[Index] = (CHAR16) AsciiString[Index];
- }
- }
- Storage->FormSetOrder = mFormSetOrderParse;
- //
- // If not existed the same variable in StorageList, insert the new one. Or else, use the old one.
- // If these two variales have the same Guid name but different size, report an error.
- //
- if ((TempStorage = NotSameVariableInVarList (FormSet->StorageListHead, Storage)) != NULL) {
- if (Storage->Size != TempStorage->Size) {
- StringPrint ("Error. Two modules found with EfiVarStore variables with same name %S and GUID %08x-%04x-%04x-%02x%02x-%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x%02x, but different sizes %d and %d.\n",
- Storage->Name,
- Storage->Guid.Data1,
- Storage->Guid.Data2,
- Storage->Guid.Data3,
- Storage->Guid.Data4[0],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[1],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[2],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[3],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[4],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[5],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[6],
- Storage->Guid.Data4[7],
- Storage->Size,
- TempStorage->Size
- );
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Update the VarStoreId for current question to get the variable guid and name information
- //
- TempStorage->VarStoreId = Storage->VarStoreId;
- TempStorage->FormSetOrder = Storage->FormSetOrder;
- RemoveEntryList (&Storage->Link);
- DestroyStorage( Storage);
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // DefaultStore
- //
- case EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE_OP:
- HaveInserted = FALSE;
- DefaultStore = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE));
- ASSERT (DefaultStore != NULL);
- DefaultStore->Signature = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE;
-
- CopyMem (&DefaultStore->DefaultId, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId, sizeof (UINT16));
- CopyMem (&DefaultStore->DefaultName, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULTSTORE *) OpCodeData)->DefaultName, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
-
- //
- // Insert it to the DefaultStore list of this Formset with ascending order.
- //
- if (!IsListEmpty (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead)) {
- DefaultLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink)) {
- PreDefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(DefaultLink);
- DefaultLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink);
- if (DefaultStore->DefaultId < PreDefaultStore->DefaultId) {
- InsertTailList (&PreDefaultStore->Link, &DefaultStore->Link);
- HaveInserted = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- if (!HaveInserted) {
- InsertTailList (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, &DefaultStore->Link);
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Statements
- //
- case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
-
- if (Scope != 0) {
- mInScopeSubtitle = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TEXT_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->TextTwo, &((EFI_IFR_TEXT *) OpCodeData)->TextTwo, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateStatement (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->DefaultId, &((EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId, sizeof (EFI_DEFAULT_ID));
- break;
-
- //
- // Questions
- //
- case EFI_IFR_ACTION_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_ACTION;
- //
- // No need to deal with the EFI_IFR_ACTION
- //
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_REF_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- Value = &CurrentStatement->HiiValue;
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_REF;
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF)) {
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.FormId, &((EFI_IFR_REF *) OpCodeData)->FormId, sizeof (EFI_FORM_ID));
-
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF2)) {
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.QuestionId, &((EFI_IFR_REF2 *) OpCodeData)->QuestionId, sizeof (EFI_QUESTION_ID));
-
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF3)) {
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.FormSetGuid, &((EFI_IFR_REF3 *) OpCodeData)->FormSetId, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
-
- if (OpCodeLength >= sizeof (EFI_IFR_REF4)) {
- CopyMem (&Value->Value.ref.DevicePath, &((EFI_IFR_REF4 *) OpCodeData)->DevicePath, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- }
- }
- }
- }
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_REF);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- Value = &CurrentStatement->HiiValue;
-
- if (BitFieldStorage) {
- //
- // Get the bit var store info (bit/byte offset, bit/byte offset)
- //
- CurrentStatement->QuestionReferToBitField = TRUE;
- CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth = CurrentStatement->Flags & EDKII_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_BIT;
- CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset = CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
- CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset / 8;
- TotalBits = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset % 8 + CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0? TotalBits / 8: TotalBits / 8 + 1);
- //
- // Get the Minimum/Maximum/Step value(Note: bit field type has been stored as UINT32 type)
- //
- CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MinValue;
- CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MaxValue;
- CurrentStatement->Step = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.Step;
- } else {
- switch (CurrentStatement->Flags & EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE) {
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_1:
- CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.MinValue;
- CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.MaxValue;
- CurrentStatement->Step = ((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u8.Step;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT8);
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_2:
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.MinValue, sizeof (UINT16));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT16));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u16.Step, sizeof (UINT16));
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT16);
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_4:
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MinValue, sizeof (UINT32));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT32));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u32.Step, sizeof (UINT32));
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT32);
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_SIZE_8:
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.MinValue, sizeof (UINT64));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.MaxValue, sizeof (UINT64));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Step, &((EFI_IFR_NUMERIC *) OpCodeData)->data.u64.Step, sizeof (UINT64));
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (UINT64);
- Value->Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- if ((Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) && (Scope != 0)) {
- SuppressForOption = TRUE;
- }
- //
- // Get the UQI information
- //
- PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);
- //
- // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List
- //
- Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);
- //
- // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);
- DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- CurrentStatement->MaxContainers = ((EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST *) OpCodeData)->MaxContainers;
-
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER;
- CurrentStatement->BufferValue = NULL;
- if (Scope != 0) {
- SuppressForOption = TRUE;
- }
- //
- // Get the UQI information
- //
- PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);
- //
- // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List
- //
- Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);
- //
- // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);
- DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (BOOLEAN);
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
-
- if (BitFieldStorage) {
- //
- // Get the bit var store info (bit/byte offset, bit/byte width)
- //
- CurrentStatement->QuestionReferToBitField = TRUE;
- CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth = 1;
- CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset = CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset;
- CurrentStatement->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset / 8;
- TotalBits = CurrentStatement->BitVarOffset % 8 + CurrentStatement->BitStorageWidth;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (TotalBits % 8 == 0? TotalBits / 8: TotalBits / 8 + 1);
- }
- //
- // Get the UQI information
- //
- PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);
- //
- // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List
- //
- Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);
- //
- // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);
- DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- //
- // MinSize is the minimum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode,
- // MaxSize is the maximum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode.
- // The characters are stored as Unicode, so the storage width should multiply 2.
- //
- CurrentStatement->Minimum = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->MinSize;
- CurrentStatement->Maximum = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->MaxSize;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16)((UINTN) CurrentStatement->Maximum * sizeof (CHAR16));
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_STRING *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
-
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool (CurrentStatement->StorageWidth + sizeof (CHAR16));
- //
- // Get the UQI information
- //
- PrintQuestion(FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentStatement, FALSE);
- //
- // Exchange the Guid and name information between VarList and Question List
- //
- Status = GetGuidNameByVariableId (FormSet, CurrentStatement, FormSet->StorageListHead);
- //
- // Remove the question which isn't stored by EfiVarStore or VarStore
- //
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- RemoveEntryList (&CurrentStatement->Link);
- DestroyStatement (FormSet, CurrentStatement);
- }
-
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_PASSWORD_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- //
- // MinSize is the minimum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode,
- // MaxSize is the maximum number of characters that can be accepted for this opcode.
- // The characters are stored as Unicode, so the storage width should multiply 2.
- //
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Minimum, &((EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *) OpCodeData)->MinSize, sizeof (UINT16));
- CopyMem (&CurrentStatement->Maximum, &((EFI_IFR_PASSWORD *) OpCodeData)->MaxSize, sizeof (UINT16));
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16)((UINTN) CurrentStatement->Maximum * sizeof (CHAR16));
-
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING;
- CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool ((CurrentStatement->StorageWidth + sizeof (CHAR16)));
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DATE_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_DATE *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_DATE;
-
- if ((CurrentStatement->Flags & EFI_QF_DATE_STORAGE) == QF_DATE_STORAGE_NORMAL) {
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_DATE);
- } else {
- //
- // Don't assign storage for RTC type of date/time
- //
- CurrentStatement->Storage = NULL;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = 0;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TIME_OP:
- CurrentStatement = CreateQuestion (OpCodeData, FormSet, CurrentForm);
- ASSERT(CurrentStatement != NULL);
-
- CurrentStatement->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_TIME *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_TIME;
-
- if ((CurrentStatement->Flags & QF_TIME_STORAGE) == QF_TIME_STORAGE_NORMAL) {
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) sizeof (EFI_HII_TIME);
- } else {
- //
- // Don't assign storage for RTC type of date/time
- //
- CurrentStatement->Storage = NULL;
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = 0;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Default
- //
- case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:
- //
- // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT appear in scope of a Question,
- // It creates a default value for the current question.
- // A Question may have more than one Default value which have different default types.
- //
- CurrentDefault = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (QUESTION_DEFAULT));
- ASSERT (CurrentDefault != NULL);
- CurrentDefault->Signature = QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE;
-
- CurrentDefault->Value.Type = ((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *) OpCodeData)->Type;
- CopyMem (&CurrentDefault->DefaultId, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *) OpCodeData)->DefaultId, sizeof (UINT16));
- if (CurrentDefault->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {
- CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen = (UINT16)(OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));
- CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer = FceAllocateCopyPool(CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)OpCodeData)->Value);
- ASSERT(CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer != NULL);
- } else {
- CopyMem(&CurrentDefault->Value.Value, &((EFI_IFR_DEFAULT *)OpCodeData)->Value, OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_DEFAULT, Value));
- ExtendValueToU64(&CurrentDefault->Value);
- }
-
- //
- // Insert to Default Value list of current Question
- //
- InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->DefaultListHead, &CurrentDefault->Link);
-
- if (Scope != 0) {
- InScopeDefault = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Option
- //
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- if (CurrentStatement->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP &&
- ((((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Flags & (EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT | EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG)) != 0)) {
- //
- // It's keep the default value for ordered list opcode.
- //
- CurrentDefault = AllocateZeroPool(sizeof (QUESTION_DEFAULT));
- ASSERT(CurrentDefault != NULL);
- CurrentDefault->Signature = QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE;
-
- CurrentDefault->Value.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER;
- if ((((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) != 0) {
- CurrentDefault->DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD;
- } else {
- CurrentDefault->DefaultId = EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING;
- }
-
- CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen = (UINT16)(OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF(EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
- CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer = FceAllocateCopyPool(CurrentDefault->Value.BufferLen, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *)OpCodeData)->Value);
- ASSERT(CurrentDefault->Value.Buffer != NULL);
-
- //
- // Insert to Default Value list of current Question
- //
- InsertTailList(&CurrentStatement->DefaultListHead, &CurrentDefault->Link);
- break;
- }
- //
- // EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION appear in scope of a Question.
- // It create a selection for use in current Question.
- //
- CurrentOption = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (QUESTION_OPTION));
- ASSERT (CurrentOption != NULL);
- CurrentOption->Signature = QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE;
-
- CurrentOption->Flags = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Flags;
- CurrentOption->Value.Type = ((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Type;
- CopyMem (&CurrentOption->Text, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Option, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CopyMem (&CurrentOption->Value.Value, &((EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION *) OpCodeData)->Value, OpCodeLength - OFFSET_OF (EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION, Value));
- ExtendValueToU64 (&CurrentOption->Value);
-
- if (InScopeOptionSuppress) {
- CurrentOption->SuppressExpression = OptionSuppressExpression;
- }
-
- //
- // Insert to Option list of current Question
- //
- InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->OptionListHead, &CurrentOption->Link);
-
- //
- // Now we know the Storage width of nested Ordered List
- //
- if ((CurrentStatement->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP) && (CurrentStatement->BufferValue == NULL)) {
- Width = 1;
- switch (CurrentOption->Value.Type) {
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- Width = 1;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- Width = 2;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- Width = 4;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:
- Width = 8;
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Invalid type for Ordered List
- //
- break;
- }
-
- CurrentStatement->StorageWidth = (UINT16) (CurrentStatement->MaxContainers * Width);
- CurrentStatement->BufferValue = AllocateZeroPool (CurrentStatement->StorageWidth);
- CurrentStatement->ValueType = CurrentOption->Value.Type;
- if (CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.Buffer = CurrentStatement->BufferValue;
- CurrentStatement->HiiValue.BufferLen = CurrentStatement->StorageWidth;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Conditional
- //
- case EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF_OP:
- //
- // Create an Expression node
- //
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CopyMem (&CurrentExpression->Error, &((EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF *) OpCodeData)->Error, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
-
- if (Operand == EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP) {
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_NO_SUBMIT_IF;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->NoSubmitListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- } else {
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_INCONSISTENT_IF;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->InconsistentListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- }
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF_OP:
- //
- // Create an Expression node
- //
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CopyMem (&CurrentExpression->Error, &((EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF *) OpCodeData)->Warning, sizeof (EFI_STRING_ID));
- CurrentExpression->TimeOut = ((EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF *) OpCodeData)->TimeOut;
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WARNING_IF;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentStatement->WarningListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SUPPRESS_IF_OP:
- //
- // Question and Option will appear in scope of this OpCode
- //
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_SUPPRESS_IF;
-
- if (CurrentForm == NULL) {
- InsertTailList (&FormSet->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- } else {
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- }
-
- if (SuppressForOption) {
- InScopeOptionSuppress = TRUE;
- OptionSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;
- } else if (SuppressForQuestion) {
- mInScopeSuppress = TRUE;
- mSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;
- } else {
- InScopeFormSuppress = TRUE;
- FormSuppressExpression = CurrentExpression;
- }
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GRAY_OUT_IF_OP:
- //
- // Questions will appear in scope of this OpCode
- //
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_GRAY_OUT_IF;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- mInScopeGrayOut = TRUE;
- mGrayOutExpression = CurrentExpression;
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP:
- //
- // The DisableIf expression should only rely on constant, so it could be
- // evaluated at initialization and it will not be queued
- //
- CurrentExpression = AllocateZeroPool (sizeof (FORM_EXPRESSION));
- ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);
- CurrentExpression->Signature = FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE;
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_DISABLE_IF;
- InitializeListHead (&CurrentExpression->OpCodeListHead);
-
- if (CurrentForm != NULL) {
- //
- // This is DisableIf for Question, enqueue it to Form expression list
- //
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
- }
-
- mDisableExpression = CurrentExpression;
- mInScopeDisable = TRUE;
- OpCodeDisabled = FALSE;
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Expression
- //
- case EFI_IFR_VALUE_OP:
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_VALUE;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- if (InScopeDefault) {
- //
- // Used for default (EFI_IFR_DEFAULT)
- //
- CurrentDefault->ValueExpression = CurrentExpression;
- } else {
- //
- // If used for a question, then the question will be read-only
- //
- //
- // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.
- // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR
- // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- CurrentStatement->ValueExpression = CurrentExpression;
- }
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_RULE_OP:
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE;
-
- CurrentExpression->RuleId = ((EFI_IFR_RULE *) OpCodeData)->RuleId;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_READ_OP:
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_READ;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- //
- // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.
- // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR
- // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- CurrentStatement->ReadExpression = CurrentExpression;
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_WRITE_OP:
- CurrentExpression = CreateExpression (CurrentForm);
- CurrentExpression->Type = EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WRITE;
- InsertTailList (&CurrentForm->ExpressionListHead, &CurrentExpression->Link);
-
- //
- // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.
- // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR
- // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler. There may be a bug in VFR Compiler.
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- CurrentStatement->WriteExpression = CurrentExpression;
-
- //
- // Take a look at next OpCode to see whether current expression consists
- // of single OpCode
- //
- if (((EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER *) (OpCodeData + OpCodeLength))->Scope == 0) {
- SingleOpCodeExpression = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Image
- //
- case EFI_IFR_IMAGE_OP:
- //
- // Get ScopeOpcode from top of stack
- //
- PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);
- PushScope (ScopeOpCode);
-
- switch (ScopeOpCode) {
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
- ASSERT (CurrentForm != NULL);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
- break;
-
- default:
- //
- // Make sure CurrentStatement is not NULL.
- // If it is NULL, 1) ParseOpCodes functions may parse the IFR wrongly. Or 2) the IFR
- // file is wrongly generated by tools such as VFR Compiler.
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentStatement != NULL);
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Refresh
- //
- case EFI_IFR_REFRESH_OP:
- break;
-
- //
- // Refresh guid.
- //
- case EFI_IFR_REFRESH_ID_OP:
- break;
-
- //
- // Modal tag
- //
- case EFI_IFR_MODAL_TAG_OP:
- break;
-
- //
- // Vendor specific
- //
- case EFI_IFR_GUID_OP:
- if (CompareGuid ((EFI_GUID *)(OpCodeData + sizeof (EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER)), &gEdkiiIfrBitVarGuid)==0) {
- Scope = 0;
- BitFieldStorage = TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- //
- // Scope End
- //
- case EFI_IFR_END_OP:
- BitFieldStorage = FALSE;
- Status = PopScope (&ScopeOpCode);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- ResetScopeStack ();
- return Status;
- }
-
- switch (ScopeOpCode) {
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_SET_OP:
- //
- // End of FormSet, update FormSet IFR binary length
- // to stop parsing substantial OpCodes
- //
- FormSet->IfrBinaryLength = OpCodeOffset;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_FORM_MAP_OP:
- //
- // End of Form
- //
- CurrentForm = NULL;
- SuppressForQuestion = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION_OP:
- //
- // End of Option
- //
- CurrentOption = NULL;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:
- mInScopeSubtitle = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF_OP:
- //
- // Ignore end of EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF and EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF
- //
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_SUPPRESS_IF_OP:
- if (SuppressForOption) {
- InScopeOptionSuppress = FALSE;
- } else if (SuppressForQuestion) {
- mInScopeSuppress = FALSE;
- } else {
- InScopeFormSuppress = FALSE;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_GRAY_OUT_IF_OP:
- mInScopeGrayOut = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DISABLE_IF_OP:
- mInScopeDisable = FALSE;
- OpCodeDisabled = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
- case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
- SuppressForOption = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_DEFAULT_OP:
- InScopeDefault = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_MAP_OP:
- //
- // Get current Map Expression List.
- //
- Status = PopMapExpressionList ((VOID **) &MapExpressionList);
- if (Status == EFI_ACCESS_DENIED) {
- MapExpressionList = NULL;
- }
- //
- // Get current expression.
- //
- Status = PopCurrentExpression ((VOID **) &CurrentExpression);
- ASSERT (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- ASSERT (MapScopeDepth > 0);
- MapScopeDepth --;
- break;
-
- default:
- if (IsExpressionOpCode (ScopeOpCode)) {
- if (mInScopeDisable && (CurrentForm == NULL)) {
- //
- // This is DisableIf expression for Form, it should be a constant expression
- //
- ASSERT (CurrentExpression != NULL);
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, CurrentForm, CurrentExpression, &ConstantFlag);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- if (CurrentExpression->Result.Type != EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN) {
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- if (!ConstantFlag) {
- StringPrint ("WARNING. The DisableIf expression for Form should be a constant expression.\n");
- }
- OpCodeDisabled = CurrentExpression->Result.Value.b;
- //
- // DisableIf Expression is only used once and not queued, free it
- //
- DestroyExpression (CurrentExpression);
- }
-
- //
- // End of current Expression
- //
- CurrentExpression = NULL;
- }
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search an Option of a Question by its value.
-
- @param Question The Question
- @param OptionValue Value for Option to be searched.
-
- @retval Pointer Pointer to the found Option.
- @retval NULL Option not found.
-
-**/
-QUESTION_OPTION *
-ValueToOption (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *OptionValue
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (CompareHiiValue (&Option->Value, OptionValue, FormSet) == 0) {
- return Option;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- Set value of a data element in an Array by its Index.
-
- @param Array The data array.
- @param Type Type of the data in this array.
- @param Index Zero based index for data in this array.
- @param Value The value to be set.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetArrayData (
- IN VOID *Array,
- IN UINT8 Type,
- IN UINTN Index,
- IN UINT64 Value
- )
-{
-
- ASSERT (Array != NULL);
-
- switch (Type) {
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- *(((UINT8 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT8) Value;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- *(((UINT16 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT16) Value;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- *(((UINT32 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT32) Value;
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:
- *(((UINT64 *) Array) + Index) = (UINT64) Value;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Reset Question of five kinds to its default value.
-
- @param FormSet The form set.
- @param Form The form.
- @param Question The question.
- @param DefaultId The default Id.
- @param DefaultId The platform Id.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Question is reset to default value.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetQuestionDefault (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_DEFAULT *Default;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
- EFI_HII_VALUE *HiiValue;
- UINT8 Index;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
- BOOLEAN ConstantFlag;
- UINT16 OriginalDefaultId;
- FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE *DefaultStore;
- LIST_ENTRY *DefaultLink;
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
-
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- OriginalDefaultId = DefaultId;
- DefaultLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead);
-
- //
- // Statement don't have storage, skip them
- //
- if (Question->QuestionId == 0) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- //
- // Return if no any kinds of
- //
- if ((Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
- //
- // Search the variable for this question (Compatible with the old EfiVarStore before UEFI2.31)
- //
-
- //
- //VarStoreInfoDepending on the type of variable store selected,
- //this contains either a 16-bit Buffer Storage offset (VarOffset)
- //or a Name/Value or EFI Variable name (VarName).
- //
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- FormSet->StorageListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- //
- // There are three ways to specify default value for a Question:
- // 1, use nested EFI_IFR_DEFAULT
- // 2, set flags of EFI_ONE_OF_OPTION (provide Standard and Manufacturing default)
- // 3, set flags of EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX (provide Standard and Manufacturing default) (lowest priority)
- //
-ReGetDefault:
- HiiValue = &Question->HiiValue;
- //
- // EFI_IFR_DEFAULT has highest priority
- //
- if (!IsListEmpty (&Question->DefaultListHead)) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->DefaultListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->DefaultListHead, Link)) {
- Default = QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (Default->DefaultId == DefaultId) {
- if (Default->ValueExpression != NULL) {
- //
- // Default is provided by an Expression, evaluate it
- //
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, Default->ValueExpression, &ConstantFlag);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
-
- if (Default->ValueExpression->Result.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {
- if (Question->StorageWidth > Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen) {
- CopyMem(Question->HiiValue.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen);
- Question->HiiValue.BufferLen = Default->ValueExpression->Result.BufferLen;
- } else {
- CopyMem(Question->HiiValue.Buffer, Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer, Question->StorageWidth);
- Question->HiiValue.BufferLen = Question->StorageWidth;
- }
- FreePool(Default->ValueExpression->Result.Buffer);
- }
- HiiValue->Type = Default->ValueExpression->Result.Type;
- CopyMem(&HiiValue->Value, &Default->ValueExpression->Result.Value, sizeof (EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE));
- } else {
- //
- // Default value is embedded in EFI_IFR_DEFAULT
- //
- if (Default->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {
- CopyMem(HiiValue->Buffer, Default->Value.Buffer, Default->Value.BufferLen);
- } else {
- CopyMem(HiiValue, &Default->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- }
- }
- if (Default->Value.Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER) {
- CopyMem(VarBuffer, HiiValue->Buffer, HiiValue->BufferLen);
- } else if (HiiValue->Type == EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING){
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- HiiValue->Value.string,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- if (VarDefaultName == NULL) {
- return EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- if (Question->StorageWidth > FceStrSize(VarDefaultName)) {
- ZeroMem (VarBuffer, Question->StorageWidth);
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, VarDefaultName, FceStrSize(VarDefaultName));
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, VarDefaultName, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- } else {
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem(VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- if (Default->DefaultId == DefaultId) {
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->DefaultListHead, Link);
- }
- }
-
- if (HiiValue->Buffer == NULL) {
- ZeroMem (HiiValue, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- }
-
- //
- // EFI_ONE_OF_OPTION
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP) && !IsListEmpty (&Question->OptionListHead)) {
- if (DefaultId <= EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
- //
- // OneOfOption could only provide Standard and Manufacturing default
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- if (((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) && ((Option->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT) != 0)) ||
- ((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) && ((Option->Flags & EFI_IFR_OPTION_DEFAULT_MFG) != 0))
- ) {
- CopyMem (HiiValue, &Option->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX - lowest priority
- //
- if (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP) {
- if (DefaultId <= EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) {
- //
- // Checkbox could only provide Standard and Manufacturing default
- //
- if (((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_STANDARD) && ((Question->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT) != 0)) ||
- ((DefaultId == EFI_HII_DEFAULT_CLASS_MANUFACTURING) && ((Question->Flags & EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_DEFAULT_MFG) != 0))
- ) {
- HiiValue->Value.b = TRUE;
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- }
-
- //
- // For question without default value for current default Id, we try to re-get the default value form other default id in the DefaultStoreList.
- // If get, will exit the function, if not, will choose next default id in the DefaultStoreList.
- // The default id in DefaultStoreList are in ascending order to make sure choose the smallest default id every time.
- //
- while (!IsNull(&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead, DefaultLink)) {
- DefaultStore = FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(DefaultLink);
- DefaultLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->DefaultStoreListHead,DefaultLink);
- DefaultId = DefaultStore->DefaultId;
- if (DefaultId == OriginalDefaultId) {
- continue;
- }
- goto ReGetDefault;
- }
-
- //
- // For Questions without default
- //
- Status = EFI_NOT_FOUND;
- switch (Question->Operand) {
- case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:
- HiiValue->Value.b = FALSE;
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:
- //
- // Take minimum value as numeric default value
- //
- if ((HiiValue->Value.u64 < Question->Minimum) || (HiiValue->Value.u64 > Question->Maximum)) {
- HiiValue->Value.u64 = Question->Minimum;
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
- //
- // Take first oneof option as oneof's default value
- //
- if (ValueToOption (FormSet, Question, HiiValue) == NULL) {
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- if (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- CopyMem (HiiValue, &Option->Value, sizeof (EFI_HII_VALUE));
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- SetBitsQuestionValue(Question, VarBuffer, HiiValue->Value.u32);
- } else {
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &HiiValue->Value.u64, Question->StorageWidth);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
- //
- // Take option sequence in IFR as ordered list's default value
- //
- Index = 0;
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
-
- SetArrayData (Question->BufferValue, Question->ValueType, Index, Option->Value.Value.u64);
- SetArrayData (VarBuffer, Question->ValueType, Index, Option->Value.Value.u64);
-
- Index++;
- if (Index >= Question->MaxContainers) {
- break;
- }
-
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Set the value to the variable of platformId question.
-
- @param PlatformId The form set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Set successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AssignThePlatformId (
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarList;
- UINT8 *VarBuffer;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VarBuffer = NULL;
- //
- // Set the Storage
- //
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- &mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion,
- NULL,
- mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdQuestion.VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- &mVarListEntry,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &VarList
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR(Status)) {
- return Status;
- }
- CopyMem (VarBuffer, &PlatformId, mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);
- //
- // Set the HIIvalue of this questions
- //
- CopyMem (&mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Value.u64, &PlatformId, mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth);
-
- switch (mMultiPlatformParam.PlatformIdWidth) {
- case sizeof (UINT8):
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT16):
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT32):
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32;
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT64):
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- break;
-
- default:
- mMultiPlatformParam.Question->HiiValue.Type = EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64;
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-/**
- Reset Questions to their default value in a Form, Formset or System.
-
- @param FormSet FormSet data structure.
- @param Form Form data structure.
- @param DefaultId The default Id
- @param PlatformId The platform Id
- @param SettingScope Setting Scope for Default action.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Unsupport SettingScope.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ExtractDefault (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId,
- IN BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE SettingScope
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- //
- // Check the supported setting level.
- //
- if (SettingScope >= MaxLevel) {
- return EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
- }
-
- if (SettingScope == FormLevel) {
- //
- // Extract Form default
- //
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, Link)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (Link);
- Link = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, Link);
- //
- // Re-set the platformId before calcuate the platformId of every question to avoid over-written.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- Status = AssignThePlatformId (PlatformId);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- StringPrint ("Error. Failed to assign the platformId.\n");
- return Status;
- }
- }
- //
- // Reset Question to its default value, and store the default to variable
- //
- Status = GetQuestionDefault (FormSet, Form, Question, DefaultId, PlatformId);
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- continue;
- }
- }
- } else if (SettingScope == FormSetLevel) {
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- ExtractDefault (FormSet, Form, DefaultId, PlatformId, FormLevel);
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- }
- } else if (SettingScope == SystemLevel) {
- //
- // Parse Fromset one by one
- //
- FormSetEntryListHead = &mFormSetListEntry;
-
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- ExtractDefault (FormSet, NULL, DefaultId, PlatformId, FormSetLevel);
- FormLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormLink);
- }
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether existed the UQI in Current Unicode String.
-
- @param UniPackge A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string Array.
-
- @return TRUE If find the uqi, return TRUE
- @return FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE
-
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-IsUqiOrNot (
- IN UINT8 *UniPackge
- )
-{
- CHAR8 *UniBin;
- UINTN UniLength;
- UINTN Index;
- BOOLEAN FindIt;
-
- UniBin = (CHAR8 *) UniPackge + 4;
- Index = 4;
- FindIt = FALSE;
- UniLength = *(UINT32 *) UniPackge;
-
- if (((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS) {
- //
- // Search the uqi language
- //
- while ((Index < UniLength) && ((EFI_HII_PACKAGE_HEADER *)UniBin)->Type == EFI_HII_PACKAGE_STRINGS){
- if (!strcmp (((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Language, "uqi")) {
- FindIt = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- Index = Index + ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- UniBin += ((EFI_HII_STRING_PACKAGE_HDR *)UniBin)->Header.Length;
- }
- }
- return FindIt;
-}
-
- /**
- Returns Length of UQI string (in CHAR16) (not including null termination).
-
- @param UniPackge A pointer to a UQI string.
-
- @return Number Length of UQIL string (in words) or 0
-
-**/
-static
-UINT16
-GetUqiNum (
- IN CHAR16 *UniString
- )
-{
- UINT16 Number;
-
- if (UniString == NULL) {
- return 0;
- }
- for (Number = 0; UniString[Number] != 0; Number++) {
- ;
- }
- return Number;
-}
-
-/**
- Print the formset title information.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
-
- @return NULL.
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-StringPrintormSetTitle (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
-
- StringPrint("\n\n// Form Set: ");
-
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- FormSet->FormSetTitle,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
-
- StringPrint("\n// %s",FORM_SET_GUID_PREFIX);
- StringPrint(
- EFI_GUID_FORMAT,
- FormSet->Guid.Data1, FormSet->Guid.Data2,
- FormSet->Guid.Data3, FormSet->Guid.Data4[0],
- FormSet->Guid.Data4[1],FormSet->Guid.Data4[2],
- FormSet->Guid.Data4[3],FormSet->Guid.Data4[4],
- FormSet->Guid.Data4[5],FormSet->Guid.Data4[6],
- FormSet->Guid.Data4[7]);
- StringPrint("\n");
-
- if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && FormSet->FormSetTitle != 0) {
- free (VarDefaultName);
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Print the formset title information.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param Question The pointer to the question of ONE_OF.
-
- @return NULL.
-
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintOneOfOptions (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *Link;
- QUESTION_OPTION *Option;
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
-
- if ((Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- ) {
- return EFI_ABORTED;
- }
-
- Link = GetFirstNode (&Question->OptionListHead);
- while (!IsNull (&Question->OptionListHead, Link)) {
- Option = QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK (Link);
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- StringPrint("// %08X = ", Option->Value.Value.u32);
- } else {
- switch(Option->Value.Type) {
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_8:
- StringPrint("// %02X = ", Option->Value.Value.u8);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_16:
- StringPrint("// %04X = ", Option->Value.Value.u16);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_32:
- StringPrint("// %08X = ", Option->Value.Value.u32);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_NUM_SIZE_64:
- StringPrint("// %016llX = ", Option->Value.Value.u64);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- StringPrint("// %X = ", Option->Value.Value.b);
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING:
- StringPrint("// %X = ", Option->Value.Value.string);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Option->Text,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
-
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && Option->Text != 0) {
- free (VarDefaultName);
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- }
- Link = GetNextNode (&Question->OptionListHead, Link);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Print the form title information.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the form.
-
- @return NULL.
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-StringPrintormTitle (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form
- )
-{
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
-
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
-
- StringPrint("\n// Form: ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Form->FormTitle,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
-
- if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL && VarDefaultName != NULL && Form->FormTitle != 0) {
- free (VarDefaultName);
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Print the information of questions.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the form.
- @param Question The pointer to the question.
- @param PrintOrNot Decide whether print or not.
-
- @return NULL.
-
-**/
-static
-VOID
-PrintQuestion (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN BOOLEAN PrintOrNot
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR16 *VarDefaultName;
- UINT16 UqiStringLength;
- BOOLEAN HaveUQIlanguage;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- UqiStringLength = 0;
-
- HaveUQIlanguage = IsUqiOrNot (FormSet->UnicodeBinary);
-
- switch (Question->Operand) {
-
- case EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP:
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- if ((VarDefaultName != NULL) && (FceStrCmp (VarDefaultName, L"") != 0)) {
- StringPrint("// Subtitle: ");
- StringPrint("// ");
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP:
-
- if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->UqiStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- UQI,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Record the UQi to the Question
- //
- Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;
- Question->Uqi.Data = VarDefaultName;
- Question->Uqi.Type = ONE_OF;
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- StringPrint("ONE_OF ");
-
- LogIfrValue (
- FormSet,
- Question
- );
- StringPrint(" // ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- //
- // Print ONE_OF_OPTION
- //
- PrintOneOfOptions (FormSet, Question);
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP:
-
- if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->UqiStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- UQI,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList
- //
- Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;
- Question->Uqi.Data = VarDefaultName;
- Question->Uqi.Type = CHECKBOX;
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- StringPrint("CHECKBOX ");
- LogIfrValue (
- FormSet,
- Question
- );
- StringPrint(" // ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- StringPrint("// 0 = Unchecked\n");
- StringPrint("// 1 = Checked\n");
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_STRING_OP:
- if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->UqiStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- UQI,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList
- //
- Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;
- Question->Uqi.Data = VarDefaultName;
- Question->Uqi.Type = STRING;
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- StringPrint("STRING ");
- LogIfrValueStr (
- FormSet,
- Question
- );
- StringPrint(" // ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP:
-
- if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->UqiStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- UQI,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList
- //
- Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;
- Question->Uqi.Data = VarDefaultName;
- Question->Uqi.Type = NUMERIC;
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- StringPrint("NUMERIC ");
- LogIfrValue (
- FormSet,
- Question
- );
- StringPrint(" // ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
-
- if (Question->QuestionReferToBitField) {
- StringPrint("// Minimum = %08llX \n", Question->Minimum);
- StringPrint("// Maximum = %08llX \n", Question->Maximum);
- StringPrint("// Step = %08llX \n", Question->Step);
- } else {
- switch (Question->StorageWidth) {
-
- case sizeof (UINT8):
- StringPrint("// Minimum = %02llX \n", Question->Minimum);
- StringPrint("// Maximum = %02llX \n", Question->Maximum);
- StringPrint("// Step = %02llX \n", Question->Step);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT16):
- StringPrint("// Minimum = %04llX \n", Question->Minimum);
- StringPrint("// Maximum = %04llX \n", Question->Maximum);
- StringPrint("// Step = %04llX \n", Question->Step);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT32):
- StringPrint("// Minimum = %08llX \n", Question->Minimum);
- StringPrint("// Maximum = %08llX \n", Question->Maximum);
- StringPrint("// Step = %08llX \n", Question->Step);
- break;
-
- case sizeof (UINT64):
- StringPrint("// Minimum = %016llX \n", Question->Minimum);
- StringPrint("// Maximum = %016llX \n", Question->Maximum);
- StringPrint("// Step = %016llX \n", Question->Step);
- break;
-
- default:
- StringPrint("0000 // Width > 16 is not supported -- FAILURE");
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP:
-
- if( HaveUQIlanguage ) {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->UqiStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- UQI,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- } else {
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
-
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
-
- UqiStringLength = GetUqiNum (VarDefaultName);
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- if (UqiStringLength > 0) {
- StringPrint("\nQ %04X ", UqiStringLength);
- LogUqi(VarDefaultName);
- } else {
- StringPrint("\n// [No UQI] ");
- }
- }
- }
- //
- //Record the UQi to the HiiObjList
- //
- Question->Uqi.HexNum = UqiStringLength;
- Question->Uqi.Data = VarDefaultName;
- Question->Uqi.Type = ORDERED_LIST;
-
- if (PrintOrNot) {
- StringPrint("ORDERED_LIST %04X ", Question->MaxContainers);
-
- LogIfrValueList (
- FormSet,
- Question
- );
- StringPrint(" // ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Prompt,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- }
- //
- // Print ONE_OF_OPTION
- //
- PrintOneOfOptions (FormSet, Question);
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL &&VarDefaultName != NULL && Question->Prompt != 0) {
- free (VarDefaultName);
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- }
-
- if (PrintOrNot && Question->Storage) {
- StringPrint("// size = 0x%x", Question->StorageWidth);
- StringPrint("\n// offset = 0x%x", Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset);
- StringPrint("\n// name = ");
- LogUnicodeString(Question->VariableName);
- StringPrint("\n// guid = ");
- StringPrint(
- EFI_GUID_FORMAT,
- Question->Guid.Data1, Question->Guid.Data2,
- Question->Guid.Data3, Question->Guid.Data4[0],
- Question->Guid.Data4[1],Question->Guid.Data4[2],
- Question->Guid.Data4[3],Question->Guid.Data4[4],
- Question->Guid.Data4[5],Question->Guid.Data4[6],
- Question->Guid.Data4[7]
- );
- StringPrint("\n// attribute = 0x%x", Question->Attributes);
- StringPrint("\n// help = ");
- Status = FindDefaultName (
- &(FormSet->EnUsStringList),
- FormSet->UnicodeBinary,
- Question->Help,
- EN_US,
- &VarDefaultName
- );
- assert (!EFI_ERROR (Status));
- LogUnicodeString (VarDefaultName);
- StringPrint("\n");
- if (&(FormSet->EnUsStringList) == NULL &&VarDefaultName != NULL && Question->Help != 0) {
- free (VarDefaultName);
- VarDefaultName = NULL;
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether current Formset or Form is NULL. If no valid questions, return FASLE.
-
- @param FormSet The pointer to the formset.
- @param FormSet The pointer to the form.
- @param IsFormSet FormSet or Form.
-
- @retval TRUE
- @return FALSE
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckFormSetOrFormNull (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN BOOLEAN IsFormSet
- )
-{
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- LIST_ENTRY *QuestionLink;
-
- FormLink = NULL;
- Question = NULL;
- QuestionLink = NULL;
-
- //
- // Parse all forms in formset
- //
- if (IsFormSet) {
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode
- //
- if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- if (Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP
- && Question->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- }
- //
- //If invalid variable type, skip it.
- //
- if ((Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- }
-
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- }
- } else {
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- //
- // Only compare the valid EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP in multi-platform mode
- //
- if (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- if ((Question->Type == EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && Question->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Question->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- }
- //
- //If invalid variable type, skip it.
- //
- if ((Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP)
- && (Question->Type != EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_OP)) {
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- continue;
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Print all ONE_OF ORDER_LIST NUMERIC STRING and CHECKBOX in all fromsets.
-
- @param Formset The pointer to the entry of the fromset list
- @param Formset The pointer to the entry of the storage list
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintInfoInAllFormset (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageEntryListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormSetLink;
- LIST_ENTRY *FormLink;
- FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- LIST_ENTRY *QuestionLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- CHAR8 *VarBuffer;
- LIST_ENTRY *TempStorageLink;
- UINT32 Index;
- BOOLEAN Skip;
- BOOLEAN ConstantFlag;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- FormSet = NULL;
- FormSetLink = NULL;
- FormLink = NULL;
- Form = NULL;
- Question = NULL;
- QuestionLink = NULL;
- Storage = NULL;
- VarBuffer = NULL;
- TempStorageLink = NULL;
- Index = 0;
- Skip = FALSE;
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- //
- // Print platformId, defaultId and platformIdUqi
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot) {
- StringPrint("\n\n// FCEKEY DEFAULT_ID:");
- TempStorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageEntryListHead);
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (TempStorageLink);
- for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {
- StringPrint (" %4d", Storage->DefaultId[Index]);
- }
- StringPrint("\n\n//FCEKEY PLATFORM_ID:");
- for (Index = 0; Index <= Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum; Index++) {
- StringPrint (" %4lld", Storage->PlatformId[Index]);
- }
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data != NULL) {
- StringPrint("\n\n//FCEKEY PLATFORM_UQI:");
- StringPrint(" %04X ", mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.HexNum);
- LogUqi(mMultiPlatformParam.Uqi.Data);
- }
- }
- FormSetLink = GetFirstNode (FormSetEntryListHead);
- while (!IsNull (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink)) {
- FormSet = FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK (FormSetLink);
- //
- //Assign the new storage list
- //
- FormSet->StorageListHead = StorageEntryListHead;
-
- if (CheckFormSetOrFormNull (FormSet, NULL, TRUE)) {
- StringPrintormSetTitle (FormSet);
- } else {
- FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Parse all forms in formset
- //
- FormLink = GetFirstNode (&FormSet->FormListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink)) {
- Form = FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK (FormLink);
-
- if (CheckFormSetOrFormNull (NULL, Form, FALSE)) {
- StringPrintormTitle(FormSet,Form);
- } else {
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- QuestionLink = GetFirstNode (&Form->StatementListHead);
-
- while (!IsNull (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink)) {
- Question = FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK (QuestionLink);
- //
- // Parse five kinds of Questions in Form
- //
- if ((Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_NUMERIC_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP)
- || (Question->Operand == EFI_IFR_STRING_OP)
- ) {
- Skip = FALSE;
-
- //
- //Only output the questions stored by EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP.
- //
- if (mMultiPlatformParam.MultiPlatformOrNot
- && (Question->Operand != EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE_OP)
- ) {
- Status = SearchVarStorage (
- Question,
- NULL,
- Question->VarStoreInfo.VarOffset,
- StorageEntryListHead,
- (CHAR8 **)&VarBuffer,
- &Storage
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- Skip = TRUE;
- }
- }
- //
- // If Question is constant expression and "disabledIf True", don't output it.
- //
- ConstantFlag = TRUE;
- if (!Skip && (Question->DisableExpression != NULL)) {
- Status = EvaluateExpression (FormSet, Form, Question->DisableExpression, &ConstantFlag);
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status) && Question->DisableExpression->Result.Value.b && ConstantFlag) {
- Skip = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- if (!Skip) {
- PrintQuestion(FormSet, Form, Question, TRUE);
- }
- }
- QuestionLink = GetNextNode (&Form->StatementListHead, QuestionLink);
- }
-
- FormLink = GetNextNode (&FormSet->FormListHead, FormLink);
- }
- FormSetLink = GetNextNode (FormSetEntryListHead, FormSetLink);
- }
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d35bffab6..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,874 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Read and edit the authenticated variables.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "Fce.h"
-#include "MonotonicBasedVariable.h"
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mAllVarListEntry;
-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS mMultiPlatformParam;
-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO gEfiFdInfo;
-EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid = EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_GUID;
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the first variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetStartPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
- This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage
- area, according to the input variable store header.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetEndPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);
-}
-
-
-/**
-
- This code checks if variable header is valid or not.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @retval TRUE Variable header is valid.
- @retval FALSE Variable header is not valid.
-
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidVariableHeader (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of name of variable.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return UINTN Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-NameSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-DataSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable name.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.
-
-**/
-static
-CHAR16 *
-GetVariableNamePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Data.
-
-**/
-static
-UINT8 *
-GetVariableDataPtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);
- Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- return (UINT8 *) Value;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to next variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetNextVariablePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);
- Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);
-}
-
-/**
- Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarListSize The size of a variables needs to be allocated.
- @param FreeBeginVar The dual pointer to the free NV space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Return the beginning of a free variable space.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Failed.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-GetVariableVar (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN UINT32 VarListSize,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FreeBeginVar
-)
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR8 *BeginVar;
-
- BeginVar = NULL;
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
-
- if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- //Search the beginning of free NV
- //
- while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {
- BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- if (Variable == NULL) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check whether the free space is more than what we want
- //
- if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- //
- // If not find the available space, return NULL
- //
- if (!Flag) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.
-
- Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarList The pointer to the VarList
-
- @retval address If the variable existed in current NV, return address
- @return NULL Otherwise, return NULL
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-FindVariableInNv (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR16 *VariableName;
-
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- VariableName = NULL;
-
- if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one
- //
- while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {
- VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));
- if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \
- && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \
- && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- }
- if (!Flag) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return Variable;
-}
-
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SynAuthEfiVariable (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- CHAR8 *DataBase;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- DataBase = NULL;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if (VarToList) {
- //
- //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.
- //
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- }
- //
- // The variable in VarList is CHAR8, but in the EFI variable is CHAR16.
- //
- DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Size
- );
- }
- } else {
- //
- //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- //
- //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has
- // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then
- // update it from VarList to the FD.
- //
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL) \
- && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)
- ) {
- if (!(VariableHeader->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS)) {
- DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size
- );
- } else {
- printf ("Error. Not support to update authenticated variables.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){
- //
- //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.
- //
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables
- //
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Create the authenticated variable header
- //
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->MonotonicCount = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex = 0x0;
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- } else {
- printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveAuthEfiVariable (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the store variable is Monotonic based authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-
-BOOLEAN
-CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- )
-{
- if (!CompareGuid (
- &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid,
- &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)
- ) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Copy Monotonic-Based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
- UINT32 HeaderLength;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- HeaderLength = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
-
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return 0;
- }
- //
- // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header
- //
- if (Index == 0) {
- HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);
- //
- //Create the Variable Storage header
- //
- memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;
- VariableStoreHeader->State = 0xFE;
- //
- //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.
- //
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;
- }
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);
-
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Create the variable header
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->MonotonicCount = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex = 0x0;
-
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
-
-
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);
-}
-
-
-/**
- Read Monotonic-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- BOOLEAN ReadIdHeaderFlag;
- UINT32 Length;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- static UINT16 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- static UINT64 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
-
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
- Variable = NULL;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = TRUE;
- Length = 0;
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;
- DataBase = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
-
- for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize
- ) {
- //
- // Create the storage
- //
- Storage = NULL;
- Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (Storage == NULL) {
- printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId
- //
- if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {
- ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;
- memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- } else {
- //
- // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.
- //
- memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- }
- Storage->Attributes = Variable->Attributes;
- Storage->Size = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;
- Storage->Name = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- memcpy (
- &(Storage->Guid),
- &(Variable->VendorGuid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Name,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- Variable->NameSize
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode
- //
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
-
- InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);
- //
- // If the last variable, exit.
- //
- if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {
- break;
- }
-
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- assert (Variable != NULL);
- }
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid MonotonicBased variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)
- || (Storage->Name == NULL)
- || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-/**
- Fix the size of montonic variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = Length - *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e21c61dde9..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,878 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Read and edit the time-base authenticated variables.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "Fce.h"
-#include "TimeBasedVariable.h"
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mAllVarListEntry;
-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS mMultiPlatformParam;
-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO gEfiFdInfo;
-
-EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid = EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_BASED_TIME_GUID;
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the first variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetStartPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
- This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage
- area, according to the input variable store header.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetEndPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);
-}
-
-
-/**
-
- This code checks if variable header is valid or not.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @retval TRUE Variable header is valid.
- @retval FALSE Variable header is not valid.
-
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidVariableHeader (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of name of variable.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return UINTN Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-NameSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-DataSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable name.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.
-
-**/
-static
-CHAR16 *
-GetVariableNamePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Data.
-
-**/
-static
-UINT8 *
-GetVariableDataPtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);
- Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- return (UINT8 *) Value;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to next variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetNextVariablePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);
- Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);
-}
-
-/**
- Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarListSize The size of a variables needs to be allocated.
- @param FreeBeginVar The dual pointer to the free NV space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Return the beginning of a free variable space.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Failed.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-GetVariableVar (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN UINT32 VarListSize,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FreeBeginVar
-)
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR8 *BeginVar;
-
- BeginVar = NULL;
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
-
- if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- //Search the beginning of free NV
- //
- while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {
- BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- if (Variable == NULL) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check whether the free space is more than what we want
- //
- if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- //
- // If not find the available space, return NULL
- //
- if (!Flag) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.
-
- Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarList The pointer to the VarList
-
- @retval address If the variable existed in current NV, return address
- @return NULL Otherwise, return NULL
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-FindVariableInNv (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR16 *VariableName;
-
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- VariableName = NULL;
-
- if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one
- //
- while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {
- VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));
- if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \
- && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \
- && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)
- ) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- }
- if (!Flag) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return Variable;
-}
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the time stamp authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- CHAR8 *DataBase;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- DataBase = NULL;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if (VarToList) {
- //
- //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.
- //
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- }
- //
- // The variable in VarList is CHAR8, but in the EFI variable is CHAR16.
- //
- DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Size
- );
- }
- } else {
- //
- //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- //
- //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has
- // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then
- // update it from VarList to the FD.
- //
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL) \
- && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)
- ) {
- if (!(VariableHeader->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS)) {
- DataBase = (CHAR8 *)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size
- );
- } else {
- printf ("Error. Not support to update authenticated variables.\n");
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){
- //
- //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.
- //
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables
- //
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Create the authenticated variable header
- //
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->MonotonicCount = 0x0;
- memset (&(VariableHeader->TimeStamp), 0, sizeof (EFI_TIME));
- VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex = 0x0;
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- } else {
- printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the store variable is Time stamp authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-
-BOOLEAN
-CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- )
-{
- if (!CompareGuid (
- &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid,
- &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)
- ) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Copy time-based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
- UINT32 HeaderLength;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- HeaderLength = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
-
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return 0;
- }
- //
- // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header
- //
- if (Index == 0) {
- HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);
- //
- //Create the Variable Storage header
- //
- memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;
- VariableStoreHeader->State = 0xFE;
- //
- //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.
- //
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;
- }
-
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);
-
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
-
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Create the variable header
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- VariableHeader->MonotonicCount = 0x0;
- memset (&(VariableHeader->TimeStamp), 0, sizeof (EFI_TIME));
- VariableHeader->PubKeyIndex = 0x0;
-
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);
-}
-
-/**
- Read time-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- BOOLEAN ReadIdHeaderFlag;
- UINT32 Length;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- static UINT16 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- static UINT64 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
-
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
- Variable = NULL;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = TRUE;
- Length = 0;
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;
- DataBase = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
-
- for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize
- ) {
- //
- // Create the storage
- //
- Storage = NULL;
- Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (Storage == NULL) {
- printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId
- //
- if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {
- ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;
- memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- } else {
- //
- // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.
- //
- memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- }
- Storage->Attributes = Variable->Attributes;
- Storage->Size = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;
- Storage->Name = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- memcpy (
- &(Storage->Guid),
- &(Variable->VendorGuid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Name,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- Variable->NameSize
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode
- //
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
-
- InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);
- //
- // If the last variable, exit.
- //
- if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {
- break;
- }
-
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- assert (Variable != NULL);
- }
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid time-based variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)
- || (Storage->Name == NULL)
- || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Fix the size of time-based variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = Length - *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;
-}
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c92060309..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1091 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Read and edit the EFI variable.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#include "Fce.h"
-#include "Variable.h"
-
-extern LIST_ENTRY mAllVarListEntry;
-extern MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS mMultiPlatformParam;
-extern G_EFI_FD_INFO gEfiFdInfo;
-
-EFI_GUID gEfiVariableGuid = EFI_VARIABLE_GUID;
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the first variable header in given variable store area.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the first variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetStartPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (VarStoreHeader + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- Gets the pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
- This function gets pointer to the end of the variable storage
- area, according to the input variable store header.
-
- @param VarStoreHeader Pointer to the Variable Store Header.
-
- @return Pointer to the end of the variable storage area.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetEndPointer (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VarStoreHeader
- )
-{
- //
- // The end of variable store
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN ((UINTN) VarStoreHeader + VarStoreHeader->Size);
-}
-
-
-/**
-
- This code checks if variable header is valid or not.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @retval TRUE Variable header is valid.
- @retval FALSE Variable header is not valid.
-
-**/
-static
-BOOLEAN
-IsValidVariableHeader (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable == NULL) || (Variable->StartId != VARIABLE_DATA)) {
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of name of variable.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return UINTN Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-NameSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->NameSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the size of variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Size of variable in bytes.
-
-**/
-static
-UINTN
-DataSizeOfVariable (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- if ((Variable->State == (UINT8) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->DataSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->NameSize == (UINT32) (-1)) ||
- (Variable->Attributes == (UINT32) (-1))
- ) {
- return 0;
- }
- return (UINTN) Variable->DataSize;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable name.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Name which is Unicode encoding.
-
-**/
-static
-CHAR16 *
-GetVariableNamePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
-
- return (CHAR16 *) (Variable + 1);
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the variable data.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to Variable Data.
-
-**/
-static
-UINT8 *
-GetVariableDataPtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableNamePtr (Variable);
- Value += NameSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (NameSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- return (UINT8 *) Value;
-}
-
-/**
-
- This code gets the pointer to the next variable header.
-
- @param Variable Pointer to the Variable Header.
-
- @return Pointer to next variable header.
-
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-GetNextVariablePtr (
- IN VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable
- )
-{
- UINTN Value;
-
- if (!IsValidVariableHeader (Variable)) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- Value = (UINTN) GetVariableDataPtr (Variable);
- Value += DataSizeOfVariable (Variable);
- Value += GET_PAD_SIZE (DataSizeOfVariable (Variable));
-
- //
- // Be careful about pad size for alignment.
- //
- return (VARIABLE_HEADER *) HEADER_ALIGN (Value);
-}
-
-/**
- Search and get a free space in the EFI variable zone
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarListSize The size of a variables needs to be allocated.
- @param FreeBeginVar The dual pointer to the free NV space.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Return the beginning of a free variable space.
- @retval RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Failed.
-**/
-static
-EFI_STATUS
-GetVariableVar (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN UINT32 VarListSize,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **FreeBeginVar
-)
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR8 *BeginVar;
-
- BeginVar = NULL;
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
-
- if (VariableStoreHeader == NULL) {
- *FreeBeginVar = NULL;
- return RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- //Search the beginning of free NV
- //
- while (Variable != EndOfVariable) {
- BeginVar = (CHAR8 *)Variable;
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- if (Variable == NULL) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- //
- // Check whether the free space is more than what we want
- //
- if ((CHAR8 *)BeginVar + VarListSize > (CHAR8 *)EndOfVariable) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- //
- // If not find the available space, return NULL
- //
- if (!Flag) {
- return RETURN_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL;
- }
- *FreeBeginVar = BeginVar;
-
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Search whether the variable in VarList has existed in current NV.
-
- Parse the FFS or Fd image, and find the valid variable pointer.
-
- @param VariableStoreHeader The start of a EFI variable zone.
- @param VarList The pointer to the VarList
-
- @retval address If the variable existed in current NV, return address
- @return NULL Otherwise, return NULL
-**/
-static
-VARIABLE_HEADER *
-FindVariableInNv (
- IN VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
- )
-{
- BOOLEAN Flag;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- CHAR16 *VariableName;
-
- Flag = FALSE;
- Variable = NULL;
- EndOfVariable = NULL;
- VariableName = NULL;
-
- if ((VariableStoreHeader == NULL) || (Storage == NULL) || (Storage->Name == NULL)) {
- return NULL;
- }
- Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
- //
- // Parse and compare the variable in the NV space one by one
- //
- while ((Variable != EndOfVariable) && (Variable != NULL)) {
- VariableName = (CHAR16 *)((CHAR8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER));
- if (!CompareGuid (&Variable->VendorGuid, &Storage->Guid) \
- && !FceStrCmp (Storage->Name, VariableName) \
- && (Variable->State == VAR_ADDED)) {
- Flag = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- }
- if (!Flag) {
- return NULL;
- }
- return Variable;
-}
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SynEfiVariable (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- CHAR8 *DataBase;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- DataBase = NULL;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if (VarToList) {
- //
- //Copy the data from NV to the VarList.
- //
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Storage->Size, sizeof (CHAR8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- }
- DataBase = (CHAR8*)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Size
- );
- }
- } else {
- //
- //If existed, copy the List data to the variable in NV directly. If not found, create a new one.
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- //
- //If this variable has existed in current FD, the data in VarList has
- // been updated, and this variable is not authenticated type, then
- // update it from VarList to the FD.
- //
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL) \
- && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)
- ) {
- DataBase = (CHAR8*)GetVariableDataPtr (VariableHeader);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) DataBase,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size
- );
- } else if ((VariableHeader == NULL) && (Storage->Buffer != NULL)){
- //
- //If EfiVarstore is not EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE, only skip it.
- //
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore
- && ((Storage->Attributes & EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Try to get the available zone from the efi variables
- //
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
-
- if (!EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- //
- // Create the variable header
- //
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- } else {
- printf ("Error. No available space in NV ram.\n");
- return EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES;
- }
- }
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return Status;
-}
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveNormalEfiVariable (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if (Storage->Buffer == NULL) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
- if (VariableHeader != NULL) {
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_DELETED;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return EFI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- Check the store variable is no-authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If no-authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-
-BOOLEAN
-CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- )
-{
- if (!CompareGuid (
- &gEfiVariableGuid,
- &((VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)VariableStoreHeader)->Signature)
- ) {
- return TRUE;
- } else {
- return FALSE;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
- UINT32 HeaderLength;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- HeaderLength = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
-
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return 0;
- }
- //
- // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header
- //
- if (Index == 0) {
- HeaderLength = WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength);
- //
- //Create the Variable Storage header
- //
- memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;
- VariableStoreHeader->State = 0xFE;
- //
- //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.
- //
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;
- }
-
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + *(UINT16 *)StorageBeginning);
-
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Create the variable header
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning) + Storage->Size);
-}
-/**
- Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- )
-{
- EFI_STATUS Status;
- CHAR8 *NewAvailableAddr;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- UINTN VarNameSize;
- UINT32 HeaderLength;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *PcdDefaultDataHeader;
-
- Status = EFI_SUCCESS;
- NewAvailableAddr = NULL;
- VarNameSize = 0;
- HeaderLength = 0;
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
-
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- printf ("Error. One variable name is NULL. Its GUID is: ");
- PrintGuid(&(Storage->Guid));
- return 0;
- }
- //
- // If the first storage under one specified platformId and defaultId, create the variable header
- //
- if (Index == 0) {
- HeaderLength = WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (StorageBeginning, Storage);
- PcdDefaultDataHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)StorageBeginning;
- PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize = HeaderLength;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + HeaderLength + 4);
- //
- //Create the Variable Storage header
- //
- memcpy (&(VariableStoreHeader->Signature), &gEfiVariableGuid, sizeof (EFI_GUID));
- VariableStoreHeader->Format = 0x5A;
- VariableStoreHeader->State = 0xFE;
- //
- //Assign a big size here. It will be fixed after the storage under a specifed platformId and defaultId are all written.
- //
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = gEfiFdInfo.FdSize;
- }
- PcdDefaultDataHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)StorageBeginning;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (StorageBeginning + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4);
- Status = GetVariableVar (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage->Size + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- &NewAvailableAddr
- );
- if (EFI_ERROR (Status)) {
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Create the variable header
- //
- VarNameSize = 2 * (FceStrLen (Storage->Name) + 1);
- VariableHeader = (VARIABLE_HEADER *) NewAvailableAddr;
- VariableHeader->StartId = VARIABLE_DATA;
- VariableHeader->State = VAR_ADDED;
- VariableHeader->Reserved = 0x0;
- if (Storage->NewEfiVarstore) {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = Storage->Attributes;
- } else {
- VariableHeader->Attributes = EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE|EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS|EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS;
- }
- VariableHeader->NameSize = VarNameSize;
- VariableHeader->DataSize = Storage->Size;
- //
- //Copy the Guid, variable name, and data in sequence.
- //
- memcpy (
- (VOID *)&(VariableHeader->VendorGuid),
- &(Storage->Guid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Name,
- VarNameSize
- );
-
- NewAvailableAddr = NewAvailableAddr + VarNameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (VarNameSize);
- memcpy (
- (VOID *) NewAvailableAddr,
- Storage->Buffer,
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- return ((UINT32) ((UINT8*)NewAvailableAddr - StorageBeginning - PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize - 4) + Storage->Size);
-}
-/**
- Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadNvStoreVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- UINT32 Length;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *PcdDefaultData;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- static UINT16 PreDefaultId;
- static UINT64 PrePlatformId;
-
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
- Variable = NULL;
- Length = 0;
- DataBase = Binary;
-
- PcdDefaultData = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)DataBase;
- PrePlatformId = PcdDefaultData->DefaultInfo[0].SkuId;
- PreDefaultId = PcdDefaultData->DefaultInfo[0].DefaultId;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + PcdDefaultData->HeaderSize + 4);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
-
- for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize
- ) {
- //
- // Create the storage
- //
- Storage = NULL;
- Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (Storage == NULL) {
- printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.
- //
- Storage->DefaultId[0] = PreDefaultId;
- Storage->PlatformId[0] = PrePlatformId;
- Storage->DefaultPlatformIdNum = 0;
-
- Storage->Attributes = Variable->Attributes;
- Storage->Size = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;
- Storage->Name = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- memcpy (
- &(Storage->Guid),
- &(Variable->VendorGuid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Name,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- Variable->NameSize
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode
- //
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
-
- InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);
- //
- // If the last variable, exit.
- //
- if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {
- break;
- }
-
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- assert (Variable != NULL);
- if (!IsValidVariableHeader(Variable)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return Length;
-}
-/**
- Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_HEADER *EndOfVariable;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *Variable;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- BOOLEAN ReadIdHeaderFlag;
- UINT32 Length;
- EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *SectionHeader;
- UINT8 *DataBase;
- static UINT16 PreDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- static UINT64 PrePlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
-
- VariableStoreHeader = NULL;
- Variable = NULL;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = TRUE;
- Length = 0;
- SectionHeader = (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER *)Binary;
- DataBase = Binary + sizeof (EFI_COMMON_SECTION_HEADER);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (DataBase + *(UINT16 *)DataBase);
- EndOfVariable = GetEndPointer(VariableStoreHeader);
-
- for (Variable = GetStartPointer (VariableStoreHeader);
- Length < VariableStoreHeader->Size;
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize
- ) {
- //
- // Create the storage
- //
- Storage = NULL;
- Storage = calloc (sizeof (FORMSET_STORAGE), sizeof (CHAR8));
- if (Storage == NULL) {
- printf ("Allocate memory failed.\n");
- return FAIL;
- }
- //
- // If access the first storage, read the platformId and defaultId
- //
- if (ReadIdHeaderFlag) {
- ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (DataBase, Storage);
- Length += sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + Variable->DataSize;
- ReadIdHeaderFlag = FALSE;
- memcpy (PreDefaultId, Storage->DefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (PrePlatformId, Storage->PlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- } else {
- //
- // Store the DefaultId and PlatformId collected from the header to Storage.
- //
- memcpy (Storage->DefaultId, PreDefaultId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT16));
- memcpy (Storage->PlatformId, PrePlatformId, MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM * sizeof (UINT64));
- }
- Storage->Attributes = Variable->Attributes;
- Storage->Size = (UINT16)Variable->DataSize;
- Storage->Name = calloc (Variable->NameSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Name != NULL);
- Storage->Buffer = calloc (Variable->DataSize, sizeof (UINT8));
- ASSERT (Storage->Buffer != NULL);
- memcpy (
- &(Storage->Guid),
- &(Variable->VendorGuid),
- sizeof (EFI_GUID)
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Name,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER),
- Variable->NameSize
- );
- memcpy (
- Storage->Buffer,
- (UINT8 *)Variable + sizeof (VARIABLE_HEADER) + Variable->NameSize + GET_PAD_SIZE (Variable->NameSize),
- Storage->Size * sizeof (CHAR8)
- );
- //
- // Assigned the value for comparison in verify mode
- //
- Storage->Type = EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OP;
- Storage->NewEfiVarstore = TRUE;
- InitializeListHead (&Storage->NameValueListHead);
-
- InsertTailList(StorageListEntry, &Storage->Link);
- //
- // If the last variable, exit.
- //
- if (Variable == EndOfVariable) {
- break;
- }
-
- Variable = GetNextVariablePtr (Variable);
- assert (Variable != NULL);
- }
- //
- // Return the length which is from the beginning of Binary
- //
- Length = FvBufExpand3ByteSize (SectionHeader->Size);
-
- return Length;
-}
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid normal variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- )
-{
- EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *VarAddr;
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageLink;
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VARIABLE_HEADER *VariableHeader;
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableHeader = NULL;
- VarAddr = (EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME_HEADER *) gEfiFdInfo.EfiVariableAddr;
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *)((CHAR8 *)VarAddr + VarAddr->HeaderLength);
- //
- //Parse the variable range, and check whether there is some existed ones.
- //
- StorageLink = GetFirstNode (StorageListHead);
- while (!IsNull (StorageListHead, StorageLink)) {
- Storage = FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK (StorageLink);
- //
- // Ignore the invalid varlist node
- //
- if ((Storage->Buffer == NULL)
- || (Storage->Name == NULL)
- || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)
- ) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- //
- // Report error, if the variable name is invalid.
- //
- if ((Storage->Name == NULL) || (FceStrLen(Storage->Name) == 0)) {
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- continue;
- }
- VariableHeader = FindVariableInNv (
- VariableStoreHeader,
- Storage
- );
-
- if ((VariableHeader != NULL)) {
- return TRUE;
- }
- StorageLink = GetNextNode (StorageListHead, StorageLink);
- }
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-/**
- Fix the size of variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
-
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning);
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = Length - *(UINT16 *)BinaryBeginning;
-}
-
-/**
- Fix the size of variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- )
-{
- VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *VariableStoreHeader;
- PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *PcdDefaultDataHeader;
-
- PcdDefaultDataHeader = (PCD_DEFAULT_DATA *)(BinaryBeginning);
- VariableStoreHeader = (VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER *) (BinaryBeginning + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4);
- VariableStoreHeader->Size = Length;
- PcdDefaultDataHeader->DataSize = VariableStoreHeader->Size + PcdDefaultDataHeader->HeaderSize + 4;
-}
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE b/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE
deleted file mode 100755
index a244ecc095..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/BinWrappers/PosixLike/FCE
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env bash
-
-full_cmd=${BASH_SOURCE:-$0} # see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/028 for a discussion of why $0 is not a good choice here
-dir=$(dirname "$full_cmd")
-cmd=${full_cmd##*/}
-
-if [ -n "$WORKSPACE" ] && [ -e "$WORKSPACE/Conf/BaseToolsCBinaries" ]
-then
- exec "$WORKSPACE/Conf/BaseToolsCBinaries/$cmd"
-elif [ -n "$WORKSPACE" ] && [ -e "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C" ]
-then
- if [ ! -e "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C/bin/$cmd" ]
- then
- echo "BaseTools C Tool binary was not found ($cmd)"
- echo "You may need to run:"
- echo " make -C $EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C"
- else
- exec "$EDK_TOOLS_PATH/Source/C/bin/$cmd" "$@"
- fi
-elif [ -e "$dir/../../Source/C/bin/$cmd" ]
-then
- exec "$dir/../../Source/C/bin/$cmd" "$@"
-else
- echo "Unable to find the real '$cmd' to run"
- echo "This message was printed by"
- echo " $0"
- exit 127
-fi
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e2f22599e..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryCreate.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The API to create the binary.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _BINARY_CREATE_H_
-#define _BINARY_CREATE_H_ 1
-
-#include <FvLib.h>
-#include "Compress.h"
-#include "Decompress.h"
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"
-#include "OsPath.h"
-#include "ParseGuidedSectionTools.h"
-#include "StringFuncs.h"
-#include "ParseInf.h"
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>
-#include <Common/UefiCapsule.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareFile.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h>
-#include <Guid/PiFirmwareFileSystem.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-
-//1AE42876-008F-4161-B2B7-1C0D15C5EF43
-#define EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID \
- { 0x1ae42876, 0x008f, 0x4161, { 0xb2, 0xb7, 0x1c, 0xd, 0x15, 0xc5, 0xef, 0x43 }}
-
-extern EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid;
-
-// {003E7B41-98A2-4BE2-B27A-6C30C7655225}
-#define EFI_FFS_BFV_FOR_MULTIPLATFORM_GUID2 \
- { 0x3e7b41, 0x98a2, 0x4be2, { 0xb2, 0x7a, 0x6c, 0x30, 0xc7, 0x65, 0x52, 0x25 }}
-
-extern EFI_GUID gEfiFfsBfvForMultiPlatformGuid2;
-
-typedef UINT64 SKU_ID;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT32 Offset:24;
- UINT32 Value:8;
-} PCD_DATA_DELTA;
-
-typedef struct {
- SKU_ID SkuId;
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- UINT8 Reserved[6];
-} PCD_DEFAULT_INFO;
-
-typedef struct {
- //
- // Full size, it must be at 8 byte alignment.
- //
- UINT32 DataSize;
- //
- // HeaderSize includes HeaderSize fields and DefaultInfo arrays
- //
- UINT32 HeaderSize;
- //
- // DefaultInfo arrays those have the same default setting.
- //
- PCD_DEFAULT_INFO DefaultInfo[1];
- //
- // Default data is stored as variable storage or the array of DATA_DELTA.
- //
-} PCD_DEFAULT_DATA;
-
-#define PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32('N', 'S', 'D', 'B')
-
-typedef struct {
- //
- // PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIGNATURE
- //
- UINT32 Signature;
- //
- // Length of the taken default buffer
- //
- UINT32 Length;
- //
- // Length of the total reserved buffer
- //
- UINT32 MaxLength;
- //
- // Reserved for 8 byte alignment
- //
- UINT32 Reserved;
- // one or more PCD_DEFAULT_DATA
-} PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER;
-
-//
-// NvStoreDefaultValueBuffer layout:
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | PCD_NV_STORE_DEFAULT_BUFFER_HEADER |
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | PCD_DEFAULT_DATA (DEFAULT, Standard)|
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | PCD_DATA_DELTA (DEFAULT, Standard)|
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | ...... |
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | PCD_DEFAULT_DATA (SKU A, Standard) |
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | PCD_DATA_DELTA (SKU A, Standard) |
-// +-------------------------------------+
-// | ...... |
-// +-------------------------------------+
-//
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 Offset;
- UINT8 Value;
-} DATA_DELTA;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-/**
- Create the Ras section in FFS
-
- @param[in] InputFilePath The input file path and name.
- @param[in] OutputFilePath The output file path and name.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateRawSection (
- IN CHAR8* InputFilePath,
- IN CHAR8* OutputFilePath
- );
-
-/**
- Create the Ras type of FFS
-
- @param[in] InputFilePath .efi file, it's optional unless process PE/TE section.
- @param[in] OutputFilePath .te or .pe file
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-CreateRawFfs (
- IN CHAR8** InputFilePaths,
- IN CHAR8* OutputFilePath,
- IN BOOLEAN SizeOptimized
- );
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3995b8b79..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/BinaryParse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The API to parse the binary.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-#ifndef _BINARY_PARSE_H_
-#define _BINARY_PARSE_H_ 1
-
-#include <FvLib.h>
-#include "Compress.h"
-#include "Decompress.h"
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include "EfiUtilityMsgs.h"
-#include "FirmwareVolumeBufferLib.h"
-#include "OsPath.h"
-#include "ParseGuidedSectionTools.h"
-#include "StringFuncs.h"
-#include "ParseInf.h"
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>
-#include <Common/UefiCapsule.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareFile.h>
-#include <Common/PiFirmwareVolume.h>
-#include <Guid/PiFirmwareFileSystem.h>
-#include <IndustryStandard/PeImage.h>
-#include <Protocol/GuidedSectionExtraction.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define OS_SEP '/'
-#define OS_SEP_STR "/"
-#else
-#define OS_SEP '\\'
-#define OS_SEP_STR "\\"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900
-#define snprintf _snprintf
-#endif
-
-#define TEMP_DIR_NAME "Temp"
-#define MAX_FILENAME_LEN 200
-#define MAX_MATCH_GUID_NUM 100
-#define MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM 100
-
-typedef struct {
- VOID *Fd;
- UINT32 FdSize;
- UINTN EfiVariableAddr;
- UINTN Length[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];
- VOID *FfsArray[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];
- VOID *StorageFfsInBfv;
- VOID *NvStoreDatabase;
- BOOLEAN ExistNvStoreDatabase;
-} G_EFI_FD_INFO;
-
-///
-///Define the structure for th sections
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINTN BufferBase;
- UINTN UncompressedBuffer[MAX_EFI_IN_FFS_NUM];
- UINTN Length;
- UINT8 UnCompressIndex;
-} EFI_SECTION_STRUCT;
-
-// {d0bc7cb4-6a47-495f-aa11-710746da06a2}
-#define EFI_VFR_ATTRACT_GUID \
-{ 0xd0bc7cb4, 0x6a47, 0x495f, { 0xaa, 0x11, 0x71, 0x7, 0x46, 0xda, 0x6, 0xa2 } }
-
-// {8913C5E0-33F6-4d86-9BF1-43EF89FC0666}
-#define EFI_UNI_STR_ATTRACT_GUID \
-{ 0x8913c5e0, 0x33f6, 0x4d86, { 0x9b, 0xf1, 0x43, 0xef, 0x89, 0xfc, 0x6, 0x66 } }
-
-// {FFF12B8D-7696-4C8B-A985-2747075B4F50}
-#define EFI_SYSTEM_NVDATA_FV_GUID \
-{ 0xFFF12B8D, 0x7696, 0x4C8B, { 0xA9, 0x85, 0x27, 0x47, 0x07, 0x5B, 0x4F, 0x50 }}
-
-/**
- Parses FFS Sections, and remove the FFS headers. Tis function olny handle one efi in this FFS.
-
- @param SectionBuffer The section base address
- @param BufferLength The length of FFS.
- @param EfiBufferHeader The structure dual pointer to the efi informations
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The application exited normally.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED An error occurred.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseSection (
- IN BOOLEAN IsFfsOrEfi,
- IN OUT UINT8 *SectionBuffer,
- IN UINT32 BufferLength,
- IN OUT EFI_SECTION_STRUCT **EfiBufferHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Search the VfrBin Base address.
-
- According the known GUID gVfrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param EfiAddr the Pointer to the EFI in FFS
- @param Length the length of Fv
- @param Offset the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)
- @param NumOfMachingOffset the number of Addr (Offset)
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchVfrBinInFFS (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *EfiAddr,
- IN UINTN Length,
- OUT UINTN **Offset,
- OUT UINT8 *NumOfMachingOffset
- );
-
-/**
- Search the UniBin Base address.
-
- According the known GUID gUniStrArrayAttractGuid to get the base address from FFS.
-
- @param Fv the Pointer to the FFS
- @param EfiAddr the Pointer to the EFI in FFS
- @param Length the length of Fv
- @param Offset the Pointer to the Addr (Offset)
-
- @retval Base address Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchUniBinInFFS (
- IN VOID *Fv,
- IN VOID *EfiAddr,
- IN UINTN Length,
- OUT UINTN **Offset
- );
-
-/**
- Read the file to memory.
-
- @param InputFile The file that contains the FV image.
- @param Size The size of the file.
-
- @retval The pointer to the begining position of memory.
-**/
-VOID *
-ReadFileToMemory (
- IN CHAR8 *FileName,
- OUT UINT32 *Size
- );
-
-/**
- Search the EFI variables address in Fd.
-
- Open and read the *.fd to the memory, initialize the global structure.
- Update the EFI variables addr and the begining position of memory.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-GetEfiVariablesAddr (
- BOOLEAN UqiIsSet
- );
-
-/**
- Pick up the FFS which includes IFR section.
-
- Parse all FFS extracted by BfmLib, and save all which includes IFR
- Binary to gEfiFdInfo structure.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL Memory can't be allocated.
- @retval EFI_ABORTED Read FFS Failed.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-FindFileInFolder (
- IN CHAR8 *FolderName,
- OUT BOOLEAN *ExistStorageInBfv,
- OUT BOOLEAN *SizeOptimized
-);
-
-#endif
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b21974878..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,999 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Common library.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-#ifndef _COMMON_LIB_H_
-#define _COMMON_LIB_H_
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#include <unistd.h>
-#else
-#include <io.h>
-#include <direct.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <math.h>
-#include "CommonLib.h"
-#include <Common/UefiBaseTypes.h>
-
-#define MAX_QUI_PARAM_LEN 2000
-#define ERROR_INFO_LENGTH 400
-#define MAX_STR_LEN_FOR_PICK_UQI 200
-#define MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM 1000
-#define _MAX_BUILD_VERSION 100
-#define _MAXIMUM_SECTION_FILE_NUM 1000
-
-#ifndef _MAX_PATH
-#define _MAX_PATH 500
-#endif
-
-///
-/// Variable attributes.
-///
-#define EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE 0x00000001
-#define EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS 0x00000002
-#define EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS 0x00000004
-
-///
-/// This attribute is identified by the mnemonic 'HR'
-/// elsewhere in this specification.
-///
-#define EFI_VARIABLE_AUTHENTICATED_WRITE_ACCESS 0x00000010
-
-#define VARSTORE_LIST_TYPE 0x0000000000000001ULL
-#define EFI_VARSTORE_LIST_TYPE 0x0000000000000002ULL
-#define PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_TYPE 0x0000000000000004ULL
-#define UQI_LIST_TYPE 0x0000000000000008ULL
-#define HII_OBJ_LIST_TYPE 0x0000000000000010ULL
-
-///
-/// LIST_ENTRY structure definition.
-///
-typedef struct _LIST_ENTRY {
- struct _LIST_ENTRY *ForwardLink;
- struct _LIST_ENTRY *BackLink;
-} LIST_ENTRY;
-
-#define CR(Record, TYPE, Field, TestSignature) ((TYPE *) ((CHAR8 *) (Record) - (CHAR8 *) &(((TYPE *) 0)->Field)))
-#define AllocateZeroPool(a) calloc(a, sizeof (CHAR8))
-#define FreePool(a) free(a)
-#define CopyMem(a, b, c) memcpy(a, b, c)
-#define ZeroMem(a, b) memset(a, 0, b)
-#define CompareMem(a, b, c) memcmp(a, b, c)
-#define AllocatePool(a) malloc(a)
-
-/**
- Returns a 16-bit signature built from 2 ASCII characters.
-
- This macro returns a 16-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified
- by A and B.
-
- @param A The first ASCII character.
- @param B The second ASCII character.
-
- @return A 16-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified by A and B.
-
-**/
-#define SIGNATURE_16(A, B) ((A) | (B << 8))
-
-/**
- Returns a 32-bit signature built from 4 ASCII characters.
-
- This macro returns a 32-bit value built from the four ASCII characters specified
- by A, B, C, and D.
-
- @param A The first ASCII character.
- @param B The second ASCII character.
- @param C The third ASCII character.
- @param D The fourth ASCII character.
-
- @return A 32-bit value built from the two ASCII characters specified by A, B,
- C and D.
-
-**/
-#define SIGNATURE_32(A, B, C, D) (SIGNATURE_16 (A, B) | (SIGNATURE_16 (C, D) << 16))
-
-#define ASSERT_UNICODE_BUFFER(Buffer) ASSERT ((((UINTN) (Buffer)) & 0x01) == 0)
-
-/**
- Returns an argument of a specified type from a variable argument list and updates
- the pointer to the variable argument list to point to the next argument.
-
- This function returns an argument of the type specified by TYPE from the beginning
- of the variable argument list specified by Marker. Marker is then updated to point
- to the next argument in the variable argument list. The method for computing the
- pointer to the next argument in the argument list is CPU specific following the EFIAPI ABI.
-
- @param Marker The pointer to the beginning of a variable argument list.
- @param TYPE The type of argument to retrieve from the beginning
- of the variable argument list.
-
- @return An argument of the type specified by TYPE.
-
-**/
-#define BASE_ARG(Marker, TYPE) (*(TYPE *) ((Marker += _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF (TYPE)) - _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF (TYPE)))
-
-///
-/// Define the maximum number of characters that are required to
-/// encode with a NULL terminator a decimal, hexadecimal, GUID,
-/// or TIME value.
-///
-/// Maximum Length Decimal String = 28
-/// "-9,223,372,036,854,775,808"
-/// Maximum Length Hexadecimal String = 17
-/// "FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF"
-/// Maximum Length GUID = 37
-/// "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-/// Maximum Length TIME = 18
-/// "12/12/2006 12:12"
-///
-#define MAXIMUM_VALUE_CHARACTERS 38
-
-///
-/// Pointer to the start of a variable argument list stored in a memory buffer. Same as UINT8 *.
-///
-typedef UINTN *BASE_LIST;
-
-/**
- Returns the size of a data type in sizeof(UINTN) units rounded up to the nearest UINTN boundary.
-
- @param TYPE The date type to determine the size of.
-
- @return The size of TYPE in sizeof (UINTN) units rounded up to the nearest UINTN boundary.
-**/
-#define _BASE_INT_SIZE_OF(TYPE) ((sizeof (TYPE) + sizeof (UINTN) - 1) / sizeof (UINTN))
-
-//
-// Print primitives
-//
-#define PREFIX_SIGN BIT1
-#define PREFIX_BLANK BIT2
-#define LONG_TYPE BIT4
-#define OUTPUT_UNICODE BIT6
-#define FORMAT_UNICODE BIT8
-#define PAD_TO_WIDTH BIT9
-#define ARGUMENT_UNICODE BIT10
-#define PRECISION BIT11
-#define ARGUMENT_REVERSED BIT12
-#define COUNT_ONLY_NO_PRINT BIT13
-
-///
-/// Flags bitmask values use in UnicodeValueToString() and
-/// AsciiValueToString()
-///
-#define LEFT_JUSTIFY 0x01
-#define COMMA_TYPE 0x08
-#define PREFIX_ZERO 0x20
-#define RADIX_HEX 0x80
-
-//
-// Record date and time information
-//
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 Year;
- UINT8 Month;
- UINT8 Day;
- UINT8 Hour;
- UINT8 Minute;
- UINT8 Second;
- UINT8 Pad1;
- UINT32 Nanosecond;
- INT16 TimeZone;
- UINT8 Daylight;
- UINT8 Pad2;
-} TIME;
-
-
-/**
- Copies one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated Unicode
- string and returns the new Unicode string.
-
- This function copies the contents of the Unicode string Source to the Unicode
- string Destination, and returns Destination. If Source and Destination
- overlap, then the results are undefined.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then return NULL.
- If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then return NULL.
-
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrCpy (
- OUT CHAR16 *Destination,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source
- );
-
-/**
- Returns the length of a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- This function returns the number of Unicode characters in the Null-terminated
- Unicode string specified by String.
-
- If String is NULL, then return 0.
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return The length of String.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-FceStrLen (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-/**
- Returns the size of a Null-terminated Unicode string in bytes, including the
- Null terminator.
-
- This function returns the size, in bytes, of the Null-terminated Unicode string
- specified by String.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return The size of String.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-FceStrSize (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-/**
- Compares two Null-terminated Unicode strings, and returns the difference
- between the first mismatched Unicode characters.
-
- This function compares the Null-terminated Unicode string FirstString to the
- Null-terminated Unicode string SecondString. If FirstString is identical to
- SecondString, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the value returned is the first
- mismatched Unicode character in SecondString subtracted from the first
- mismatched Unicode character in FirstString.
-
- @param FirstString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param SecondString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval 0 FirstString is identical to SecondString.
- @return others FirstString is not identical to SecondString.
-
-**/
-INTN
-FceStrCmp (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *FirstString,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *SecondString
- );
-
-/**
- Concatenates one Null-terminated Unicode string to another Null-terminated
- Unicode string, and returns the concatenated Unicode string.
-
- This function concatenates two Null-terminated Unicode strings. The contents
- of Null-terminated Unicode string Source are concatenated to the end of
- Null-terminated Unicode string Destination. The Null-terminated concatenated
- Unicode String is returned. If Source and Destination overlap, then the
- results are undefined.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Destination is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Destination contains more
- than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and Source contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and concatenating Destination
- and Source results in a Unicode string with more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrCat (
- IN OUT CHAR16 *Destination,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source
- );
-
-/**
- Returns the first occurrence of a Null-terminated Unicode sub-string
- in a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- This function scans the contents of the Null-terminated Unicode string
- specified by String and returns the first occurrence of SearchString.
- If SearchString is not found in String, then NULL is returned. If
- the length of SearchString is zero, then String is
- returned.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If SearchString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If SearchString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and SearchString
- or String contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode
- characters, not including the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param SearchString A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string to search for.
-
- @retval NULL If the SearchString does not appear in String.
- @return others If there is a match.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-StrStr (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *SearchString
- );
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode decimal string to a value of
- type UINT64.
-
- This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents
- of the Unicode string specified by String as a decimal number. The format
- of the input Unicode string String is:
-
- [spaces] [decimal digits].
-
- The valid decimal digit character is in the range [0-9]. The
- function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or
- tab characters, before [decimal digits]. The running zero in the
- beginning of [decimal digits] will be ignored. Then, the function
- stops at the first character that is a not a valid decimal character
- or a Null-terminator, whichever one comes first.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If String has only pad spaces, then 0 is returned.
- If String has no pad spaces or valid decimal digits,
- then 0 is returned.
- If the number represented by String overflows according
- to the range defined by UINT64, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains
- more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including
- the Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval Value translated from String.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-FceStrDecimalToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-
-/**
- Convert one Null-terminated ASCII string to a Null-terminated
- Unicode string and returns the Unicode string.
-
- This function converts the contents of the ASCII string Source to the Unicode
- string Destination, and returns Destination. The function terminates the
- Unicode string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character at the end.
- The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points to a buffer with size
- equal or greater than ((AsciiStrLen (Source) + 1) * sizeof (CHAR16)) in bytes.
-
- @param Source A pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
- @param Destination A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @return Destination.
- @return NULL If Destination or Source is NULL, return NULL.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-AsciiStrToUnicodeStr (
- IN CONST CHAR8 *Source,
- OUT CHAR16 *Destination
- );
-
-/**
- Worker function that produces a Null-terminated string in an output buffer
- based on a Null-terminated format string and variable argument list.
-
- VSPrint function to process format and place the results in Buffer. Since a
- VA_LIST is used this routine allows the nesting of Vararg routines. Thus
- this is the main print working routine
-
- @param StartOfBuffer The character buffer to print the results of the parsing
- of Format into.
- @param BufferSize The maximum number of characters to put into buffer.
- Zero means no limit.
- @param Flags Initial flags value.
- Can only have FORMAT_UNICODE and OUTPUT_UNICODE set
- @param FormatString A Null-terminated format string.
- @param ... The variable argument list.
-
- @return The number of characters printed.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-BasePrintLibSPrint (
- OUT CHAR8 *StartOfBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN UINTN Flags,
- IN CONST CHAR8 *FormatString,
- ...
- );
-
-/**
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in an output buffer based on a Null-terminated
- Unicode format string and variable argument list.
-
- Produces a Null-terminated Unicode string in the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer
- and BufferSize.
- The Unicode string is produced by parsing the format string specified by FormatString.
- Arguments are pulled from the variable argument list based on the contents of the format string.
- The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer is returned not including
- the Null-terminator.
- If BufferSize is 0 or 1, then no output buffer is produced and 0 is returned.
-
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and StartOfBuffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If BufferSize > 1 and FormatString is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and FormatString contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the Null-terminator, then
- ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and produced Null-terminated Unicode string
- contains more than PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters not including the
- Null-terminator, then ASSERT().
-
- @param StartOfBuffer A pointer to the output buffer for the produced Null-terminated
- Unicode string.
- @param BufferSize The size, in bytes, of the output buffer specified by StartOfBuffer.
- @param FormatString A Null-terminated Unicode format string.
- @param ... Variable argument list whose contents are accessed based on the
- format string specified by FormatString.
-
- @return The number of Unicode characters in the produced output buffer not including the
- Null-terminator.
-
-**/
-UINTN
-UnicodeSPrint (
- OUT CHAR16 *StartOfBuffer,
- IN UINTN BufferSize,
- IN CONST CHAR16 *FormatString,
- ...
- );
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode string to a Null-terminated
- ASCII string and returns the ASCII string.
-
- This function converts the content of the Unicode string Source
- to the ASCII string Destination by copying the lower 8 bits of
- each Unicode character. It returns Destination. The function terminates
- the ASCII string Destination by appending a Null-terminator character
- at the end. The caller is responsible to make sure Destination points
- to a buffer with size equal or greater than (FceStrLen (Source) + 1) in bytes.
-
- If Destination is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Source is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If Source and Destination overlap, then ASSERT().
-
- If any Unicode characters in Source contain non-zero value in
- the upper 8 bits, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Source Pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Destination Pointer to a Null-terminated ASCII string.
-
- @reture Destination
-
-**/
-CHAR8 *
-UnicodeStrToAsciiStr (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *Source,
- OUT CHAR8 *Destination
- );
-
-/**
- Allocate new memory and then copy the Unicode string Source to Destination.
-
- @param Dest Location to copy string
- @param Src String to copy
-
-**/
-VOID
-NewStringCpy (
- IN OUT CHAR16 **Dest,
- IN CHAR16 *Src
- );
-
-/**
- Convert a Null-terminated Unicode hexadecimal string to a value of type UINT64.
-
- This function returns a value of type UINT64 by interpreting the contents
- of the Unicode string specified by String as a hexadecimal number.
- The format of the input Unicode string String is
-
- [spaces][zeros][x][hexadecimal digits].
-
- The valid hexadecimal digit character is in the range [0-9], [a-f] and [A-F].
- The prefix "0x" is optional. Both "x" and "X" is allowed in "0x" prefix.
- If "x" appears in the input string, it must be prefixed with at least one 0.
- The function will ignore the pad space, which includes spaces or tab characters,
- before [zeros], [x] or [hexadecimal digit]. The running zero before [x] or
- [hexadecimal digit] will be ignored. Then, the decoding starts after [x] or the
- first valid hexadecimal digit. Then, the function stops at the first character that is
- a not a valid hexadecimal character or NULL, whichever one comes first.
-
- If String is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If String is not aligned in a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
- If String has only pad spaces, then zero is returned.
- If String has no leading pad spaces, leading zeros or valid hexadecimal digits,
- then zero is returned.
- If the number represented by String overflows according to the range defined by
- UINT64, then ASSERT().
-
- If PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength is not zero, and String contains more than
- PcdMaximumUnicodeStringLength Unicode characters, not including the Null-terminator,
- then ASSERT().
-
- @param String A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @retval Value translated from String.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-FceStrHexToUint64 (
- IN CONST CHAR16 *String
- );
-
-
-CHAR16
-ToUpper (
- CHAR16 a
- );
-
-CHAR16
-ToLower (
- CHAR16 a
- );
-
-/**
- Performs a case-insensitive comparison between a Null-terminated
- Unicode pattern string and a Null-terminated Unicode string.
-
- @param String - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode string.
- @param Pattern - A pointer to a Null-terminated Unicode pattern string.
-
-
- @retval TRUE - Pattern was found in String.
- @retval FALSE - Pattern was not found in String.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-MetaiMatch (
- IN CHAR16 *String,
- IN CHAR16 *Pattern
- );
-
-/**
- Multiplies a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and
- generates a 64-bit unsigned result.
-
- This function multiplies the 64-bit unsigned value Multiplicand by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Multiplier and generates a 64-bit unsigned result. This 64-
- bit unsigned result is returned.
-
- @param Multiplicand A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Multiplier A 32-bit unsigned value.
-
- @return Multiplicand * Multiplier.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-MultU64x32 (
- IN UINT64 Multiplicand,
- IN UINT32 Multiplier
- );
-
-/**
- Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates
- a 64-bit unsigned result.
-
- This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. This
- function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.
-
- If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Dividend A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Divisor A 32-bit unsigned value.
-
- @return Dividend / Divisor
-
-**/
-UINT64
-DivU64x32 (
- IN UINT64 Dividend,
- IN UINT32 Divisor
- );
-
-/**
- Shifts a 64-bit integer left between 0 and 63 bits. The low bits are filled
- with zeros. The shifted value is returned.
-
- This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the left by Count bits. The
- low Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.
-
- If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Operand The 64-bit operand to shift left.
- @param Count The number of bits to shift left.
-
- @return Operand << Count.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-LShiftU64 (
- IN UINT64 Operand,
- IN UINTN Count
- );
-
-/**
- Shifts a 64-bit integer right between 0 and 63 bits. This high bits are
- filled with zeros. The shifted value is returned.
-
- This function shifts the 64-bit value Operand to the right by Count bits. The
- high Count bits are set to zero. The shifted value is returned.
-
- If Count is greater than 63, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Operand The 64-bit operand to shift right.
- @param Count The number of bits to shift right.
-
- @return Operand >> Count.
-
-**/
-UINT64
-RShiftU64 (
- IN UINT64 Operand,
- IN UINTN Count
- );
-
-
-/**
- Divides a 64-bit unsigned integer by a 32-bit unsigned integer and generates
- a 64-bit unsigned result and an optional 32-bit unsigned remainder.
-
- This function divides the 64-bit unsigned value Dividend by the 32-bit
- unsigned value Divisor and generates a 64-bit unsigned quotient. If Remainder
- is not NULL, then the 32-bit unsigned remainder is returned in Remainder.
- This function returns the 64-bit unsigned quotient.
-
- If Divisor is 0, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Dividend A 64-bit unsigned value.
- @param Divisor A 32-bit unsigned value.
- @param Remainder A pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value. This parameter is
- optional and may be NULL.
-
- @return Dividend / Divisor
-
-**/
-UINT64
-DivU64x32Remainder (
- IN UINT64 Dividend,
- IN UINT32 Divisor,
- OUT UINT32 *Remainder
- );
-
-/**
- Copies a buffer to an allocated buffer.
-
- Allocates the number bytes specified by AllocationSize, copies allocationSize bytes
- from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the allocated
- buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
- is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
-
- If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
- @param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
-
- @return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
-
-**/
-VOID *
-FceAllocateCopyPool (
- IN UINTN AllocationSize,
- IN CONST VOID *Buffer
- );
-
-/**
- Initializes the head node of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to
- the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Initializes the forward and backward links of a new linked list. After
- initializing a linked list with this function, the other linked list
- functions may be used to add and remove nodes from the linked list. It is up
- to the caller of this function to allocate the memory for ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a new doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InitializeListHead (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Adds a node to the beginning of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer
- to the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Adds the node Entry at the beginning of the doubly-linked list denoted by
- ListHead, and returns ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number
- of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or
- equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Entry A pointer to a node that is to be inserted at the beginning
- of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InsertHeadList (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead,
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- );
-
-/**
- Adds a node to the end of a doubly-linked list, and returns the pointer to
- the head node of the doubly-linked list.
-
- Adds the node Entry to the end of the doubly-linked list denoted by ListHead,
- and returns ListHead.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and prior to insertion the number
- of nodes in ListHead, including the ListHead node, is greater than or
- equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Entry A pointer to a node that is to be added at the end of the
- doubly-linked list.
-
- @return ListHead
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-InsertTailList (
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *ListHead,
- IN OUT LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves the first node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the first node of a doubly-linked list. List must have been
- initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
- If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @return The first node of a doubly-linked list.
- @retval NULL The list is empty.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetFirstNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves the next node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that follows Node.
- List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
- or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @return A pointer to the next node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetNextNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- );
-
-/**
- Retrieves the previous node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns the node of a doubly-linked list that precedes Node.
- List must have been initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE()
- or InitializeListHead(). If List is empty, then List is returned.
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and List contains more than
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth nodes, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @return A pointer to the previous node if one exists. Otherwise List is returned.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-GetPreviousNode (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- );
-
-/**
- Checks to see if a doubly-linked list is empty or not.
-
- Checks to see if the doubly-linked list is empty. If the linked list contains
- zero nodes, this function returns TRUE. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.
-
- If ListHead is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If ListHead was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param ListHead A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE The linked list is empty.
- @retval FALSE The linked list is not empty.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsListEmpty (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *ListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Determines if a node in a doubly-linked list is the head node of a the same
- doubly-linked list. This function is typically used to terminate a loop that
- traverses all the nodes in a doubly-linked list starting with the head node.
-
- Returns TRUE if Node is equal to List. Returns FALSE if Node is one of the
- nodes in the doubly-linked list specified by List. List must have been
- initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead(),
- then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List and Node is not
- equal to List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE Node is the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.
- @retval FALSE Node is not the head of the doubly-linked list pointed by List.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsNull (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- );
-
-/**
- Determines if a node the last node in a doubly-linked list.
-
- Returns TRUE if Node is the last node in the doubly-linked list specified by
- List. Otherwise, FALSE is returned. List must have been initialized with
- INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or InitializeListHead().
-
- If List is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If List was not initialized with INTIALIZE_LIST_HEAD_VARIABLE() or
- InitializeListHead(), then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLenth is not zero, and the number of nodes
- in List, including the List node, is greater than or equal to
- PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
- If PcdVerifyNodeInList is TRUE and Node is not a node in List, then ASSERT().
-
- @param List A pointer to the head node of a doubly-linked list.
- @param Node A pointer to a node in the doubly-linked list.
-
- @retval TRUE Node is the last node in the linked list.
- @retval FALSE Node is not the last node in the linked list.
-
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-IsNodeAtEnd (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *List,
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Node
- );
-
-/**
- Removes a node from a doubly-linked list, and returns the node that follows
- the removed node.
-
- Removes the node Entry from a doubly-linked list. It is up to the caller of
- this function to release the memory used by this node if that is required. On
- exit, the node following Entry in the doubly-linked list is returned. If
- Entry is the only node in the linked list, then the head node of the linked
- list is returned.
-
- If Entry is NULL, then ASSERT().
- If Entry is the head node of an empty list, then ASSERT().
- If PcdMaximumLinkedListLength is not zero, and the number of nodes in the
- linked list containing Entry, including the Entry node, is greater than
- or equal to PcdMaximumLinkedListLength, then ASSERT().
-
- @param Entry A pointer to a node in a linked list.
-
- @return Entry.
-
-**/
-LIST_ENTRY *
-RemoveEntryList (
- IN CONST LIST_ENTRY *Entry
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 32cc3a1ccc..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Fce.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,447 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- FCE is a tool which enables developers to retrieve and change HII configuration ("Setup")
- data in Firmware Device files (".fd" files).
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _FCE_H_
-#define _FCE_H_ 1
-
-//#define NDEBUG
-
-#include "Common.h"
-#include "IfrParse.h"
-#include "VariableCommon.h"
-#include "BinaryParse.h"
-#include "BinaryCreate.h"
-///
-/// Utility global variables
-///
-#define UTILITY_MAJOR_VERSION 0
-#define UTILITY_MINOR_VERSION 34
-
-#define UTILITY_NAME "FCE"
-
-#define SUCCESS 0
-#define FAIL 1
-#define VR_FAIL 2
-#define MAX_INPUT_ALLOCATE_SIZE 256
-
-///
-/// The type of file input and operations
-///
-typedef enum {
- INFD,
- OUTFD,
- OUTTXT,
- SETUPTXT
-} FILETYPE;
-
-typedef enum {
- NONE,
- READ,
- UPDATE,
- UPDATE_REMOVE,
- UPDATE_IGNORE,
- VERIFY,
- UPDATEQ
-} OPERATION_TYPE;
-
-typedef struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY {
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- CHAR8* Name;
- CHAR8* Path;
- struct _GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY *Next;
-} GUID_SEC_TOOL_ENTRY;
-
-///
-/// The tag for use in identifying UNICODE files.
-/// If the file is UNICODE, the first 16 bits of the file will equal this value.
-///
-enum {
- BigUnicodeFileTag = 0xFEFF,
- LittleUnicodeFileTag = 0xFFFE
-};
-
-typedef enum {
- ASCII,
- BIG_UCS2,
- LITTLE_UCS2
-} FILE_TYPE;
-
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SynAuthEfiVariable (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveAuthEfiVariable (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the time stamp authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Invalid variable name.
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SynAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveAuthEfiVariableBasedTime (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Exchange the data between Efi variable and the data of VarList when the
- variable use the authenticated variable header
-
- If VarToList is TRUE, copy the efi variable data to the VarList; Otherwise,
- update the data from varlist to efi variable.
-
- @param VarToList The flag to control the direction of exchange.
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be updated
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Get the address successfully.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES No available in the EFI variable zone.
-**/
-
-EFI_STATUS
-SynEfiVariable (
- IN BOOLEAN VarToList,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Remove the variable from Efi variable
-
- Found the variable with the same name in StorageListHead and remove it.
-
- @param StorageListHead Decide which variale list be removed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Remove the variables successfully.
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-RemoveNormalEfiVariable (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Read all defaultId and platformId from binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-**/
-VOID
-ReadDefaultAndPlatformIdFromBfv (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-);
-
-/**
- Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-
- @retval Length Return the length of the header
-**/
-
-UINT32
-WriteDefaultAndPlatformId (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-);
-
-/**
- Store all defaultId and platformId to binary.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the bianry
- @param Storage The pointer to the Storage
-
- @retval Length Return the length of the header
-**/
-UINT32
-WriteNvStoreDefaultAndPlatformId (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage
-);
-
-/**
- Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- );
-
-/**
- Copy variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyVariableToNvStoreBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- );
-
-
-/**
- Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-
-UINT32
-ReadNvStoreVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Read variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid normal variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistNormalEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Fix the size of variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- );
-
-/**
- Fix the size of variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-
-VOID
-FixNvStoreVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- );
-/**
- Copy time-based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyTimeBasedVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- );
-
-/**
- Read time-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadTimeBasedVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid time-based variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistTimeBasedEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Fix the size of time-based variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixBasedTimeVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- );
-
-/**
- Copy Monotonic-Based authenticated variable to binary in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Storage The pointer to a storage in storage list.
- @param StorageBeginning The pointer to the beginning of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Index The number of the storage. If the Index is 0, record the variable header to
- the binary. Or else, only record the storage.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-CopyMonotonicBasedVariableToBinary (
- IN FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage,
- IN OUT UINT8 *StorageBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Index
- );
-
-/**
- Read Monotonic-based authenticated variable to storage list in multi-platform mode
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param StorageListEntry The pointer to the storage list.
-
- @return length The length of storage
-**/
-UINT32
-ReadMonotonicBasedVariableToList (
- IN UINT8 *Binary,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListEntry
- );
-
-/**
- Check whether exists the valid MonotonicBased variables in NvStorage or not.
-
- @retval TRUE If existed, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Others
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-ExistMonotonicBasedEfiVarOrNot (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Fix the size of montonic variable header.
-
- @param Binary The pointer to the header of storage under specifed platformId and defaultId
- @param Length The length of binary.
-
-**/
-VOID
-FixMontonicVariableHeaderSize (
- IN UINT8 *BinaryBeginning,
- IN UINT32 Length
- );
-
-/**
- FCE application entry point
-
- @param argc The number of input parameters.
- @param *argv[] The array pointer to the parameters.
-
- @retval 0 The application exited normally.
- @retval 1 An error occurred.
- @retval 2 An error about check occurred.
-
-**/
-int
-main (
- int argc,
- char *argv[]
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e1b6a85e2..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/GNUmakefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-## @file GNUmakefile
-#
-# GNU makefile for 'FCE' module build.
-#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#
-# This program and the accompanying materials
-# are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
-# which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
-# http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
-#
-# THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
-#
-
-ifndef ARCH
- #
- # If ARCH is not defined, then we use 'uname -m' to attempt
- # try to figure out the appropriate ARCH.
- #
- uname_m = $(shell uname -m)
- $(info Attempting to detect ARCH from 'uname -m': $(uname_m))
- ifneq (,$(strip $(filter $(uname_m), x86_64 amd64)))
- ARCH=X64
- endif
- ifeq ($(patsubst i%86,IA32,$(uname_m)),IA32)
- ARCH=IA32
- endif
- ifneq (,$(findstring aarch64,$(uname_m)))
- ARCH=AARCH64
- endif
- ifneq (,$(findstring arm,$(uname_m)))
- ARCH=ARM
- endif
- ifndef ARCH
- $(info Could not detected ARCH from uname results)
- $(error ARCH is not defined!)
- endif
- $(info Detected ARCH of $(ARCH) using uname.)
-endif
-
-export ARCH
-export HOST_ARCH=$(ARCH)
-
-MAKEROOT ?= $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)/Source/C
-
-APPNAME = FCE
-
-OBJECTS = Fce.o Variable.o TimeBasedVariable.o MonotonicBasedVariable.o IfrParse.o Common.o BinaryParse.o BinaryCreate.o Expression.o
-
-include $(MAKEROOT)/Makefiles/app.makefile
-
-LIBS = -lCommon -lm
-
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 29a878a191..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/IfrParse.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,789 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- Parser for IFR binary encoding.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef _IFR_PARSE_H_
-#define _IFR_PARSE_H_
-
-#include "Common.h"
-#include <Common/UefiInternalFormRepresentation.h>
-#include <Common/MdeModuleHii.h>
-
-//
-// Scope for Browser action. It may be Form, FormSet or System level.
-//
-typedef enum {
- FormLevel,
- FormSetLevel,
- SystemLevel,
- MaxLevel
-} BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE;
-
-///
-///Old EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI structure to complible with UEFI 2.3
-///
-typedef struct _EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD {
- EFI_IFR_OP_HEADER Header;
- EFI_VARSTORE_ID VarStoreId;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- UINT32 Attributes;
-} EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI_OLD;
-
-///
-/// The languages used in HII DB
-///
-typedef enum {
- UQI,
- EN_US,
- ENG
-} LANGUAGE;
-
-///
-/// Define the structure for the parameters of Uqi and Uqi List
-///
-typedef struct _FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT;
-
-typedef enum {
- ONE_OF,
- NUMERIC,
- CHECKBOX,
- STRING,
- ORDERED_LIST
-} QUEST_TYPE;
-
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 *DefaultId;
- UINT64 *PlatformId;
- UINT32 IdNum;
- UINT32 HexNum;
- QUEST_TYPE Type;
- CHAR16 *Data;
- UINT8 *Value;
- UINT8 *DiffValue;
- UINT32 ScriptsLine;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
-} UQI_HEADER;
-
-typedef struct _UQI_PARAM_LIST {
- struct _UQI_PARAM_LIST *Next;
- UQI_HEADER Header;
- BOOLEAN ParseOrNot;
- BOOLEAN SameOrNot;
- BOOLEAN ErrorOrNot;
- CHAR8 *Error;
-} UQI_PARAM_LIST;
-
-//
-// Incremental size of stack for expression
-//
-#define EXPRESSION_STACK_SIZE_INCREMENT 0x100
-
-//
-// IFR relative definition
-//
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_INCONSISTENT_IF 0
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_NO_SUBMIT_IF 1
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_GRAY_OUT_IF 2
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_SUPPRESS_IF 3
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_DISABLE_IF 4
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_VALUE 5
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_RULE 6
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_READ 7
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WRITE 8
-#define EFI_HII_EXPRESSION_WARNING_IF 9
-
-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_BUFFER 0
-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_NAME_VALUE 1
-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE 2
-#define EFI_HII_VARSTORE_EFI_VARIABLE_BUFFER 3
-
-#define FORM_INCONSISTENT_VALIDATION 0
-#define FORM_NO_SUBMIT_VALIDATION 1
-
-typedef struct {
- //
- // HII Data Type
- //
- UINT8 Type;
- //
- // Buffer Data and Length if Type is EFI_IFR_TYPE_BUFFER or EFI_IFR_TYPE_STRING
- //
- UINT8 *Buffer;
- UINT16 BufferLen;
- EFI_IFR_TYPE_VALUE Value;
-} EFI_HII_VALUE;
-
-#define NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('N', 'V', 'S', 'T')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- CHAR16 *Name;
- CHAR16 *Value;
- CHAR16 *EditValue;
-} NAME_VALUE_NODE;
-
-#define NAME_VALUE_NODE_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, NAME_VALUE_NODE, Link, NAME_VALUE_NODE_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'S', 'T', 'G')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT16 DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT64 PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT32 DefaultPlatformIdNum;
- UINT32 FormSetOrder;
-
- BOOLEAN NewEfiVarstore; //EfiVarStore for UEFI 2.31 or not
- BOOLEAN Skip; //Flag for sorting out the variables
-
- UINT8 Type; // Storage type
-
- UINT16 VarStoreId;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
-
- CHAR16 *Name; // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE
- UINT16 Size;
- UINT8 *Buffer;
-
- LIST_ENTRY NameValueListHead; // List of NAME_VALUE_NODE
-
- UINT32 Attributes; // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI: EFI Variable attribute
-} FORMSET_STORAGE;
-
-#define FORMSET_STORAGE_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORMSET_STORAGE, Link, FORMSET_STORAGE_SIGNATURE)
-
-typedef union {
- EFI_STRING_ID VarName;
- UINT16 VarOffset;
-} VAR_STORE_INFO;
-
-#define EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('E', 'X', 'O', 'P')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT8 Operand;
-
- UINT8 Format; // For EFI_IFR_TO_STRING, EFI_IFR_FIND
- UINT8 Flags; // For EFI_IFR_SPAN
- UINT8 RuleId; // For EFI_IFR_RULE_REF
-
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value; // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL, EFI_IFR_UINT64, EFI_IFR_UINT32, EFI_IFR_UINT16, EFI_IFR_UINT8, EFI_IFR_STRING_REF1
-
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId; // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_ID, EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST, EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF1
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId2;
-
- UINT16 ListLength; // For EFI_IFR_EQ_ID_VAL_LIST
- UINT16 *ValueList;
-
- EFI_STRING_ID DevicePath; // For EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_2, EFI_IFR_QUESTION_REF3_3
- EFI_GUID Guid;
-
- FORMSET_STORAGE *VarStorage; // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET
- VAR_STORE_INFO VarStoreInfo;// For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET
- UINT8 ValueType; // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET
- UINT8 ValueWidth; // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET
- CHAR16 *ValueName; // For EFI_IFR_SET, EFI_IFR_GET
- LIST_ENTRY MapExpressionList; // nested expressions inside of Map opcode.
-} EXPRESSION_OPCODE;
-
-#define EXPRESSION_OPCODE_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, EXPRESSION_OPCODE, Link, EXPRESSION_OPCODE_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'E', 'X', 'P')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT8 Type; // Type for this expression
-
- UINT8 RuleId; // For EFI_IFR_RULE only
- EFI_STRING_ID Error; // For EFI_IFR_NO_SUBMIT_IF, EFI_IFR_INCONSISTENT_IF only
-
- EFI_HII_VALUE Result; // Expression evaluation result
- UINT8 TimeOut; // For EFI_IFR_WARNING_IF
-
- LIST_ENTRY OpCodeListHead; // OpCodes consist of this expression (EXPRESSION_OPCODE)
-} FORM_EXPRESSION;
-
-#define FORM_EXPRESSION_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORM_EXPRESSION, Link, FORM_EXPRESSION_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('Q', 'D', 'F', 'T')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value; // Default value
-
- FORM_EXPRESSION *ValueExpression; // Not-NULL indicates default value is provided by EFI_IFR_VALUE
-} QUESTION_DEFAULT;
-
-#define QUESTION_DEFAULT_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, QUESTION_DEFAULT, Link, QUESTION_DEFAULT_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('Q', 'O', 'P', 'T')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- EFI_STRING_ID Text;
- UINT8 Flags;
- EFI_HII_VALUE Value;
-
- FORM_EXPRESSION *SuppressExpression; // Non-NULL indicates nested inside of SuppressIf
-} QUESTION_OPTION;
-
-#define QUESTION_OPTION_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, QUESTION_OPTION, Link, QUESTION_OPTION_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'S', 'T', 'A')
-
-struct _FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
- UINT8 Operand; // The operand (first byte) of this Statement or Question
-
- UQI_HEADER Uqi;
- UINT32 FormSetOrder;
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- UINT8 Type; // Storage type
- BOOLEAN NewEfiVarstore; //EfiVarStore for UEFI 2.31 or not
- UINT32 Attributes; // For EFI_IFR_VARSTORE_EFI: EFI Variable attribute
- BOOLEAN QuestionReferToBitField;// Whether the question is stored in a bit field.
- //
- // Statement Header
- //
- EFI_STRING_ID Prompt;
- EFI_STRING_ID Help;
- EFI_STRING_ID TextTwo; // For EFI_IFR_TEXT
-
- //
- // Question Header
- //
- EFI_QUESTION_ID QuestionId; // The value of zero is reserved
- EFI_VARSTORE_ID VarStoreId; // A value of zero indicates no variable storage
- FORMSET_STORAGE *Storage;
- VAR_STORE_INFO VarStoreInfo;
- UINT16 StorageWidth;
- UINT16 BitStorageWidth;
- UINT16 BitVarOffset;
- UINT8 QuestionFlags;
- CHAR16 *VariableName; // Name/Value or EFI Variable name
-
- EFI_HII_VALUE HiiValue; // Edit copy for checkbox, numberic, oneof
- UINT8 *BufferValue; // Edit copy for string, password, orderedlist
- UINT8 ValueType; // Data type for orderedlist value array
-
- //
- // OpCode specific members
- //
- UINT8 Flags; // for EFI_IFR_CHECKBOX, EFI_IFR_DATE, EFI_IFR_NUMERIC, EFI_IFR_ONE_OF,
- // EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST, EFI_IFR_STRING,EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE,EFI_IFR_TIME, EFI_IFR_BANNER
- UINT8 MaxContainers; // for EFI_IFR_ORDERED_LIST
-
- UINT16 BannerLineNumber; // for EFI_IFR_BANNER, 1-based line number
-
- UINT64 Minimum; // for EFI_IFR_ONE_OF/EFI_IFR_NUMERIC, it's Min/Max value
- UINT64 Maximum; // for EFI_IFR_STRING/EFI_IFR_PASSWORD, it's Min/Max length
- UINT64 Step;
-
- EFI_DEFAULT_ID DefaultId; // for EFI_IFR_RESET_BUTTON
- EFI_GUID RefreshGuid; // for EFI_IFR_REFRESH_ID
-
- //
- // Get from IFR parsing
- //
- FORM_EXPRESSION *ValueExpression; // nested EFI_IFR_VALUE, provide Question value and indicate Question is ReadOnly
- LIST_ENTRY DefaultListHead; // nested EFI_IFR_DEFAULT list (QUESTION_DEFAULT), provide default values
- LIST_ENTRY OptionListHead; // nested EFI_IFR_ONE_OF_OPTION list (QUESTION_OPTION)
-
- EFI_IMAGE_ID ImageId; // nested EFI_IFR_IMAGE
- UINT8 RefreshInterval; // nested EFI_IFR_REFRESH, refresh interval(in seconds) for Question value, 0 means no refresh
- BOOLEAN InSubtitle; // nesting inside of EFI_IFR_SUBTITLE
-
- LIST_ENTRY InconsistentListHead;// nested inconsistent expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)
- LIST_ENTRY NoSubmitListHead; // nested nosubmit expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)
- LIST_ENTRY WarningListHead; // nested warning expression list (FORM_EXPRESSION)
- FORM_EXPRESSION *GrayOutExpression; // nesting inside of GrayOutIf
- FORM_EXPRESSION *SuppressExpression; // nesting inside of SuppressIf
- FORM_EXPRESSION *DisableExpression; // nesting inside of DisableIf
-
- FORM_EXPRESSION *ReadExpression; // nested EFI_IFR_READ, provide this question value by read expression.
- FORM_EXPRESSION *WriteExpression; // nested EFI_IFR_WRITE, evaluate write expression after this question value is set.
-};
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT, Link, FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'F', 'R', 'M')
-#define STANDARD_MAP_FORM_TYPE 0x01
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT16 FormId; // FormId of normal form or formmap form.
- EFI_STRING_ID FormTitle; // FormTile of normal form, or FormMapMethod title of formmap form.
- UINT16 FormType; // Specific form type for the different form.
-
- BOOLEAN ModalForm; // Whether this is a modal form.
- LIST_ENTRY ExpressionListHead; // List of Expressions (FORM_EXPRESSION)
- LIST_ENTRY StatementListHead; // List of Statements and Questions (FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT)
- FORM_EXPRESSION *SuppressExpression; // nesting inside of SuppressIf
-} FORM_BROWSER_FORM;
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORM_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_FORM, Link, FORM_BROWSER_FORM_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'D', 'F', 'S')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT16 DefaultId;
- EFI_STRING_ID DefaultName;
-} FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE;
-
-#define STRING_NUMBER 100
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_STRING_ID StringId;
- CHAR16 *String;
-} STRING_INFO;
-
-typedef struct {
- EFI_STRING_ID CachedIdNum;
- EFI_STRING_ID MaxIdNum;
- STRING_INFO *StringInfoList;
-} FORMSET_STRING_LIST;
-
-#define FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE, Link, FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE_SIGNATURE)
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_32 ('F', 'B', 'F', 'S')
-
-typedef struct {
- UINTN Signature;
- LIST_ENTRY Link;
-
- UINT32 FormSetOrder;
-
- UINTN IfrBinaryLength;
- UINT8 *IfrBinaryData;
- UINT8 *UnicodeBinary;
-
- EFI_GUID Guid;
- EFI_STRING_ID FormSetTitle;
- EFI_STRING_ID Help;
- UINT8 NumberOfClassGuid;
- EFI_GUID ClassGuid[3]; // Up to three ClassGuid
- UINT16 Class; // Tiano extended Class code
- UINT16 SubClass; // Tiano extended Subclass code
-
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *StatementBuffer; // Buffer for all Statements and Questions
- EXPRESSION_OPCODE *ExpressionBuffer; // Buffer for all Expression OpCode
-
- LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead; // Storage list (FORMSET_STORAGE)
- LIST_ENTRY DefaultStoreListHead; // DefaultStore list (FORMSET_DEFAULTSTORE)
- LIST_ENTRY FormListHead; // Form list (FORM_BROWSER_FORM)
- LIST_ENTRY ExpressionListHead; // List of Expressions (FORM_EXPRESSION)
- FORMSET_STRING_LIST EnUsStringList; // Cache EN_US English list
- FORMSET_STRING_LIST UqiStringList; // Cache EN_US English list
-} FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET;
-
-#define FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_FROM_LINK(a) CR (a, FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET, Link, FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET_SIGNATURE)
-
-///
-/// Structure for multi-platform support
-///
-typedef struct {
- UINT16 DefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT16 DefaultIdNum;
- UINT64 PlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT16 PlatformIdNum;
- UINT16 KeyDefaultId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT64 KeyPlatformId[MAX_PLATFORM_DEFAULT_ID_NUM];
- UINT16 KeyIdNum;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT PlatformIdQuestion;
- FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question;
- UINT16 PlatformIdWidth;
- UQI_HEADER Uqi;
- BOOLEAN MultiPlatformOrNot;
- BOOLEAN ExistStorageFfsInBfv;
- BOOLEAN SizeOptimized;
- BOOLEAN SizeOptimizedParam;
-} MULTI_PLATFORM_PARAMETERS;
-
-/**
- Search the variable list according to the variable Guid and name, and return the pointer
- of that Node.
-
- @param HiiObjList The pointer to the Question
- @param VarName The EFI variable name need to be updated to VarList
- @param Offset The offset of the variable
- @param StorageListHead The pointer to the LIST_ENTRY of Storage
- @param Vaue The value in that value offset of the variable
- @param VarList The dual pointer of Varlist
-
- @return EFI_SUCCESS
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-SearchVarStorage (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN CHAR16* VarName,
- IN UINT32 Offset,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageListHead,
- IN OUT CHAR8 **Value,
- IN OUT FORMSET_STORAGE **VarList
- );
-
-/**
- Get the string based on the StringId and HII Package List Handle.
-
- @param Token The String's ID.
- @param HiiHandle The package list in the HII database to search for
- the specified string.
-
- @return The output string.
-
-**/
-CHAR16 *
-GetToken (
- IN EFI_STRING_ID Token,
- IN UINT8 *UniPackge
- );
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for all Storage in an LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyAllStorage (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageEntryListHead
- );
-
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for a FormSet.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyFormSet (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- );
-
-
-/**
- Free resources allocated for all FormSet in an LIST_ENTRY.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet
-
-**/
-VOID
-DestroyAllFormSet (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead
- );
-
-/**
- Parse opcodes in the formset IFR binary.
-
- @param FormSet Pointer of the FormSet data structure.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Opcode parse success.
- @retval Other Opcode parse fail.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ParseOpCodes (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- );
-
-/**
- Set the value to the variable of platformId question.
-
- @param PlatformId The form set.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS Set successfully.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-AssignThePlatformId (
- IN UINT64 PlatformId
- );
-
-
-/**
- Reset Questions to their default value in a Form, Formset or System.
-
- @param FormSet FormSet data structure.
- @param Form Form data structure.
- @param DefaultId The default Id
- @param PlatformId The platform Id
- @param SettingScope Setting Scope for Default action.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The function completed successfully.
- @retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED Unsupport SettingScope.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-ExtractDefault (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN UINT16 DefaultId,
- IN UINT64 PlatformId,
- IN BROWSER_SETTING_SCOPE SettingScope
- );
-
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetCurrentExpressionStack (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Push current expression onto the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to current expression.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushCurrentExpression (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- );
-
-
-/**
- Pop current expression from the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to current expression to be pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopCurrentExpression (
- OUT VOID **Pointer
- );
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetMapExpressionListStack (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Push the list of map expression onto the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to the list of map expression to be pushed.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushMapExpressionList (
- IN VOID *Pointer
- );
-
-
-/**
- Pop the list of map expression from the Stack
-
- @param Pointer Pointer to the list of map expression to be pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopMapExpressionList (
- OUT VOID **Pointer
- );
-
-/**
- Reset stack pointer to begin of the stack.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ResetScopeStack (
- VOID
- );
-
-
-/**
- Push an Operand onto the Stack
-
- @param Operand Operand to push.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PushScope (
- IN UINT8 Operand
- );
-
-
-/**
- Pop an Operand from the Stack
-
- @param Operand Operand to pop.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The value was pushed onto the stack.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PopScope (
- OUT UINT8 *Operand
- );
-
-
-/**
- Zero extend integer/boolean/date/time to UINT64 for comparing.
-
- @param Value HII Value to be converted.
-
-**/
-VOID
-ExtendValueToU64 (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value
- );
-
-
-/**
- Compare two Hii value.
-
- @param Value1 Expression value to compare on left-hand.
- @param Value2 Expression value to compare on right-hand.
-
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Could not perform compare on two values.
- @retval 0 Two operators equal.
- @return Positive value if Value1 is greater than Value2.
- @retval Negative value if Value1 is less than Value2.
-
-**/
-INTN
-CompareHiiValue (
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value1,
- IN EFI_HII_VALUE *Value2,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet
- );
-
-/**
- Evaluate the result of a HII expression.
-
- If Expression is NULL, then ASSERT.
-
- @param FormSet FormSet associated with this expression.
- @param Form Form associated with this expression.
- @param Expression Expression to be evaluated.
- @param ConstantExpression The pointer to the flag of constant expression. If constant, will return TRUE.
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS The expression evaluated successfuly
- @retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The Question which referenced by a QuestionId
- could not be found.
- @retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There is not enough system memory to grow the
- stack.
- @retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The pop operation underflowed the stack
- @retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Syntax error with the Expression
-
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-EvaluateExpression (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORMSET *FormSet,
- IN FORM_BROWSER_FORM *Form,
- IN OUT FORM_EXPRESSION *Expression,
- IN OUT BOOLEAN *ConstantExpression
- );
-
-/**
- Compare two Uqi parameters
-
- @param UqiParm1 The pointer to the first Uqi parameter.
- @param UqiParm2 The pointer to the second Uqi parameter.
-
- @retval TRUE If these two Uqi parameters are the same, return TRUE;
- @return FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE;
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CompareUqiHeader (
- IN CONST UQI_HEADER *UqiParm1,
- IN CONST UQI_HEADER *UqiParm2
- );
-
-
-/**
- Print all ONE_OF ORDER_LIST NUMERIC STRING and CHECKBOX in all fromsets.
-
- @param Formset The pointer to the entry of the fromset list
- @param Formset The pointer to the entry of the storage list
-
- @retval EFI_SUCCESS It was complete successfully
- @return EFI_ABORTED An error occurred
-**/
-EFI_STATUS
-PrintInfoInAllFormset (
- IN LIST_ENTRY *FormSetEntryListHead,
- IN LIST_ENTRY *StorageEntryListHead
- );
-
- /**
- Get the question value with bit field from the buffer.
-
- @param Question The question refer to bit field.
- @param Buffer The buffer which the question value get from.
- @param Value Retun the value.
-
-**/
-VOID
-GetBitsQuestionValue(
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- OUT UINT32 *Value
- );
-
-/**
- Set the question value with bit field to the buffer.
-
- @param Question The question refer to bit field.
- @param Buffer The buffer which the question value set to.
- @param Value The value need to set.
-
-**/
-VOID
-SetBitsQuestionValue (
- IN FORM_BROWSER_STATEMENT *Question,
- IN UINT8 *Buffer,
- IN UINT32 Value
- );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index cc33a42a42..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-## @file
-#
-# Windows makefile for 'FCE' module build.
-#
-#Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
-#SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-#
-##
-
-!INCLUDE $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)\Source\C\Makefiles\ms.common
-
-APPNAME = FCE
-
-LIBS = $(LIB_PATH)\Common.lib
-
-OBJECTS = Fce.obj Variable.obj TimeBasedVariable.obj MonotonicBasedVariable.obj IfrParse.obj Common.obj BinaryParse.obj BinaryCreate.obj Expression.obj
-
-!INCLUDE $(EDK_TOOLS_PATH)\Source\C\Makefiles\ms.app
-
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 11fc51ed38..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/MonotonicBasedVariable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The header of MonotonicBasedVariable.c.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__
-#define __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__
-
-#define EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_GUID \
- { 0x515fa686, 0xb06e, 0x4550, { 0x91, 0x12, 0x38, 0x2b, 0xf1, 0x6, 0x7b, 0xfb }}
-
-extern EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableGuid;
-
-///
-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:
-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1
-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8
-///
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)
-#define ALIGNMENT 8
-#else
-#define ALIGNMENT 1
-#endif
-
-///
-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.
-///
-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)
-#else
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))
-#endif
-
-///
-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region
-///
-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT 4
-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header) (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))
-
-///
-/// Status of Variable Store Region
-///
-typedef enum {
- EfiRaw,
- EfiValid,
- EfiInvalid,
- EfiUnknown
-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE EFI_VARIABLE_GUID
-
-///
-/// Variable Store Header Format and State
-///
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED 0x5a
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY 0xfe
-
-///
-/// Variable Store region header
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable store region signature.
- ///
- EFI_GUID Signature;
- ///
- /// Size of entire variable store,
- /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.
- ///
- UINT32 Size;
- ///
- /// Variable region format state.
- ///
- UINT8 Format;
- ///
- /// Variable region healthy state.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT16 Reserved;
- UINT32 Reserved1;
-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;
-
-///
-/// Variable data start flag.
-///
-#define VARIABLE_DATA 0x55AA
-
-///
-/// Variable State flags
-///
-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION 0xfe ///< Variable is in obsolete transition
-#define VAR_DELETED 0xfd ///< Variable is obsolete
-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY 0x7f ///< Variable header has been valid
-#define VAR_ADDED 0x3f ///< Variable has been completely added
-
-///
-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable Data Start Flag.
- ///
- UINT16 StartId;
- ///
- /// Variable State defined above.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT8 Reserved;
- ///
- /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec
- ///
- UINT32 Attributes;
- ///
- /// Associated monotonic count value against replay attack.
- ///
- UINT64 MonotonicCount;
- ///
- /// Index of associated public key in database.
- ///
- UINT32 PubKeyIndex;
- ///
- /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.
- ///
- UINT32 NameSize;
- ///
- /// Size of the variable data without this header.
- ///
- UINT32 DataSize;
- ///
- /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.
- ///
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid;
-} VARIABLE_HEADER;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;
-
-///
-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.
-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.
-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.
-///
-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {
- VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next; ///< Pointer to next entry.
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid; ///< Guid of Variable.
- CHAR16 *Name; ///< Name of Variable.
- UINT32 Attributes; ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec.
- UINT32 ReadCount; ///< Number of times to read this variable.
- UINT32 WriteCount; ///< Number of times to write this variable.
- UINT32 DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.
- UINT32 CacheCount; ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.
- BOOLEAN Volatile; ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.
-};
-
-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ffd939443..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/TimeBasedVariable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The header of TimeBasedVariable.c.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_BASED_TIME_H__
-#define __AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_FORMAT_BASED_TIME_H__
-
-#define EFI_AUTHENTICATED_VARIABLE_BASED_TIME_GUID \
- { 0xaaf32c78, 0x947b, 0x439a, { 0xa1, 0x80, 0x2e, 0x14, 0x4e, 0xc3, 0x77, 0x92 } }
-
-extern EFI_GUID gEfiAuthenticatedVariableBasedTimeGuid;
-
-///
-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:
-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1
-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8
-///
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)
-#define ALIGNMENT 8
-#else
-#define ALIGNMENT 1
-#endif
-
-///
-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.
-///
-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)
-#else
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))
-#endif
-
-///
-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region
-///
-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT 4
-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header) (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))
-
-///
-/// Status of Variable Store Region
-///
-typedef enum {
- EfiRaw,
- EfiValid,
- EfiInvalid,
- EfiUnknown
-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE EFI_VARIABLE_GUID
-
-///
-/// Variable Store Header Format and State
-///
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED 0x5a
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY 0xfe
-
-///
-/// Variable Store region header
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable store region signature.
- ///
- EFI_GUID Signature;
- ///
- /// Size of entire variable store,
- /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.
- ///
- UINT32 Size;
- ///
- /// Variable region format state.
- ///
- UINT8 Format;
- ///
- /// Variable region healthy state.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT16 Reserved;
- UINT32 Reserved1;
-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;
-
-///
-/// Variable data start flag.
-///
-#define VARIABLE_DATA 0x55AA
-
-///
-/// Variable State flags
-///
-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION 0xfe ///< Variable is in obsolete transition
-#define VAR_DELETED 0xfd ///< Variable is obsolete
-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY 0x7f ///< Variable header has been valid
-#define VAR_ADDED 0x3f ///< Variable has been completely added
-
-///
-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable Data Start Flag.
- ///
- UINT16 StartId;
- ///
- /// Variable State defined above.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT8 Reserved;
- ///
- /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec
- ///
- UINT32 Attributes;
- ///
- /// Associated monotonic count value against replay attack.
- ///
- UINT64 MonotonicCount;
- ///
- /// Associated TimeStamp value against replay attack.
- ///
- EFI_TIME TimeStamp;
- ///
- /// Index of associated public key in database.
- ///
- UINT32 PubKeyIndex;
- ///
- /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.
- ///
- UINT32 NameSize;
- ///
- /// Size of the variable data without this header.
- ///
- UINT32 DataSize;
- ///
- /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.
- ///
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid;
-} VARIABLE_HEADER;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;
-
-///
-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.
-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.
-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.
-///
-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {
- VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next; ///< Pointer to next entry.
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid; ///< Guid of Variable.
- CHAR16 *Name; ///< Name of Variable.
- UINT32 Attributes; ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI spec.
- UINT32 ReadCount; ///< Number of times to read this variable.
- UINT32 WriteCount; ///< Number of times to write this variable.
- UINT32 DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.
- UINT32 CacheCount; ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.
- BOOLEAN Volatile; ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.
-};
-
-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 35b88e045c..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/Variable.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The header of Variable.c.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__
-#define __VARIABLE_FORMAT_H__
-
-#define EFI_VARIABLE_GUID \
- { 0xddcf3616, 0x3275, 0x4164, { 0x98, 0xb6, 0xfe, 0x85, 0x70, 0x7f, 0xfe, 0x7d } }
-
-extern EFI_GUID gEfiVariableGuid;
-
-///
-/// Alignment of variable name and data, according to the architecture:
-/// * For IA-32 and Intel(R) 64 architectures: 1.
-/// * For IA-64 architecture: 8.
-///
-#if defined (MDE_CPU_IPF)
-#define ALIGNMENT 8
-#else
-#define ALIGNMENT 1
-#endif
-
-///
-/// GET_PAD_SIZE calculates the miminal pad bytes needed to make the current pad size satisfy the alignment requirement.
-///
-#if (ALIGNMENT == 1)
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (0)
-#else
-#define GET_PAD_SIZE(a) (((~a) + 1) & (ALIGNMENT - 1))
-#endif
-
-///
-/// Alignment of Variable Data Header in Variable Store region.
-///
-#define HEADER_ALIGNMENT 4
-#define HEADER_ALIGN(Header) (((UINTN) (Header) + HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1) & (~(HEADER_ALIGNMENT - 1)))
-
-///
-/// Status of Variable Store Region.
-///
-typedef enum {
- EfiRaw,
- EfiValid,
- EfiInvalid,
- EfiUnknown
-} VARIABLE_STORE_STATUS;
-
-#pragma pack(1)
-
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_SIGNATURE EFI_VARIABLE_GUID
-
-///
-/// Variable Store Header Format and State.
-///
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_FORMATTED 0x5a
-#define VARIABLE_STORE_HEALTHY 0xfe
-
-///
-/// Variable Store region header.
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable store region signature.
- ///
- EFI_GUID Signature;
- ///
- /// Size of entire variable store,
- /// including size of variable store header but not including the size of FvHeader.
- ///
- UINT32 Size;
- ///
- /// Variable region format state.
- ///
- UINT8 Format;
- ///
- /// Variable region healthy state.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT16 Reserved;
- UINT32 Reserved1;
-} VARIABLE_STORE_HEADER;
-
-///
-/// Variable data start flag.
-///
-#define VARIABLE_DATA 0x55AA
-
-///
-/// Variable State flags.
-///
-#define VAR_IN_DELETED_TRANSITION 0xfe ///< Variable is in obsolete transition.
-#define VAR_DELETED 0xfd ///< Variable is obsolete.
-#define VAR_HEADER_VALID_ONLY 0x7f ///< Variable header has been valid.
-#define VAR_ADDED 0x3f ///< Variable has been completely added.
-
-///
-/// Single Variable Data Header Structure.
-///
-typedef struct {
- ///
- /// Variable Data Start Flag.
- ///
- UINT16 StartId;
- ///
- /// Variable State defined above.
- ///
- UINT8 State;
- UINT8 Reserved;
- ///
- /// Attributes of variable defined in UEFI specification.
- ///
- UINT32 Attributes;
- ///
- /// Size of variable null-terminated Unicode string name.
- ///
- UINT32 NameSize;
- ///
- /// Size of the variable data without this header.
- ///
- UINT32 DataSize;
- ///
- /// A unique identifier for the vendor that produces and consumes this varaible.
- ///
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid;
-} VARIABLE_HEADER;
-
-#pragma pack()
-
-typedef struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY;
-
-///
-/// This structure contains the variable list that is put in EFI system table.
-/// The variable driver collects all variables that were used at boot service time and produces this list.
-/// This is an optional feature to dump all used variables in shell environment.
-///
-struct _VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY {
- VARIABLE_INFO_ENTRY *Next; ///< Pointer to next entry.
- EFI_GUID VendorGuid; ///< Guid of Variable.
- CHAR16 *Name; ///< Name of Variable.
- UINT32 Attributes; ///< Attributes of variable defined in UEFI specification.
- UINT32 ReadCount; ///< Number of times to read this variable.
- UINT32 WriteCount; ///< Number of times to write this variable.
- UINT32 DeleteCount; ///< Number of times to delete this variable.
- UINT32 CacheCount; ///< Number of times that cache hits this variable.
- BOOLEAN Volatile; ///< TRUE if volatile, FALSE if non-volatile.
-};
-
-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h b/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7389902076..0000000000
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/FCE/VariableCommon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/** @file
-
- The header of common Variable.c TimeBasedVariable.c and MonotonicBasedVariable.c.
-
- Copyright (c) 2011-2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
- SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
-
-**/
-
-#ifndef __VARIABLE_COMMON_H__
-#define __VARIABLE_COMMON_H__
-
-/**
- Check the store variable is no-authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If no-authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-
-BOOLEAN
-CheckNormalVarStoreOrNot (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- );
-/**
- Check the store variable is Monotonic based authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-
-BOOLEAN
-CheckMonotonicBasedVarStore (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- );
-
-/**
- Check the store variable is Time stamp authenticated or not
-
- @param VarToList The pointer to the header of Variable Store.
-
- @retval TRUE If authenticated, return TRUE.
- @retval FALSE Otherwise, return FALSE.
-**/
-BOOLEAN
-CheckTimeBasedVarStoreOrNot (
- IN VOID *VariableStoreHeader
- );
-
-
-
-#endif // _EFI_VARIABLE_COMMON_H_
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
index 990c6d0a82..824f0306e6 100644
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
+++ b/BaseTools/Source/C/GNUmakefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
## @file
# GNU/Linux makefile for C tools build.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2007 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
#
# SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
#
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ APPLICATIONS = \
VfrCompile \
BfmLib \
EfiRom \
- FCE \
GenFfs \
GenFv \
GenFw \
diff --git a/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile b/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
index 357e8b9003..a6d39eb864 100644
--- a/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
+++ b/BaseTools/Source/C/Makefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
## @file
# Windows makefile for C tools build.
#
-# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2019, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
+# Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
# SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-2-Clause-Patent
#
HOST_ARCH = IA32
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ APPLICATIONS = \
BrotliCompress \
BfmLib \
EfiRom \
- FCE \
GenCrc32 \
GenFfs \
GenFv \
--
2.13.0.windows.1
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
Groups.io Links: You receive all messages sent to this group.
View/Reply Online (#43542): https://edk2.groups.io/g/devel/message/43542
Mute This Topic: https://groups.io/mt/32423093/1813853
Group Owner: devel+owner at edk2.groups.io
Unsubscribe: https://edk2.groups.io/g/devel/unsub [edk2-devel-archive at redhat.com]
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
More information about the edk2-devel-archive
mailing list